attributes and other embellishments.
in the dpkg-source man page (Matt Kraai). Closes: #353731
* Fix missspelling of "occurred" as "occoured" in dpkg-gencontrol and
dpkg-source (Matt Kraai). Closes: #353949
+ * Major cleanup of manpages, by using properly the bold and italic
+ attributes and other embellishments.
[ Updated man pages translations ]
* Polish (Robert Luberda). Closes: #353782
.\" Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
.\" Authors: Ian Jackson
-.TH 822\-DATE 1 "14th August 1996" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
-.SH NAME
+.TH 822\-date 1 "2008-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.SH NAME
822\-date \- Print date and time in RFC822 format
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B 822\-date
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B 822\-date
displays the current date and time in the format described in RFC822,
using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123.
+.
.SH OPTIONS
.B 822\-date
does not take any arguments or options.
+.
.SH BUGS
This facility really ought to be part of
-.BR date (1),
+.BR date (1).
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
.I Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages
(RFC822),
(RFC1123) section 5.2.14,
.br
.BR date (1).
+.
.SH AUTHOR
.B 822\-date
-and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby placed
+and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby placed
by him into the public domain.
-.TH CLEANUP\-INFO 8 "November 1999" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH cleanup\-info 8 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
cleanup\-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B cleanup\-info
-[\-\-help] [\-\-unsafe] [\-\-version] [\-\-] [\fI<dirname>\fP]
+[\fB\-\-help\fP] [\fB\-\-unsafe\fP] [\fB\-\-version\fP] [\fB\-\-\fP]
+[\fI<dirname>\fP]
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B cleanup\-info
is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus install\-info may
not be 100% safe. cleanup\-info tries to be careful with your info dir
file, but only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior
to using this.
+.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
-.I \-\-help
+.B \-\-help
Output the help screen and exit successfully.
.TP
-.I \-\-unsafe
+.B \-\-unsafe
Set some additional possibly useful options.
.br
.B "Warning: the `\-\-unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!"
.TP
-.I \-\-version
+.B \-\-version
Output version and exit successfully.
+.
.SH FILES
.TP
-.I "/usr/info/dir or <dirname>/dir"
+.IR /usr/info/dir " or " <dirname>/dir
The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with ".lock" suffix.
+.
.SH BUGS
Probably many.
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR install\-info (8),
.BR info (1).
Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan.
.sp
This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence
-version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
+version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
.\" Author: Raul Miller
.\" Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
-.TH DEB-CONTROL 5 "January 2000" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH deb\-control 5 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "Debian"
.SH NAME
deb\-control \- Debian packages' master control file format
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
control
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains
-a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as
+a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as
.B Package
or
.B Version
(case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field.
-Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text
+Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text
may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will
generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except
in the case of the
.B Description
field, see below).
+.
.SH REQUIRED FIELDS
.TP
-.BR
"Package: " "<package name>"
+.BR
Package: " <package name>"
The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to
generate file names by most installation tools.
.TP
-.BR "Version: " "<version string>"
+.BR Version: " <version string>"
Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form
the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number
(for non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied,
they are seperated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version
may not have a hyphen in its version number.
.TP
-.BR "Maintainer: " "<fullname email>"
+.BR Maintainer: " <fullname email>"
Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs <jbloggs@foo.com>', and is typically
the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of the
software that was packaged.
.TP
-.BR "Description: " "<short description>"
+.BR Description: " <short description>"
.BR " " "<long description>"
.br
The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the
used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description
must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long desription must
contain a single '.' following the preceding space.
+.
.SH OPTIONAL FIELDS
.TP
-.BR "Section: " "<section>"
+.BR Section: " <section>"
This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the
software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net',
`mail', `text', `x11' etc.
.TP
-.BR
"Priority: " "<priority>"
+.BR
Priority: " <priority>"
Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole.
Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc.
.LP
.B debian-policy
package.
.TP
-.BR "Essential: " "<yes|no>"
+.BR Essential: " <yes|no>"
This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes
a package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg
or any other installation tool will not allow an
.B Essential
package to be removed (at least not without using one of the force options).
.TP
-.BR
"Architecture: " "<arch|all>"
+.BR
Architecture: " <arch|all>"
The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled
for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc'
etc. Note that the
option is meant for packages that are architecture independent. Some examples
of this are shell or Perl scripts, or documentation.
.TP
-.BR "Source: " "<source name>"
+.BR Source: " <source name>"
The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if
different than the name of the package itself.
.TP
-.BR
"Depends: " "<package list>"
+.BR
Depends: " <package list>"
List of packages that are required for this package to provide a
-non-trivial amount of functionality. The package maintenance software
+non-trivial amount of functionality. The package maintenance software
will not allow a package to be installed if the packages listed in its
.B Depends
field aren't installed (at least not without using the force options),
before those of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts
before.
.TP
-.BR
"Pre-Depends: " "<package list>"
+.BR
Pre-Depends: " <package list>"
List of packages that must be installed
.B and
configured before this one can be installed. This is usually used in the
case where this package requires another package for running its preinst
script.
.TP
-.BR
"Recommends: " "<package list>"
+.BR
Recommends: " <package list>"
Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but
-unusual installations. The package maintenance software will warn the
+unusual installations. The package maintenance software will warn the
user if they install a package without those listed in its
.B Recommends
field.
.TP
-.BR Suggests: \ <package\ list>
+.BR Suggests: " <package list>"
Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance
its usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly
reasonable.
.LP
The syntax of
-.B Depends ,
-.B Pre-Depends ,
+.BR Depends ,
+.BR Pre-Depends ,
.B Recommends
and
.B Suggests
-fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list
-of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The
-groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes
-as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name
+fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list
+of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The
+groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes
+as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name
optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses.
.LP
A version number may start with a `>>', in which case any later version
"<<" for less than, ">=" for greater than or equal to, "<=" for less than
or equal to, and "=" for equal to.
.TP
-.BR
"Conflicts: " "<package list>"
+.BR
Conflicts: " <package list>"
Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing
files with the same names. The package maintenance software will not
allow conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two
.B Conflicts
line mentioning the other.
.TP
-.BR
"Replaces: " "<package list>"
+.BR
Replaces: " <package list>"
List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for
allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and
is usually used with the
field to force removal of the other package, if this one also has the
same files as the conflicted package.
.TP
-.BR Provides: \ <package\ list>
+.BR Provides: " <package list>"
This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is
used in the case of several packages all providing the same service.
For example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they
`|' to separate the list.
.LP
The syntax of
-.B Conflicts ,
+.BR Conflicts ,
.B Replaces
and
.B Provides
and
.B Replaces
fields.
+.
.SH EXAMPLE
.\" .RS
.nf
considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to
look at every character. The result is typically many times faster
than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing
- will run more slowly, however.)
+ will run more slowly, however).
.fi
.\" .RE
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR deb (5),
.BR dpkg (1),
-.TH DEB-OLD 5 "January 2000" "Debian Project" "Debian"
-.SH NAME
-deb-old \- old style Debian binary package format
+.TH deb\-old 5 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "Debian"
+.SH NAME
+deb\-old \- old style Debian binary package format
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.IB filename .deb
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.B .deb
-format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual page
+format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual page
describes the
.B old
-format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see
+format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see
.BR deb (5)
for details of the new format.
+.
.SH FORMAT
The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by
two concatenated gzipped ustar files.
Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character.
.PP
The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of
-ordinary files. The file
+ordinary files. The file
.B control
must be present, as it contains the core control information.
.PP
subdirectory. In that case, the
.B DEBIAN
subdirectory will be in the control tarfile too, and the control
-tarfile will have only files in that directory. Optionally the
+tarfile will have only files in that directory. Optionally the
control tarfile may contain an entry for
.RB ` . ',
that is, the current directory.
.PP
The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing
pathnames relative to the root directory of the system to be installed
-on. The pathnames do not have leading slashes.
+on. The pathnames do not have leading slashes.
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR deb (5),
.BR dpkg-deb (1),
-.TH DEB 5 "January 2000" "Debian Project" "Debian"
-.SH NAME
+.TH deb 5 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "Debian"
+.SH NAME
deb \- Debian binary package format
.SH SYNOPSIS
.IB filename .deb
.PP
The first member is named
.B debian-binary
-and contains a series of lines, separated by newlines. Currently only
+and contains a series of lines, separated by newlines. Currently only
one line is present, the format version number,
-.BR 2.0
+.BR 2.0
at the time this manual page was written.
Programs which read new-format archives should be prepared for the
minor number to be increased and new lines to be present, and should
It is a gzipped tar archive containing the package control information,
as a series of plain files, of which the file
.B control
-is mandatory and contains the core control information. The control
+is mandatory and contains the core control information. The control
tarball may optionally contain an entry for
.RB ` . ',
the current directory.
.B data.tar.gz .
It contains the filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive.
.PP
-These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations
+These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations
should ignore any additional members after
.BR data.tar.gz .
Further members may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be
-.TH DPKG-ARCHITECTURE 1 "2006-02-11" "Debian GNU/Linux"
+.TH dpkg\-architecture 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utililties"
.SH "NAME"
dpkg\-architecture \- set and determine the architecture for package building
+.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-dpkg-architecture [options] [action]
+.B dpkg-architecture
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ action ]
.PP
-Valid options:
-\&\fB\-a\fRDebian-Architecture
-\&\fB\-t\fRGnu-System-Type
-\&\fB\-f\fR
-.PP
-Valid actions:
-\&\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-e\fRDebian\-Architecture, \fB\-i\fRArchitecture\-Alias,
-\fB\-q\fRVariable\-Name, \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-c\fR Command, \fB\-L\fR
+.
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and
host architecture for package building.
-.SH "OVERVIEW"
-.IX Header "OVERVIEW"
+.PP
The build architecture is always determined by an external call to dpkg, and
can not be set at the command line.
.PP
-You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the options \fB\-a\fR
-and \fB\-t\fR. The default is determined by an external call to gcc, or the same as
-the build architecture if \s-1CC\s0 or gcc are both not available. One out of \fB\-a\fR and \fB\-t\fR
-is sufficient, the value of the other will be set to a usable default.
-Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because dpkg-architecture
-will warn you if your choice doesn't match the default.
-.PP
-The default action is \fB\-l\fR, which prints the environment variables, one each line,
-in the format VARIABLE=value. If you want to check for equality between two
-Debian Architectures, you can use \fB\-e\fR, by default it will compare against
-the currect Debian Architecture, being it the host. If you want to check for
-identity of the current Debian Architecture against an Architecture Alias, you
-can use \fB\-i\fR. If you are only interested in the value of a single variable,
-you can use \fB\-q\fR. If you specify \fB\-s\fR, it will output an export
-command. This can be used to set the environment variables using eval. \fB\-u\fR
-does return a similar command to unset all variables. \fB\-c\fR does execute a
-command in an environment which has all variables set to the determined
-value.
-.PP
-A list of valid architecture names can be printed with the \fB\-L\fR action.
-.PP
+You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the options
+\fB\-a\fR and \fB\-t\fR. The default is determined by an external call to gcc,
+or the same as the build architecture if \s-1CC\s0 or gcc are both not
+available. One out of \fB\-a\fR and \fB\-t\fR is sufficient, the value of the
+other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only
+specify one, because \fBdpkg\-architecture\fP will warn you if your choice
+does not match the default.
+.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BI \-a debian-architecture
+Set the Debian architecture.
+.TP
+.BI \-t gnu-system-type
+Set the GNU system type.
+.TP
+.B \-f
Existing environment variables with the same name as used by the scripts are
-not overwritten, except if the \fB\-f\fR force flag is present. This allows the user
-to override a value even when the call to dpkg-architecture is buried in
-some other script (for example dpkg\-buildpackage).
+not overwritten, except if this force flag is present. This allows the user
+to override a value even when the call to \fBdpkg\-architecture\fP is buried
+in some other script (for example \fBdpkg\-buildpackage\fP).
+.
+.SH ACTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-l
+Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format
+\fIVARIABLE=value\fP. This is the default action.
+.TP
+.BI \-e debian-architecture
+Check for equality between two Debian Architectures, by default it will
+compare against the currect Debian Architecture, being it the host.
+.TP
+.BI \-i architecture-alias
+Check for identity of the current Debian Architecture against an
+Architecture Alias.
+.TP
+.BI \-q variable-Name
+Print the value of a single variable.
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables
+using eval.
+.TP
+.B \-u
+Print a similar command to \fB\-s\fP but to unset all variables.
+.TP
+.BI \-c " command"
+Execute a \fIcommand\fP in an environment which has all variables set to
+the determined value.
+.TP
+.B \-L
+Print a list of valid architecture names.
+.
.SH "TERMS"
-.IX Header "TERMS"
.IP "build machine" 4
-.IX Item "build machine"
The machine the package is built on.
.IP "host machine" 4
-.IX Item "host machine"
The machine the package is built for.
.IP "Debian Architecture" 4
-.IX Item "Debian Architecture"
-The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \s-1FTP\s0
-archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd\-i386.
+The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the
+\s-1FTP\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd\-i386.
.IP "Architecture Alias" 4
-.IX Item "Architecture Alias"
An architecture alias is a wildcard architecture that will match any real
architecture being part of it. The general form is <kernel>\-<cpu>.
Examples: linux\-any, linux\-alpha, any\-i386, hurd\-any.
.IP "\s-1GNU\s0 System Type" 4
-.IX Item "GNU System Type"
An architecture specification string consisting of two parts,
-cpu-system. Examples: i386\-linux-gnu, sparc\-linux-gnu, i386\-gnu,
-x86_64-netbsd.
+cpu-system. Examples: i386\-linux\-gnu, sparc\-linux\-gnu, i386\-gnu,
+x86_64\-netbsd.
+.
.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-dpkg-buildpackage accepts the \fB\-a\fR option and passes it to dpkg\-architecture.
-Other examples:
+\fBdpkg\-buildpackage\fP accepts the \fB\-a\fR option and passes it to
+\fBdpkg\-architecture\fP. Other examples:
.PP
CC=i386\-gnu\-gcc dpkg\-architecture \f(CW\*(C`\-c\*(C'\fR debian/rules build
.PP
eval \`dpkg\-architecture \f(CW\*(C`\-u\*(C'\fR\`
+.
.SH "VARIABLES"
-.IX Header "VARIABLES"
-The following variables are set by dpkg\-architecture:
+The following variables are set by \fBdpkg\-architecture\fP:
.IP "\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_BUILD_ARCH"
The Debian architecture of the build machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS"
The Debian system name of the build machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU"
The Debian cpu name of the build machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE"
The \s-1GNU\s0 system type of the build machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU"
The \s-1CPU\s0 part of \s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\s0
.IP "\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM"
The System part of \s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\s0
.IP "\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_HOST_ARCH"
The Debian architecture of the host machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS"
The Debian system name of the host machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU"
The Debian cpu name of the host machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE"
The \s-1GNU\s0 system type of the host machine.
.IP "\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU"
The \s-1CPU\s0 part of \s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\s0
.IP "\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\s0" 4
-.IX Item "DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM"
The System part of \s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\s0
+.
.SH "DEBIAN/RULES"
-.IX Header "DEBIAN/RULES"
-The environment variables set by dpkg-architecture are passed to
-debian/rules as make variables (see make documentation). However, you
-should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the
-script. Instead, you should always initialize them using
-dpkg-architecture with the \-q option. Here are some examples, which
-also show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your
+The environment variables set by \fBdpkg\-architecture\fP are passed to
+\fIdebian/rules\fP as make variables (see make documentation). However,
+you should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the
+script. Instead, you should always initialize them using
+\fBdpkg\-architecture\fP with the \-q option. Here are some examples,
+which also show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your
package:
.PP
is deprecated (until you want to provide backward compatibility, see below).
Especially the \-\-print\-architecture option is unreliable since we have
Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name.
-
+.
.SH "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY"
-.IX Header "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY"
The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced
-in relatively recent versions of \fIdpkg-architecture\fR (since dpkg 1.13.2),
+in relatively recent versions of \fBdpkg-architecture\fR (since dpkg 1.13.2),
before this \fIdebian/rules\fR files tended to check the values of the
DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject
to change.
And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS.
.PP
If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include
-\fIdpkg-architecture\fR, the following does the job:
+\fBdpkg-architecture\fR, the following does the job:
.IP
.nf
\&\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\s0 := $(shell dpkg \-\-print\-architecture)
is sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine,
but remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native
compilation).
+.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-dpkg-buildpackage
-dpkg-cross
-.SH "CONTACT"
-.IX Header "CONTACT"
-If you have questions about the usage of the make variables in your rules
-files, or about cross compilation support in your packages, please email me.
-The address is Marcus Brinkmann <brinkmd@debian.org>.
+.BR dpkg\-buildpackage (1),
+.BR dpkg\-cross (1).
+.
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.B dpkg\-architecture
+and this man page were initially written by
+Marcus Brinkmann <brinkmd@debian.org>.
+
-.TH DPKG\-CHECKBUILDDEPS 1 "February 2001" "Debian project" "dpkg utililties"
+.TH dpkg\-checkbuilddeps 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utililties"
.SH NAME
dpkg\-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBdpkg\-checkbuilddeps\fR \-B [\fIcontrol-file\fR]
+\fBdpkg\-checkbuilddeps\fR \fB\-B\fR [\fIcontrol-file\fR]
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build
-dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are
+dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are
not met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code.
.P
-By default, \fBdebian/control\fR is read, but an alternate control filename
+By default, \fIdebian/control\fR is read, but an alternate control filename
may be specified on the command line.
+.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
-.I \-B
-Ignore Build-Depends-Indep lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be
-built.
+.B \-B
+Ignore \fIBuild\-Depends\-Indep\fR lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will
+be built.
+.
.SH AUTHOR
Copyright 2001 Joey Hess
.UR mailto:joeyh@debian.org
-<joeyh@debian.org>
+<joeyh@debian.org>.
.UE
.sp
This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or
-later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
+later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-.TH DPKG\-DEB 1 "1st June 1996" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
-.SH NAME
+.TH dpkg\-deb 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
+.SH NAME
dpkg\-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B dpkg\-deb
by calling
.B dpkg
with whatever options you want to pass to
-.BR dpkg\-deb ". " dpkg
+.BR dpkg\-deb ". " dpkg
will spot that you wanted
.B dpkg\-deb
and run it for you.
.TP
.BR \-\-build ", " \-b
Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in
-.IR directory ". " directory
+.IR directory ". " directory
must have a
.B DEBIAN
subdirectory, which contains the control information files such
-as the control file itself. This directory will
+as the control file itself. This directory will
.I not
appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead
the files in it will be put in the binary package's control
.BR \-\-nocheck ", " dpkg\-deb "
will read
.B DEBIAN/control
-and parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems,
+and parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems,
and display the name of the binary package being built.
.B dpkg\-deb
will also check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other
.IB package _ version .deb
if no
.B Architecture
-field is present in the package control file. When a target directory
+field is present in the package control file. When a target directory
is specified, rather than a file, the
.B \-\-nocheck
option may not be used (since
If any are specified then
.B dpkg\-deb
will print their contents, in the order in which they appear in the
-control file. If more than one
+control file. If more than one
.BR control\-file\-field
is specified then
.B dpkg\-deb
.TP
.BR \-\-contents ", " \-c
Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the
-package archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by
+package archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by
.BR tar 's
verbose listing.
.TP
Note that extracting a package to the root directory will
.I not
-result in a correct installation ! Use
+result in a correct installation! Use
.B dpkg
to install packages.
Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it
to standard output in
.B tar
-format. Together with
+format. Together with
.BR tar (1)
this can be used to extract a particular file from a package archive.
.TP
.BR \-\-licence
Prints information about
.BR dpkg\-deb 's
-copyright licensing and lack of warranty. (The American spelling
+copyright licensing and lack of warranty. (The American spelling
.B \-\-license
-is also supported.)
+is also supported).
.SH OTHER OPTIONS
.TP
.BR \-\-new
Ensures that
.B dpkg\-deb
-builds a `new' format archive. This is the default.
+builds a `new' format archive. This is the default.
.TP
.BR \-\-old
Forces
.B dpkg\-deb
-to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format is less
+to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format is less
easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use is
when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than
0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only.
.BR \-\-nocheck
Inhibits
.BR "dpkg\-deb \-\-build" 's
-usual checks on the proposed contents of an archive. You can build
+usual checks on the proposed contents of an archive. You can build
any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way.
.TP
.BR \-\-debug ", " \-D
-Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting.
+Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting.
.SH BUGS
-.B dpkg\-deb \-I
+.B dpkg\-deb \-I
.IB package1 .deb
.IB package2 .deb
does the wrong thing.
Do not attempt to use just
.B dpkg\-deb
-to install software ! You must use
+to install software! You must use
.B dpkg
proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the
package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded.
.BR dselect (1).
.SH AUTHOR
.B dpkg\-deb
-and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are
-Copyright (C)1995-1996
-by him and released under the GNU General Public Licence; there is NO
-WARRANTY. See
-.B /usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright
+and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson.
+They are Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the
+GNU General Public Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See
+.I /usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright
and
-.B /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL
+.I /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL
for details.
-.TH DPKG\-DIVERT 8 "December 1999" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH dpkg\-divert 8 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
dpkg\-divert - override a package's version of a file
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B dpkg\-divert
-[options] [\-\-add]
+.RI [ options ]
+.RB [ \-\-add ]
.I <file>
.br
.B dpkg\-divert
-[options] \-\-remove
+.RI [ options ]
+.B \-\-remove
.I <file>
.br
.B dpkg\-divert
-[options]
-\-\-list
+.RI [ options ]
+.B \-\-list
.I <glob-pattern>
.br
.B dpkg\-divert
-[options] \-\-truename
+.RI [ options ]
+.B \-\-truename
.I <file>
-.br
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
File `diversions' are a way of forcing dpkg not to install a file into its
location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used through the
.B dpkg\-divert
is the utility used to set up and update the list of diversions. It
functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and listing diversions.
-The options are \-\-add, \-\-remove, and \-\-list, respectively. Additionally,
-it can print out the real name for a diverted file with \-\-truename.
-Other options (listed below) may also be specified.
+The options are \fB\-\-add\fP, \fB\-\-remove\fP, and \fB\-\-list\fP,
+respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted
+file with \fB\-\-truename\fP. Other options (listed below) may also be
+specified.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
-.I \-\-admindir <directory>
-Set the dpkg data directory to <directory> (default: /var/lib/dpkg).
+.BI \-\-admindir " <directory>"
+Set the dpkg data directory to \fI<directory>\fP (default: \fI/var/lib/dpkg\fP).
.TP
-.I \-\-divert <divert-to>
-<divert-to> is the name used by other packages' versions.
+.BI \-\-divert " <divert-to>"
+\fI<divert-to>\fP is the name used by other packages' versions.
.TP
-.I \-\-help
+.B \-\-help
Output the version and the short usage instructions, and exit successfully.
.TP
-.I \-\-local
+.B \-\-local
Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted.
.TP
-.I \-\-package <package>
-<package> is the name of a package whose copy of <file> will not be diverted.
+.BI \-\-package " <package>"
+\fI<package>\fP is the name of a package whose copy of \fI<file>\fP will not
+be diverted.
.TP
-.I \-\-quiet
+.B \-\-quiet
Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output.
.TP
-.I \-\-rename
+.B \-\-rename
Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg\-divert will abort operation
in case the destination file already exists.
.TP
-.I \-\-test
+.B \-\-test
Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate.
.TP
-.I \-\-version
+.B \-\-version
Output program name and version and exit successfully.
+.
.SH NOTES
-When adding, default is \-\-local and \-\-divert <original>.distrib.
-When removing, \-\-package or \-\-local and \-\-divert must match if specified.
+When adding, default is \fB\-\-local\fP and \fB\-\-divert\fP
+\fI<original>.distrib\fP. When removing, \fB\-\-package\fP or \fB\-\-local\fP
+and \fB\-\-divert\fP must match if specified.
-Directories can't be diverted with dpkg\-divert.
+Directories can't be diverted with \fBdpkg\-divert\fP.
-Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, ldconfig (8) creates
-a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library.
+Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, \fBldconfig\fP (8)
+creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library.
Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a diverted
library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may end up
pointing at the diverted library.
+.
.SH EXAMPLES
To divert all copies of a \fI/usr/bin/example.foo\fR to \fI/usr/bin/example\fR,
performing the rename if required:
To remove that diversion:
.HP
dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example
+.
.SH FILES
.TP
.I /var/lib/dpkg/diversions
located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files
important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'.
.br
-Note: dpkg\-divert preserves the old copy of this file, with extension
+Note: \fBdpkg\-divert\fP preserves the old copy of this file, with extension
"\-old", before replacing it with the new one.
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR dpkg (1).
.SH AUTHOR
Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson.
.sp
This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence
-version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
+version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
.\"
.\" This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
.\" or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-.TH dpkg\-name 1 "2006-02-11" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH dpkg\-name 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
dpkg\-name \- rename Debian packages to full package names
.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dpkg\-name
-[\-a|\-\-no\-architecture] [\-o|\-\-overwrite] [\-s|\-\-subdir [dir]]
-[\-c|\-\-create\-dir] [\-h|\-\-help] [\-v|\-\-version]
-[\-l|\-\-license] [\-k|\-\-symlink] [\-[\-\-] [files]
+.B dpkg\-name
+.RB [ \-a | \-\-no\-architecture ]
+.RB [ \-o | \-\-overwrite ]
+.RB [ \-s | \-\-subdir
+.RI [ dir ]]
+.RB [ \-c | \-\-create\-dir ]
+.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
+.RB [ \-v | \-\-version ]
+.RB [ \-l | \-\-license ]
+.RB [ \-k | \-\-symlink ]
+.RB [ \-\- ]
+.RI [ files ]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This manual page documents the
-.B dpkg\-name
+.B dpkg\-name
sh script which provides an easy way to rename
.B Debian
packages into their full package names. A full package name consists
file of the package. The <version> part of the filename consists of
the mainstream version information optionally followed by a hyphen and
the revision information.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.TP
-.B dpkg\-name bar\-foo.deb
-The file `bar\-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar\-foo_1.0\-2_i386.deb or
-something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control
-part of `bar\-foo.deb').
-.TP
-.B find /root/debian/ \-name \(aq*.deb\(aq | xargs \-n 1 dpkg\-name \-a
-All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its
-subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg\-name if required into names with no
-architecture information.
-.TP
-.B find \-name \(aq*.deb\(aq | xargs \-n 1 dpkg\-name \-a \-o \-s \-c
-.B Don't do this.
-Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of packages
-don't come with section information.
-.B Don't do this.
-.TP
-.B dpkg \-\-build debian\-tmp && dpkg\-name \-o \-s .. debian\-tmp.deb
-This can be used when building new packages.
-.SS OPTIONS
+.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.B "\-a, \-\-no\-architecture"
-The destination filename will not have the architecture information.
+The destination filename will not have the architecture information.
.TP
.B "\-k, \-\-symlink"
Create a symlink, instead of moving.
-.TP
+.TP
.B "\-o, \-\-overwrite"
Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the
destination filename.
-.TP
-.B "\-s, \-\-subdir [dir]"
+.TP
+.BR "\-s, \-\-subdir" " [\fIdir\fP]"
Files will be moved into subdir. If directory given as argument exists
the files will be moved into that direcotory otherswise the name of
the target directory is extracted from the section field in the
.TP
.B "\-c, \-\-create\-dir"
This option can used together with the \-s option. If a target
-directory isn't found it will be created automatically.
+directory isn't found it will be created automatically.
.B Use this option with care.
.TP
.B "\-h, \-\-help"
.B "\-l, \-\-license"
Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license
information and exit successfully.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.B dpkg\-name bar\-foo.deb
+The file `bar\-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar\-foo_1.0\-2_i386.deb or
+something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control
+part of `bar\-foo.deb').
+.TP
+.B find /root/debian/ \-name \(aq*.deb\(aq | xargs \-n 1 dpkg\-name \-a
+All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its
+subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg\-name if required into names with no
+architecture information.
+.TP
+.B find \-name \(aq*.deb\(aq | xargs \-n 1 dpkg\-name \-a \-o \-s \-c
+.B Don't do this.
+Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of packages
+don't come with section information.
+.B Don't do this.
+.TP
+.B dpkg \-\-build debian\-tmp && dpkg\-name \-o \-s .. debian\-tmp.deb
+This can be used when building new packages.
.SH BUGS
Some packages don't follow the name structure
<package>_<version>_<architecture>.deb. Packages renamed by dpkg\-name
-.TH dpkg\-query 1 "2006-02-11" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
+.TH dpkg\-query 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
.SH NAME
dpkg\-query \- a tool to query the dpkg database
.
.TP
\fB\-l\fP | \fB\-\-list\fP \fIpackage-name-pattern\fP ...
List packages matching given pattern. If no \fIpackage-name-pattern\fP
-is given, list all packages in \fI/var/lib/dpkg/status\fP. Normal
+is given, list all packages in \fI/var/lib/dpkg/status\fP. Normal
shell wildchars are allowed in \fIpackage-name-pattern\fP. Please note
you will probably have to quote \fIpackage-name-pattern\fP to prevent
the shell from performing filename expansion. For example this will
.TP
\fB\-S\fP | \fB\-\-search\fP \fIfilename-search-pattern\fP ...
Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell
-wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will not list
+wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will not list
extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list
alternatives.
.TP
.TP
\fB-f\fP | \fB\-\-showformat=\fP\fIformat\fR
This option is used to specify the format of the output \fB\-\-show\fP
-will produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package
+will produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package
listed.
In the format string, \(lq\fB\e\fP\(rq introduces escapes:
.UE
.sp
This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or
-later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
+later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR dpkg (1).
.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
.\" License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
.\" Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-.TH DPKG\-SCANPACKAGES 1 "1996-07-08" "Debian project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH dpkg\-scanpackages 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
dpkg\-scanpackages - create Packages files
.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B dpkg\-scanpackages
-.RI [ \-u ]
-.RI [ \-a<arch> ]
-.RI [ \-m ]
+.RB [ \-u "] [" \-a
+.I <arch>
+.RB "] [" \-m ]
.I binarydir
.I overridefile
.RI [ pathprefix ]
sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and creates a Packages
file, used by
.BR dselect (1),
-etc, to tell the user what packages are available for installation. These
+etc, to tell the user what packages are available for installation. These
Packages files are the same as those found on Debian archive sites
-and CD-ROMs. You might use
+and CD-ROMs. You might use
.B dpkg\-scanpackages
yourself if making a directory of local packages to install on a cluster
of machines.
is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields.
.PP
If
-.I \-u
+.B \-u
is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb.
.PP
-When \-a\fI<arch>\fP is specified, then instead of scanning for all debs,
-a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used.
+When \fB\-a\fP\fI<arch>\fP is specified, then instead of scanning for all
+debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used.
.PP
If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one
is included in the output. If they have the same version and only
differ in architecture only the first one found is used. You can override
-this behaviour with the \fI\-m\fP switch. If given, all found packages
+this behaviour with the \fB\-m\fP switch. If given, all found packages
are included in the output.
.
.SH THE OVERRIDE FILE
rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package.
This information is found in the override file.
.PP
-The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are
+The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are
allowed (denoted with a
.BR # ).
.PP
.in -5
.PP
.I package
-is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for packages
+is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for packages
not found in the binary tree are ignored.
.PP
.I priority
and
.I section
place the package within the release tree; these ought not to be found
-in the control file. If the package is found in a subdirectory of
+in the control file. If the package is found in a subdirectory of
.IR binarydir ,
that will be checked against
.IR section .
.
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
.B dpkg\-scanpackages
-outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also warns about packages
+outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also warns about packages
that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, have a Filename
field in their control file, are missing from the override file, or have
maintainer substitutions which do not take effect.
-.TH DPKG-SCANSOURCES 1 "2005-01-10" "Debian GNU/Linux"
+.TH dpkg\-scansources 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH "NAME"
dpkg\-scansources \- search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index
+.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-\&\fBdpkg-scansources\fR [switch]... \fIbinary-dir\fR [\fIoverride-file\fR
-[\fIpath-prefix\fR]] > Sources
+.B dpkg\-scansources
+.RI [ options ]
+.I binary-dir
+.RI [ override-file
+.RI [ path-prefix ]]
+.B >
+.I Sources
+.
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\&\fBdpkg-scansources\fR scans the given \fIbinary-dir\fR for \fI.dsc\fR files.
These are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to
stdout.
.PP
The \fIoverride-file\fR, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting
index records and to override the maintainer field given in the \fI.dsc\fR
-files. See dpkg-scanpackages for the format of this file. \s-1NB:\s0 Since
+files. See dpkg-scanpackages for the format of this file. \s-1NB:\s0 Since
the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, there's a bit
-of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest priority of
+of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest priority of
all the binary packages produced by a \fI.dsc\fR file for the priority of the
source package, and the override entry for the first binary package listed
-in the \fI.dsc\fR file to modify maintainer information. This might change.
+in the \fI.dsc\fR file to modify maintainer information. This might change.
.PP
The \fIpath-prefix\fR, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the
-generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory
+generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory
fields contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy.
+.
.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug"
Turn debugging on.
.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
Show the usage message and die.
.IP "\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-sort\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n, --no-sort"
-Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package
+Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package
name.
.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-source\-override\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s, --source-override file"
-Use \fIfile\fR as the source override file. The default is the name of the
+Use \fIfile\fR as the source override file. The default is the name of the
override file you specified with \fI.src\fR appended.
.sp
The source override file is in a different format from the binary override
-file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the
-source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment
-lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files
+file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the
+source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment
+lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files
the source override takes precedence for setting the section.
.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
Print the version number and exit.
+.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIdpkg\-scanpackages\fR\|(1)
+.BR dpkg\-scanpackages (1).
+.
.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
Roderick Schertler <roderick@argon.org>
.\" Authors: Ian Jackson
-.TH DPKG\-SOURCE 1 "January 2000" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
-.SH NAME
+.TH dpkg\-source 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.SH NAME
dpkg\-source, dpkg\-gencontrol, dpkg\-shlibdeps, dpkg\-genchanges,
dpkg\-buildpackage, dpkg\-distaddfile, dpkg\-parsechangelog
\- Debian source package tools
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B dpkg\-source
.BI "\-x " filename .dsc
.B dpkg\-shlibdeps
calculates shared library dependencies for executables named in its
-arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution
+arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution
variables file
.B debian/substvars
as variable names
.BI shlibs: dependencyfield
where
.I dependencyfield
-is a dependency field name. Any other variables starting
+is a dependency field name. Any other variables starting
.I shlibs:
are removed from the file.
.B dpkg\-shlibdeps
.B objdump
reports as satisfying the library dependency, or
.BR /etc/dpkg/shlibs.default .
-The first match will be used. See
+The first match will be used. See
.BR dpkg-shlibdeps (1)
for details of the format of shared library dependency files.
.TP
.BI \-h
Display the particular program's version and usage message, including
-a synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood
+a synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood
by all the source package tools.
.TP
.BI \-v version
Read the description of the changes from the file
.I changesdescription
rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog
-file. This is understood by
+file. This is understood by
.BR dpkg\-buildpackage " and " dpkg\-genchanges .
.TP
.BI \-m maintaineraddress
to build a source package (rather than to extract one) - see below.
.TP
.BI \-c controlfile
-Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The
+Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The
default is
.BR debian/control .
This option is understood by
.BR dpkg\-source ", " dpkg\-gencontrol " and " dpkg\-genchanges .
.TP
.BI \-l changelogfile
-Specifies the change log file to read information from. The
+Specifies the change log file to read information from. The
default is
.BR debian/changelog .
This option is understood by
.BR dpkg\-gencontrol ", " dpkg\-genchanges " and " dpkg\-distaddfile .
.TP
.BI \-F changelogformat
-Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read
+Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read
from a special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that
defaults to the debian standard format.
This option is understood by
.BR dpkg\-source ", " dpkg\-gencontrol " and " dpkg\-genchanges .
.TP
.BI \-W
-This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg\-source uses
-this, but
+This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg\-source uses
+this, but
.BR dpkg\-buildpackage
recognizes it, and passes it thru to
.BR dpkg\-source "."
the source tree's top level directory.
.TP
.B \-x
-Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied,
+Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied,
the name of the Debian source control file
.RB ( .dsc ).
An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify the
-directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If
+directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If
no output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into
a directory named \fIsource\fR-\fIversion-\fR under the current working
-directory.
+directory.
No options are useful with
.BR "dpkg\-source \-x" .
will inherit its group ownership.
.TP
.B \-b
-Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should
-be supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory
-containing the unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied
+Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should
+be supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory
+containing the unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied
it should be the name of the original source directory or tarfile or
the empty string if the package is a Debian-specific one and so has no
-Debianisation diffs. If no second argument is supplied then
+Debianisation diffs. If no second argument is supplied then
.B dpkg\-source
will look for the original source tarfile
.IB package _ upstream-version .orig.tar.gz
build output directories.
This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included
-in the .diff.gz, (eg: "debian/BUGS_TODO/*" or "debian/RCS/*,v"). For
+in the .diff.gz, (eg: "debian/BUGS_TODO/*" or "debian/RCS/*,v"). For
instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS,
where you don't have access permissions for commiting the debian
control files and making tags for \fIcvs\-buildpackage(1)\fR, it is
necessary to perform an extra checkout/update into a directory you
-keep pristine, to generate the .orig.tar.gz from. That directory will
+keep pristine, to generate the .orig.tar.gz from. That directory will
have CVS/Entries files in it that will contain timestamps that differ
from the ones in your working directory, thus causing them to be
unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use the \fB\-i\fR
.B \-I<filename>
If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's \-\-exclude
option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For
-example, \-ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating
+example, \-ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating
a .tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple
filenames to exclude.
.TP
.IB package - upstream-version .orig
and
.B dpkg\-source
-will create a new original source archive from it. If
+will create a new original source archive from it. If
.B \-sr
is used
.B dpkg\-source will remove that directory after it has been used.
is specified
.B dpkg\-source
will expect that the original source is available both as a directory
-and as a tarfile. If will use the directory to create the diff, but
+and as a tarfile. If will use the directory to create the diff, but
the tarfile to create the
.BR .dsc .
This option must be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do
is specified
.B dpkg\-source
will not look for any original source, and will not generate a diff.
-The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is
+The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is
used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate
upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs.
.B \-sA
is the default.
-.BR \-sa ", " \-sp ", " \-sk ", " \-su " and " \-sr
-will not overwrite existing tarfiles or directories. If this is
+.BR \-sa ", " \-sp ", " \-sk ", " \-su " and " \-sr
+will not overwrite existing tarfiles or directories. If this is
desired then
-.BR \-sA ", " \-sP ", " \-sK ", " \-sU " and " \-sR
+.BR \-sA ", " \-sP ", " \-sK ", " \-sU " and " \-sR
should be used instead.
.TP
.BR \-sp , \-su , \-sn " with " \-x
If
.B \-sp
is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left
-as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory
+as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory
or if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there.
This is the default.
.B \-sn
ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current
-directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the
+directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the
current directory is still removed.
.PP
All the
Do not clean the source tree(implies \-b).
.SH dpkg\-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS
.B dpkg\-distaddfile
-does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-option
+does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-option
arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the
.B .changes
file.
A variable substitution has the form
.BI ${ variable-name }\fR.
Variable names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start
-with an alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly
+with an alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly
until none are left; the full text of the field after the substitution
is rescanned to look for more substitutions.
Variables can be set using the
.B \-V
-common option. They can be also specified in the file
+common option. They can be also specified in the file
.B debian/substvars
(or whatever other file is specified using the
.B \-T
-option). This file consists of lines of the form
+option). This file consists of lines of the form
.IB name = value\fR.
Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and
lines starting with a
The source package version (from the changelog file).
.TP
.B Installed\-Size
-The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied
+The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied
into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the
-value of that field. If this variable isn't set
+value of that field. If this variable isn't set
.B dpkg\-gencontrol
will use
.B du \-k debian/tmp
to find the default value.
.TP
.B Extra\-Size
-Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this
+Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this
variable is set its value is added to that of the
.B Installed\-Size
variable (whether set explicitly or using the default value) before it
.BI F: fieldname
The value of the output field
.IR fieldname
-(which must be given in the canonical capitalisation). Setting these
+(which must be given in the canonical capitalisation). Setting these
variables has no effect other than on places where they are expanded
explicitly.
.TP
The
.B .changes
file format version generated by this version of the source packaging
-scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the
+scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the
.B Format
field in the
.B .changes
The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain
standard output field settings is rather confused.
-The binary package entries in the
+The binary package entries in the
.B debian/files
-file will be passed through variable substitution twice. This should
+file will be passed through variable substitution twice. This should
not matter, since
.BR $ ", " { " and " }
are not legal in package names or version numbers.
Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman
.br
This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later
-for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See
+for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See
.B /usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright
and
.B /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL
.\" Authors: Ian Jackson
-.TH dpkg\-split 1 "23rd June 1996" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH dpkg\-split 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
dpkg\-split \- Debian package archive split/join tool
.SH SYNOPSIS
.br
.B dpkg\-split
.BR \-j | \-\-join
-.IR "part part " ...
+.IR part " ..."
.br
.B dpkg\-split
.BR \-I | \-\-info
-.IR "part part " ...
+.IR part " ..."
.br
.B dpkg\-split
.BR \-a | \-\-auto
.br
.B dpkg\-split
.BR \-d | \-\-discard
-.RI [ "package package " ...]
+.RI [ package " ...]"
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B dpkg\-split
splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and reassembles
.B \-\-auto
option, where it maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet
reassembled and reassembles a package file when it has seen all of its
-parts. The
+parts. The
.BR \-\-listq " and " \-\-discard
options allow the management of the queue.
file as it was before it was split.
The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the
-same original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the
+same original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the
argument list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order.
The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part
.TP
.BR \-\-info ", " \-I
Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s)
-specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a
+specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a
message saying so instead (but still on standard output).
.TP
.BR \-\-auto ", " \-a
.BR \-\-licence
Prints information about
.BR dpkg\-split 's
-copyright licensing and lack of warranty. (The American spelling
+copyright licensing and lack of warranty. (The American spelling
.B \-\-license
is also supported.)
.SH OTHER OPTIONS
.TP
.BI \-\-depotdir " directory"
Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting
-automatic reassembly. The default is
+automatic reassembly. The default is
.BR /var/lib/dpkg .
.TP
.BI \-\-partsize\fR|\fB\-S " kbytes"
Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024
-bytes). The default is 450Kb.
+bytes). The default is 450Kb.
.TP
.BI \-\-output\fR|\fB\-O " complete-output"
Specifies the output file name for a reassembly.
.B dpkg\-split
usually prints a message if it is given a
.I part
-that is not a binary package part. This option suppresses this
+that is not a binary package part. This option suppresses this
message, to allow programs such as
.B dpkg
to cope with both split and unsplit packages without producing
is not present in the filenames generated.
.SH FILES
.TP
-.B /var/lib/dpkg/parts
+.I /var/lib/dpkg/parts
The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic
reassembly.
.BR deb (5),
.BR deb\-control (5),
.BR dpkg\-deb (1),
-.BR dpkg (1)
+.BR dpkg (1).
+.
.SH AUTHOR
.B dpkg\-split
-and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are
+and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are
Copyright (C) 1995-1996
by him and released under the GNU General Public Licence; there is NO
-WARRANTY. See
-.B /usr/share/dpkg/copyright
+WARRANTY. See
+.I /usr/share/dpkg/copyright
and
-.B /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL
+.I /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL
for details.
-.TH DPKG-STATOVERRIDE 8 "2006-01-26" "Debian project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH dpkg\-statoverride 8 "2006-02-28" "Debian project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
dpkg\-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBdpkg\-statoverride\fR [options] \-\-add <user> <group> <mode> \fI<file>\fR
+.B dpkg\-statoverride
+.RI [ options ]
+.BI \-\-add " <user> <group> <mode> <file>"
.br
-\fBdpkg\-statoverride\fR [options] \-\-remove \fI<file>\fR
+.B dpkg\-statoverride
+.RI [ options ]
+.BI \-\-remove " <file>"
.br
-\fBdpkg\-statoverride\fR [options] \-\-list \fI[<glob-pattern>]\fR
+.B dpkg\-statoverride
+.RI [ options ]
+.B \-\-list
+.RI [ <glob-pattern> ]
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
`\fBstat overrides\fR' are a way to tell dpkg to use a different owner
or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word
`file' here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg
-handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to
+handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to
force programs that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid
flag, or only executable by a certain group.
.P
\fBdpkg\-statoverride\fR is a utility to manage the list of stat
-overrides. It has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing
+overrides. It has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing
overrides.
+.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
-.I \-\-add <user> <group> <mode> <file>
+.BI \-\-add " <user> <group> <mode> <file>"
Add an override for \fB<file>\fR. \fB<file>\fR does not need to exist
when this command is used; the override will be stored and used later.
Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example \fBroot\fR
If \-\-update is specified and \fB<file>\fR exists, it is immediately
set to the new owner and mode.
.TP
-.I \-\-remove <file>
+.BI \-\-remove " <file>"
Remove an override for \fB<file>\fR, the status of \fB<file>\fR is left
unchanged by this command.
.TP
-.I \-\-list [<glob-pattern>]
+.BR \-\-list " [\fI<glob-pattern>\fP]"
List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output
to overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none
match the glob \fBdpkg\-statoverride\fR will exit with an exitcode of 1.
.TP
-.I \-\-force
+.B \-\-force
Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it.
This is necessary to override an existing override.
.TP
-.I \-\-update
+.B \-\-update
Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it
exists.
.TP
-.I \-\-quiet
+.B \-\-quiet
Be less verbose about what we do.
.TP
-.I \-\-help
+.B \-\-help
Show version, copyright and usage information.
.TP
-.I \-\-admindir
+.B \-\-admindir
Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is
-also stored. Defaults to /var/lib/dpkg.
+also stored. Defaults to \fI/var/lib/dpkg\fP.
+.
.SH FILES
.TP
.I /var/lib/dpkg/statoverride
.br
Note: dpkg\-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with
extension "-old", before replacing it with the new one.
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dpkg (1)
+.BR dpkg (1).
+.
.SH AUTHOR
Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman
.UR mailto:wakkerma@debian.org
.UE
.sp
This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or
-later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
+later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-.TH DPKG 1 "2006-02-11" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
+.TH dpkg 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
.SH NAME
dpkg - package manager for Debian
-
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B dpkg
[\fIoptions\fP] \fIaction\fP
-
+.
.SH WARNING
This manual is intended for users wishing to understand \fBdpkg\fP's
command line options and package states in more detail than that
provided by \fBdpkg \-\-help\fP.
It should \fInot\fP be used by package maintainers wishing to
-understand how \fBdpkg\fP will install their packages. The
+understand how \fBdpkg\fP will install their packages. The
descriptions of what \fBdpkg\fP does when installing and removing
packages are particularly inadequate.
-
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBdpkg\fP is a tool to install, build, remove and manage
Debian packages. The primary and more user-friendly
-front-end for \fBdpkg\fP is \fBdselect\fP(1). \fBdpkg\fP itself is
+front-end for \fBdpkg\fP is \fBdselect\fP(1). \fBdpkg\fP itself is
controlled entirely via command line parameters, which consist of exactly
one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter tells dpkg
what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some way.
\fB\-\-fsys\-tarfile\fP.
.fi
Please refer to \fBdpkg\-deb\fP(1) for information about these actions.
-
+.
.SH INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES
\fBdpkg\fP maintains some usable information about available
packages. The information is divided in three classes: \fBstates\fP,
-\fBselection states\fP and \fBflags\fP. These values are intended to
+\fBselection states\fP and \fBflags\fP. These values are intended to
be changed mainly with \fBdselect\fP.
.SS PACKAGE STATES
.TP
A package marked \fBreinst\-required\fP is broken and requires
reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with
option \fB\-\-force\-remove\-reinstreq\fP.
-
+.
.SH ACTIONS
.TP
\fBdpkg \-i\fP | \fB\-\-install\fP \fIpackage_file\fP...
directory instead.
.TP
\fBdpkg \-\-configure \fP\fIpackage\fP ... | \fB\-a\fP | \fB\-\-pending\fP
-Reconfigure an unpacked package. If \fB\-a\fP or \fB\-\-pending\fP is
+Reconfigure an unpacked package. If \fB\-a\fP or \fB\-\-pending\fP is
given instead of \fIpackage\fP, all unpacked but unconfigured
packages are configured.
\fB2.\fP Run \fIpostinst\fP script, if provided by the package.
.TP
\fBdpkg \-r\fP | \fB\-\-remove\fP | \fB\-P\fP | \fB\-\-purge \fP\fIpackage\fP ... | \fB\-a\fP | \fB\-\-pending\fP
-Remove an installed package. \fB\-r\fP or \fB\-\-remove\fP remove
-everything except configuration files. This may avoid having to
-reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later. (Configuration
+Remove an installed package. \fB\-r\fP or \fB\-\-remove\fP remove
+everything except configuration files. This may avoid having to
+reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later. (Configuration
files are the files listed in the \fIdebian/conffiles\fP control
-file). \fB\-P\fP or \fB\-\-purge\fP removes everything, including configuration
-files. If \fB\-a\fP or \fB\-\-pending\fP is given instead of a package
+file). \fB\-P\fP or \fB\-\-purge\fP removes everything, including configuration
+files. If \fB\-a\fP or \fB\-\-pending\fP is given instead of a package
name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or purged
in file \fI/var/lib/dpkg/status\fP, are removed or purged,
respectively.
.TP
\fBdpkg \-\-update\-avail\fP | \fB\-\-merge\-avail\fP \fIPackages-file\fP
Update \fBdpkg\fP's and \fBdselect\fP's idea of which packages are
-available. With action \fB\-\-merge\-avail\fP, old information is
-combined with information from \fIPackages-file\fP. With action
+available. With action \fB\-\-merge\-avail\fP, old information is
+combined with information from \fIPackages-file\fP. With action
\fB\-\-update\-avail\fP, old information is replaced with the information
-in the \fIPackages-file\fP. The \fIPackages-file\fP distributed with
-Debian is simply named \fIPackages\fP. \fBdpkg\fP keeps its
+in the \fIPackages-file\fP. The \fIPackages-file\fP distributed with
+Debian is simply named \fIPackages\fP. \fBdpkg\fP keeps its
record of available packages in \fI/var/lib/dpkg/available\fP.
A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the \fIavailable\fR
.TP
\fBdpkg \-A\fP | \fB\-\-record\-avail\fP \fIpackage_file\fP ...
Update \fBdpkg\fP and \fBdselect\fP's idea of which packages are
-available with information from the package \fIpackage_file\fP. If
+available with information from the package \fIpackage_file\fP. If
\fB\-\-recursive\fP or \fB\-R\fP option is specified, \fIpackage_file\fP
must refer to a directory instead.
.TP
.TP
\fBdpkg \-C\fP | \fB\-\-audit\fP
Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your
-system. \fBdpkg\fP will suggest what to do with them to get them
+system. \fBdpkg\fP will suggest what to do with them to get them
working.
.TP
\fBdpkg \-\-get\-selections\fP [\fIpackage-name-pattern\fP...]
Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout.
.TP
.B dpkg \-\-set\-selections
-Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be
+Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be
in the format '<package> <state>', where state is one of install, hold,
-deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with '#'
+deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with '#'
are also permitted.
.TP
.B dpkg \-\-yet\-to\-unpack
Print architecture of packages dpkg installs (for example, "i386").
.TP
.B dpkg \-\-compare\-versions \fIver1 op ver2\fP
-Compare version numbers, where \fIop\fP is a binary operator. \fBdpkg\fP
+Compare version numbers, where \fIop\fP is a binary operator. \fBdpkg\fP
returns success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied,
-and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are
+and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are
two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat an empty
-\fIver1\fP or \fIver2\fP. These treat an empty version as earlier than any
-version: \fBlt le eq ne ge gt\fP. These treat an empty version as later
-than any version: \fBlt\-nl le\-nl ge\-nl gt\-nl\fP. These are provided
+\fIver1\fP or \fIver2\fP. These treat an empty version as earlier than any
+version: \fBlt le eq ne ge gt\fP. These treat an empty version as later
+than any version: \fBlt\-nl le\-nl ge\-nl gt\-nl\fP. These are provided
only for compatibility with control file syntax: \fB< << <= = >= >>
>\fP.
.TP
.B dpkg \-\-command\-fd <n>
-Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor \fB<n>\fP. Note:
+Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor \fB<n>\fP. Note:
additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor,
are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run.
.TP
\fBdpkg \-p\fP | \fB\-\-print\-avail\fP \fIpackage\fP
Display details about \fIpackage\fP, as found in \fI/var/lib/dpkg/available\fP.
.fi
-
-
-
+.
.SH OPTIONS
All options can be specified both on the command line and in the \fBdpkg\fP
configuration file \fI/etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg\fP. Each line in the configuration
depended on the removed package.
.TP
\fB\-D\fIoctal\fP | \fB\-\-debug=\fP\fIoctal\fP
-Set debugging on. \fIoctal\fP is formed by bitwise-orring desired
+Set debugging on. \fIoctal\fP is formed by bitwise-orring desired
values together from the list below (note that these values may change
-in future releases). \fB\-Dh\fP or \fB\-\-debug=help\fP display these
+in future releases). \fB\-Dh\fP or \fB\-\-debug=help\fP display these
debugging values.
number description
\fB\-\-force\-\fP\fIthings\fP | \fB\-\-no\-force\-\fP\fIthings\fP | \fB\-\-refuse\-\fP\fIthings\fP
Force or refuse (\fBno\-force\fP and \fBrefuse\fP mean the same thing)
-to do some things. \fIthings\fP is a comma separated list of things
-specified below. \fB\-\-force\-help\fP displays a message describing them.
+to do some things. \fIthings\fP is a comma separated list of things
+specified below. \fB\-\-force\-help\fP displays a message describing them.
Things marked with (*) are forced by default.
\fIWarning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts
\fIWarning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency
checking on downgrades and therefore will not warn you
if the downgrade breaks the dependency of some other
-package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading
+package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading
essential system components can even make your whole
-system unusable. Use with care.\fP
+system unusable. Use with care.\fP
\fBconfigure\-any\fP:
Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on which the current
\fBremove\-reinstreq\fP:
Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to require
-reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to
+reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to
remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by \fBdpkg\fP.
\fBremove\-essential\fP:
action, without actually modifying anything.
Be sure to give \fB\-\-no\-act\fP before the action-parameter, or you might
-end up with undesirable results. (e.g. \fBdpkg \-\-purge foo
+end up with undesirable results. (e.g. \fBdpkg \-\-purge foo
\-\-no\-act\fP will first purge package foo and then try to purge package
\-\-no\-act, even though you probably expected it to actually do nothing)
.TP
installed. This is an alias of \fB\-\-refuse\-downgrade.\fP
.TP
\fB\-\-root=\fP\fIdir\fP | \fB\-\-admindir=\fP\fIdir\fP | \fB\-\-instdir=\fP\fIdir\fP
-Change default directories. \fBadmindir\fP defaults to
+Change default directories. \fBadmindir\fP defaults to
\fI/var/lib/dpkg\fP and contains many files that give information
-about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. \fBinstdir\fP
+about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. \fBinstdir\fP
defaults to \fI/\fP and refers to the directory where packages are to
-be installed. \fBinstdir\fP is also the directory passed to
+be installed. \fBinstdir\fP is also the directory passed to
\fBchroot\fP(2) before running \fIpackage\fP's installation scripts, which
means that the scripts see \fBinstdir\fP as a root directory.
Changing \fBroot\fP changes \fBinstdir\fP to \fIdir\fP and
\fB\-O\fP | \fB\-\-selected\-only\fP
Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The
actual marking is done with \fBdselect\fP or by \fBdpkg\fP, when it
-handles packages. For example, when a package is removed, it will
+handles packages. For example, when a package is removed, it will
be marked selected for deinstallation.
.TP
.BR \-E " | " \-\-skip\-same\-version
installed.
.TP
\fB\-\-status\-fd \fP\fI<n>\fP
-Send package status info to file descriptor \fI<n>\fP. This can be given
-multiple times.
Status updates are of the form `status: <pkg>: <pkg qstate>'.
+Send package status info to file descriptor \fI<n>\fP. This can be given
+multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: <pkg>: <pkg qstate>'.
Errors are reported as `status: <pkg>: error: extend-error-message'.
Configuration file conflicts are reported as
`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-debsig\fP
Do not try to verify package signatures.
+.
.SH FILES
.TP
.I /etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg
installed or not, etc. See section \fBINFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES\fP
for more info.
.P
-The following files are components of a binary package. See \fBdeb\fP(5)
+The following files are components of a binary package. See \fBdeb\fP(5)
for more information about them:
.TP
.I control
.I prerm
.TP
.I postrm
-
+.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
.TP
.B DPKG_NO_TSTP
.TP
.B COLUMNS
Sets the number of columns \fBdpkg\fP should use when displaying formatted
-text. Currently only used by \-l.
+text. Currently only used by \-l.
.TP
.B DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE
Set by \fBdpkg\fP to the filename of the old configuration file
Set by \fBdpkg\fP to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file
when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration.
file.
-
+.
.SH EXAMPLES
To list packages related to the editor vi:
.br
.br
To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or
-CDROM. The "available" file shows that the vim package is in section
+CDROM. The "available" file shows that the vim package is in section
"editors":
.br
\fB cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors\fP
\fB dpkg \-\-set\-selections <myselections\fP
.br
Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just
-set the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some
+set the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some
other application to actually download and install the requested
-packages. For example, run \fBdselect\fP and choose "Install".
+packages. For example, run \fBdselect\fP and choose "Install".
Ordinarily, you will find that \fBdselect\fP(1) provides a more
convenient way to modify the package selection states.
.br
+.
.SH ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY
Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the
following packages: \fIapt\fR, \fIaptitude\fR and \fIdebsums\fR.
-
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fBdselect\fP(1),
\fBdpkg\-deb\fP(1),
\fBdeb\-control\fP(5),
\fBdpkg.cfg\fP(5),
and
-\fBdpkg\-reconfigure\fP(8)
-
+\fBdpkg\-reconfigure\fP(8).
+.
.SH BUGS
-
\fB\-\-no\-act\fP usually gives less information than might be helpful.
-
+.
.SH AUTHORS
.nf
-See \fB/usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz\fP for the list of people who have
+See \fI/usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz\fP for the list of people who have
contributed to \fBdpkg\fP .
.fi
-.TH DPKG.CFG 5 "February 2002" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
+.TH dpkg.cfg 5 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
.SH NAME
dpkg.cfg \- dpkg configuration file
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a
single option which is exactly the same as a normal command line
option for dpkg except for the leading dashes which are not used
here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign
("\fB#\fR").
+.
.SH FILES
.I /etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg
-~/.dpkg.cfg
+.br
+.I ~/.dpkg.cfg
+.
.SH AUTHOR
-See \fB/usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS\fP for the list of people who have
-contributed to \fBdpkg\fP .
+See \fI/usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS\fP for the list of people who have
+contributed to \fBdpkg\fP.
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dpkg (1)
+.BR dpkg (1).
-.TH DSELECT 1 "2006-01-26" "Debian Project" "Debian"
+.TH dselect 1 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "Debian"
.SH NAME
dselect \- Debian package management frontend
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B dselect
-[\-\-admindir <directory>] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] [\-\-licence | \-\-license]
-[\-\-expert] [\-\-debug | \-D <file>] [\fI<action>\fP]
-[\-\-colour | \-\-color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]
+.RB [ \-\-admindir
+.IR <directory> ]
+.RB [ \-\-help ]
+.RB [ \-\-version ]
+.RB [ \-\-licence | \-\-license ]
+.RB [ \-\-expert ]
+.RB [ \-\-debug | \-D\fI<file>\fP ]
+.RI [ <action> ]
+.RB [ \-\-colour | \-\-color
+.IR screenpart: [ foreground ],[ background ][ :attr [ +attr+.. ]]]
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B dselect
is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian
-system. At the \fBdselect\fP main menu, the system administrator can:
- \- Update the list of available package versions,
- \- View the status of installed and available packages,
- \- Alter package selections and manage dependencies,
- \- Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.
+system. At the \fBdselect\fP main menu, the system administrator can:
+ - Update the list of available package versions,
+ - View the status of installed and available packages,
+ - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,
+ - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.
.PP
-.B dselect
-operates as a front-end to \fBdpkg(1)\fP, the low-level debian package
-handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager
+.B dselect
+operates as a front-end to \fBdpkg\fP(1), the low-level debian package
+handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager
with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator
privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various
access methods can be configured to retrieve available package version
archive servers on the internet, local archive servers or cdroms.
The recommended access method is \fIapt\fP, which is provided by the
package \fBapt\fP.
-.PP
-Normally \fBdselect\fP is invoked without parameters. An interactive
-menu is presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action
-is given as argument, then that action is started immediately. Several
+.PP
+Normally \fBdselect\fP is invoked without parameters. An interactive
+menu is presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action
+is given as argument, then that action is started immediately. Several
commandline parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour
of \fBdselect\fP or show additional information about the program.
-.SH OPTIONS
-All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the \fBdselect\fP
-configuration file \fI/etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg\fP. Each line in the
+.
+.SH OPTIONS
+All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the \fBdselect\fP
+configuration file \fI/etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg\fP. Each line in the
configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the
commandline option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts
with a \fB#\fR).
.br
.TP
-.B --admindir <directory>
-Changes the directory where the dpkg `status', `available' and similar
-files are located. This defaults to \fI/var/lib/dpkg\fP
+.BI \-\-admindir " <directory>"
+Changes the directory where the dpkg `\fIstatus\fP', `\fIavailable\fP' and
+similar files are located. This defaults to \fI/var/lib/dpkg\fP
and normally there shouldn't be any need to change it.
.TP
-.B --debug <file> | -D<file>
+.BI \-\-debug " <file> \fR|\fP " \-D <file>
Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to \fI<file>\fP.
.TP
-.B --expert
-Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help
+.B \-\-expert
+Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help
messages.
.TP
-.B --colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]
+.BR \-\-colour | \-\-color " \fIscreenpart:\fP[\fIforeground\fP],[\fIbackground\fP][\fI:attr\fP[\fI+attr+..\fP]]"
Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors.
This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in
\fIdselect.cfg\fP). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other
of these will work on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse,
blink, bright, dim, bold
.TP
-.B --help
+.B \-\-help
Print a brief help text and exit successfully.
.TP
-.B --licence | --license
-Displays the \fBdselect\fP copyright and license information and exits
+.BR \-\-licence | \-\-license
+Displays the \fBdselect\fP copyright and license information and exits
successfully.
.TP
-.B --version
+.B \-\-version
Print version information and exit successfully.
+.
.SH USAGE
When
.B dselect
-is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of available
+is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of available
actions:
.SS access
-Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories.
+Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories.
.sp
-By default, \fBdselect\fP provides several methods such
-as \fIfloppy\fP, \fIharddisk\fP or \fIcdrom\fP, but other packages
-may provide additional methods, eg. the \fIapt\fP access method provided
-by the \fBapt\fP package or \fImulti_cd\fP by the \fBdpkg-multicd\fP
+By default, \fBdselect\fP provides several methods such
+as \fIfloppy\fP, \fIharddisk\fP or \fIcdrom\fP, but other packages
+may provide additional methods, eg. the \fIapt\fP access method provided
+by the \fBapt\fP package or \fImulti_cd\fP by the \fBdpkg\-multicd\fP
package.
.sp
The use of the \fIapt\fP access method is strongly recommended.
.SS update
Refresh the available packages database.
.sp
-Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package
-repository, configured for the current access method, and update
-the dpkg database. The package lists are commonly provided by the
-repository as files named \fBPackages\fP or \fBPackages.gz\fP.
+Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package
+repository, configured for the current access method, and update
+the dpkg database. The package lists are commonly provided by the
+repository as files named \fIPackages\fP or \fIPackages.gz\fP.
These files can be generated by repository maintainers, using the
-program \fBdpkg-scanpackages(1)\fP.
+program \fBdpkg\-scanpackages\fP(1).
.sp
Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation.
Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction.
.sp
.SS select
-View or manage package selections and dependencies.
+View or manage package selections and dependencies.
.sp
-This is the main function of \fBdselect\fP. In the select screen, the
-user can review a list of all available and installed packages. When run
+This is the main function of \fBdselect\fP. In the select screen, the
+user can review a list of all available and installed packages. When run
with administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively
-change packages selection state. \fBdselect\fP tracks the implications
+change packages selection state. \fBdselect\fP tracks the implications
of these changes to other depending or conflicting packages.
.sp
-When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution
-subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting
+When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution
+subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting
or depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason
-for its listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed
+for its listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed
by \fBdselect\fP, override them, or back out all the changes, including
the ones that created the unresolved depends or conflicts.
.sp
-The use of the interactive package selections management screen is
+The use of the interactive package selections management screen is
explained in more detail below.
.sp
.SS install
Installs selected packages.
.sp
-The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages
-from the relevant repositories and install these using \fBdpkg\fP.
+The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages
+from the relevant repositories and install these using \fBdpkg\fP.
Depending on the implementation of the access method, all packages can
be prefetched before installation, or fetched when needed.
Some access methods may also remove packages that were marked for removal.
.sp
If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run
-install again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved.
+install again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved.
If problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please
-investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the
-Debian bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found
-at http://bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation
-for \fBbug(1)\fP or \fBreportbug(1)\fP, if these are installed.
+investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the
+Debian bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found
+at http://bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation
+for \fBbug\fP(1) or \fBreportbug\fP(1), if these are installed.
.sp
Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation.
The user's attention and input may be required during installation,
-configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer
-scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the \fBdebconf(1)\fP
+configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer
+scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the \fBdebconf\fP(1)
library, allowing for more flexible or even automated installation
setups.
.sp
.sp
Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode.
.sp
+.
.SH Package selections management
.sp
.SS Introduction
.sp
-.B dselect
+.B dselect
directly exposes
the administrator to some of the complexities involved with managing
-large sets of packages with many interdependencies. For a user who is
+large sets of packages with many interdependencies. For a user who is
unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian package management
-system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although \fBdselect\fP is aimed
+system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although \fBdselect\fP is aimed
at easing package management and administration, it is only instrumental
in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient substitute for
-administrator skill and understanding. The user is required to
+administrator skill and understanding. The user is required to
be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system.
-In case of doubt, consult the \fBdpkg(1)\fP manpage and the Debian
+In case of doubt, consult the \fBdpkg\fP(1) manpage and the Debian
Policy manual, contained in the
-.B debian-policy
+.B debian\-policy
package.
.sp
Unless \fBdselect\fP is run in expert
or immediate mode, a help screen is first displayed when choosing this
-action from the menu. The user is \fIstrongly\fP advised to study all of
+action from the menu. The user is \fIstrongly\fP advised to study all of
the information presented in the online help screens, when one pops up.
The online help screens can at any time be invoked with the \fB'?'\fP key.
.sp
.SS Screen layout
.sp
The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half.
-The top half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an
+The top half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an
individual package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting
-the group header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details
+the group header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details
about the package currently selected in the top half of the screen.
The type of detail that is displayed can be varied.
.sp
.sp
The package details view by default shows the extended package description
for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.
-The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the \fB'i'\fP key. This
+The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the \fB'i'\fP key. This
alternates between:
- the extended description
- the control information for the installed version
.SS Packages status list
.sp
The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian
-package management system. This includes packages installed on the system
-and packages known from the available packages database.
+package management system. This includes packages installed on the system
+and packages known from the available packages database.
.sp
For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority,
section, installed and available versions, the package name and its
-short description, all in one line. By pressing the \fB'V'\fP key,
+short description, all in one line. By pressing the \fB'V'\fP key,
the display of the installed and available version can be toggled between
-on an off. By pressing the \fB'v'\fP key,
+on an off. By pressing the \fB'v'\fP key,
the package status display is toggled between verbose and shorthand.
Shorthand display is the default.
.sp
The shorthand status indication consists
-of four parts: an error flag, which should normally be clear, the
+of four parts: an error flag, which should normally be clear, the
current status, the last selection state and the current selection state.
The first two relate to the actual state of the package, the second pair
are about the selections set by the user.
.sp
These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:
- Error flag:
+ Error flag:
\fIempty\fP no error
\fBR\fP serious error, needs reinstallation;
- Installed state:
+ Installed state:
\fIempty\fP not installed;
\fB*\fP fully installed and configured;
- \fB-\fP not installed but some config files may remain;
+ \fB\-\fP not installed but some config files may remain;
\fBU\fP unpacked but not yet configured;
\fBC\fP half-configured (an error happened);
\fBI\fP half-installed (an error happened).
Current and requested selections:
\fB*\fP marked for installation or upgrade;
- \fB-\fP marked for removal, configuration files remain;
+ \fB\-\fP marked for removal, configuration files remain;
\fB=\fP on hold: package will not be processed at all;
\fB_\fP marked for purge, also remove configuration;
\fBn\fP package is new and has yet to be marked.
commands mapped to the following keys:
.br
\fBp, Up, k\fP move cursor bar up
- \fBn, Down, j\fP move cursor bar down
+ \fBn, Down, j\fP move cursor bar down
\fBP, Pgup, Backspace\fP scroll list 1 page up
\fBN, Pgdn, Space\fP scroll list 1 page down
\fB^p\fP scroll list 1 line up
.sp
.SS Searching and sorting
.sp
-The list of packages can be searched by package name. This
+The list of packages can be searched by package name. This
is done by pressing \fB'/'\fP, and typing a simple search
string. The string is interpreted as a
.BR regex (7)
If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top
and continues searching from there.
.sp
-The list sort order can be varied by pressing
+The list sort order can be varied by pressing
the \fB'o'\fP and \fB'O'\fP keys repeatedly.
The following nine sort orderings can be selected:
alphabet available status
priority+section available+priority status+priority
section+priority available+section status+section
.br
-Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as
+Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as
the final subordering sort key.
.sp
.SS Altering selections
.sp
-The requested selection state of individual packages may be
+The requested selection state of individual packages may be
altered with the following commands:
\fB+, Insert\fP install or upgrade
\fB=, H\fP hold in present state and version
\fB:, G\fP unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled
- \fB-, Delete\fP remove, but leave configuration
+ \fB\-, Delete\fP remove, but leave configuration
\fB_\fP remove & purge configuration
.sp
When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends
-or conflicts, \fBdselect\fP prompts the user with a dependency resolution
-screen. This will be further explained below.
+or conflicts, \fBdselect\fP prompts the user with a dependency resolution
+screen. This will be further explained below.
.sp
It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package
-selections, by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The
+selections, by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The
exact grouping of packages is dependent on the current list ordering
-settings.
+settings.
.sp
Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections,
-because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved
+because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved
depends or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency
-resolution screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice,
+resolution screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice,
only hold and unhold operations are useful when applied to groups.
.sp
.SS Resolving depends and conflicts
.sp
When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends
-or conflicts, \fBdselect\fP prompts the user with a dependency resolution
-screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed.
+or conflicts, \fBdselect\fP prompts the user with a dependency resolution
+screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed.
.sp
-The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have
-unresolved depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change,
-and all the packages whose installation can resolve any of these
+The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have
+unresolved depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change,
+and all the packages whose installation can resolve any of these
depends or whose removal can resolve any of the conflicts.
The bottom half defaults to show the depends or conflicts that
cause the currently selected package to be listed.
When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, \fBdselect\fP
may have already set the requested selection status of some of the
listed packages, in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that
-caused the dependency resolution screen to be displayed. Usually,
+caused the dependency resolution screen to be displayed. Usually,
it is best to follow up the suggestions made by \fBdselect\fP.
.sp
The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original
settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts
-were created, by pressing the \fB'R'\fP key. By pressing the \fB'D'\fP
+were created, by pressing the \fB'R'\fP key. By pressing the \fB'D'\fP
key, the automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused
the dependency resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested.
-Finally, by pressing \fB'U'\fP, the selections are again set to the
+Finally, by pressing \fB'U'\fP, the selections are again set to the
automatic suggestion values.
.sp
.SS Establishing the requested selections
.sp
By pressing \fBenter\fP, the currently displayed set of selections
-is accepted. If \fBdselect\fP detects no unresolved depends as a result
+is accepted. If \fBdselect\fP detects no unresolved depends as a result
of the requested selections, the new selections will be set.
However, if there are any unresolved depends, \fBdselect\fP will again
-prompt the user with a dependency resolution screen.
+prompt the user with a dependency resolution screen.
.sp
-To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or
+To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or
conflicts and forcing \fBdselect\fP to accept it, press the \fB'Q'\fP
-key. This sets the selections as specified by the user,
-unconditionally. Generally, don't do this unless you've read
+key. This sets the selections as specified by the user,
+unconditionally. Generally, don't do this unless you've read
the fine print.
.sp
-The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and
-go back to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing
-the \fB'X'\fP or \fBescape\fP keys. By repeatedly pressing these
-keys, any possibly detrimental changes to the requested package
-selections can be backed out completely to the last established
+The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and
+go back to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing
+the \fB'X'\fP or \fBescape\fP keys. By repeatedly pressing these
+keys, any possibly detrimental changes to the requested package
+selections can be backed out completely to the last established
settings.
.sp
+.
.SH BUGS
The
.B dselect
The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced.
.sp
The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality
-standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not
+standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not
broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods.
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR dpkg (1),
-.BR apt-get (8),
+.BR apt\-get (8),
.BR sources.list (5),
.BR deb (5).
+.
.SH AUTHORS
.B dselect
was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list of
-contributors may be found in `dselect --license'.
+contributors may be found in `dselect \-\-license'.
.br
This manual page was written by Juho Vuori <javuori@cc.helsinki.fi>,
Josip Rodin and Joost kooij.
-.TH DSELECT.CFG 5 "February 2002" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
+.TH dselect.cfg 5 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg suite"
.SH NAME
dselect.cfg \- dselect configuration file
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a
single option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline
option for dselect except for the leading dashes which are not used
here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign
("\fB#\fR").
+.
.SH FILES
.I /etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg
-~/.dselect.cfg
+.br
+.I ~/.dselect.cfg
+.
.SH AUTHOR
-See \fB/usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS\fP for the list of people who have
-contributed to \fBdselect\fP .
+See \fI/usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS\fP for the list of people who have
+contributed to \fBdselect\fP.
+.
.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dselect (1)
+.BR dselect (1).
.\"
.\" This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
.\" or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-.TH INSTALL\-INFO 8 "29th November 1995" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH install\-info 8 "2006-02-28 "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
install\-info - create or update entry in Info directory
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B install\-info
-[\-\-version] [\-\-help] [\-\-debug] [\-\-maxwidth=nnn]
-[\-\-section regexp title] [\-\-infodir=xxx] [\-\-align=nnn]
-[\-\-quiet] [\-\-menuentry=xxx] [\-\-description=xxx]
-[\-\-remove | \-\-remove\-exactly ]
-[\-\-] filename
+.RB [ \-\-version ]
+.RB [ \-\-help ]
+.RB [ \-\-debug ]
+.RB [ \-\-maxwidth=\fInnn\fP ]
+.RB [ "\-\-section \fIregexp\fP \fItitle\fP" ]
+.RB [ \-\-infodir=\fIxxx\fP ]
+.RB [ \-\-align=\fInnn\fP ]
+.RB [ \-\-quiet ]
+.RB [ \-\-menuentry=\fIxxx\fP ]
+.RB [ \-\-description=\fIxxx\fP ]
+.RB [ \-\-remove | \-\-remove\-exactly ]
+.RB [ \-\- ]
+.I filename
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
.B install\-info
makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the
.B dir
-file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is
+file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is
specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess
a description from the contents of the file.
-
+.PP
See the description of the
.B \-\-section
option for details of where the entry will be placed and a description
of the expected format of the
.B dir
file.
-.SS OPTIONS
+.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.BI "[\-\-] " filename
Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created,
-updated or removed. If
+updated or removed. If
.B \-\-remove\-exactly
is specified, then
.I filename
should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. "emacs\-20/emacs" or
"gcc"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the
referent of the menu entry which is created, unless there's an
-overriding START-INFO-DIR entry inside the given file. This file must
+overriding START-INFO-DIR entry inside the given file. This file must
therefore exist (or be about to be installed, or have previously
existed when removing an entry) in the same directory as the
.B dir
(and the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the
last section in the file or
.B \-\-keep\-old
-is specified. See the
+is specified. See the
.B \-\-section
option for details about the expected format of the
.B dir
except that
.I filename
is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name
-of an existing file. This can be important when trying to remove
+of an existing file. This can be important when trying to remove
entries that refer to info files in subdirectories
(i.e. "emacs\-20/emacs") because
.B \-\-remove
will operate on the basename of the given
.I filename
-rather than the exact name given. (i.e.
+rather than the exact name given. (i.e.
.B \-\-remove
"emacs\-20/emacs" would cause
.B install\-info
.B install\-info
will attempt to insert it within the section according in alphabetic
order; if the entries in the section aren't already sorted the new
-location within the section will be unpredictable. The order of
+location within the section will be unpredictable. The order of
existing entries will not be changed.
-The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last
+The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last
section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always
exist, to ensure that new sections are created in the right place.
The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files
Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at
least
.I nnn
-characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary
+characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary
because of the length of the
.B dir
-menu entry details it may be offset more. The default is 27.
+menu entry details it may be offset more. The default is 27.
.TP
.BI \-\-calign= nnn " [deprecated]"
Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description
should be indented at least
.I nnn
-characters. The default is 29.
+characters. The default is 29.
.TP
.BI \-\-maxwidth= nnn " [deprecated]"
Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is
.br
.B START\-INFO\-DIR\-ENTRY
.br
-.B * Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.
+.B * Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.
.br
.B END\-INFO\-DIR\-ENTRY
If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several
lines, each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used
-verbatim. In this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off,
-and the entries are inserted at the top of section in question. In
+verbatim. In this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off,
+and the entries are inserted at the top of section in question. In
this case the
.BR \-\-menuentry ", " \-\-maxwidth ", " \-\-align ", " \-\-calign
.RB " and " \-\-menuentry
When removing entries the value of the
.B \-\-menuentry
option must match the actual menu entry field in the menu item to be
-removed (case not significant). If
+removed (case not significant). If
.B \-\-menuentry
is omitted no check on the menu entry is done.
.TP
.B \-\-debug
Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal
processing steps are shown.
+.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
-emacs(1), info(1), gzip(1)
+.BR emacs (1),
+.BR info (1),
+.BR gzip(1).
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson.
.B install\-info
is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or
-later for copying conditions. There is
+later for copying conditions. There is
.I no
warranty.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "822-DATE"
+msgid "822-date"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "14th August 1996"
+msgid "2008-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:6
+#: 822-date.1:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:9
msgid "B<822-date>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:14
msgid ""
"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in "
"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:18
msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:18
-msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1),"
+#: 822-date.1:22
+msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:21
+#: 822-date.1:26
msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:24
+#: 822-date.1:29
msgid ""
"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) "
"section 5.2.14,"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:31
msgid "B<date>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:29
+#: 822-date.1:35
msgid ""
-"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
+"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
"placed by him into the public domain."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "CLEANUP-INFO"
+msgid "cleanup-info"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "November 1999"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:4
+#: cleanup-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:9
msgid ""
-"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] [I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
+"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] "
+"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:12
+#: cleanup-info.8:15
msgid ""
"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus "
"install-info may have done. It gathers all sections with the same heading "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:15
+#: cleanup-info.8:18
msgid ""
"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank "
"lines (in entries part only)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:18
+#: cleanup-info.8:21
msgid ""
"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). "
"Order of entries within a section is preserved."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:26
msgid ""
"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be "
"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:24
+#: cleanup-info.8:28
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:27
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:27
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--unsafe>"
+msgid "B<--unsafe>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:30
+#: cleanup-info.8:34
msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:32
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:32
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:39
msgid "Output version and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:36
+#: cleanup-info.8:41
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I</usr/info/dir or E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
+msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:44
msgid ""
"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" "
"suffix."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:47
msgid "Probably many."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:46
+#: cleanup-info.8:53
msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:48
+#: cleanup-info.8:55
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
+msgid "deb-control"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
+msgid "Debian"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:9
msgid "control"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:23
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields.
Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
+"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
+"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
"B<Description> field, see below)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:22
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Package: >E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Version: >E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Description: >E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:44
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:50
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines can be used as a "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:48
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Priority: >E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:61
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Source: >E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
-"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
+"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will "
"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Recommends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
-"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
+"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:115
+#: deb-control.5:119
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:127
+#: deb-control.5:131
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
-"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
-"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
-"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', "
-"with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally "
-"followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
+"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
+"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
+"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
+"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
+"pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed "
+"by a version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Replaces: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:159
+#: deb-control.5:163
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:178
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
-"package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
-"B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
-"can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
-"B<Replaces> fields."
+"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
+"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
+"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be "
+"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> "
+"fields."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:196
+#: deb-control.5:201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: grep\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
-" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
+" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#. .RE
-#: deb-control.5:198
+#: deb-control.5:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:207
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-OLD"
+msgid "deb-old"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:4
+#: deb-old.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:7
msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:17
msgid ""
-"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
-"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
+"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
+"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
"(5) for details of the new format."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:18
+#: deb-old.5:21
msgid ""
"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
"concatenated gzipped ustar files."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:22
+#: deb-old.5:25
msgid ""
"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:25
+#: deb-old.5:28
msgid ""
"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
"length of the first gzipped tarfile."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:27
+#: deb-old.5:30
msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:32
+#: deb-old.5:35
msgid ""
"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
-"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
+"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
"information."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:43
+#: deb-old.5:46
msgid ""
"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
-"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
-"entry for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
+"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
+"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:50
msgid ""
"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
-"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
+"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
"pathnames do not have leading slashes."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:50
+#: deb-old.5:54
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB"
+msgid "deb"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:31
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
-"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
+"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz .> It is a gzipped tar "
"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain "
"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core "
-"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry "
-"for `B<.>', the current directory."
+"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for "
+"`B<.>', the current directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: deb.5:61
msgid ""
-"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
-"should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members "
-"may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
-"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar."
-"gz> and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
+"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
+"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be "
+"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
+"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> "
+"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-ARCHITECTURE"
+msgid "dpkg-architecture"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian GNU/Linux"
+msgid "Debian Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TH
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg utililties"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:4 dpkg-architecture.1:5
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:7
-msgid "dpkg-architecture [options] [action]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:12
-msgid ""
-"Valid options: \\&B<-a>Debian-Architecture \\&B<-t>Gnu-System-Type \\&B<-f>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:16
-msgid ""
-"Valid actions: \\&B<-l>, B<-e>Debian-Architecture, B<-i>Architecture-Alias, "
-"B<-q>Variable-Name, B<-s>, B<-u>, B<-c> Command, B<-L>"
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:9
+msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<action>]"
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:16 dpkg-architecture.1:17
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:20
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:14
msgid ""
"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and "
"host architecture for package building."
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:20 dpkg-architecture.1:21
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "OVERVIEW"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:24
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:17
msgid ""
"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to dpkg, and "
"can not be set at the command line."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:31
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:25
msgid ""
"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to "
"gcc, or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are both "
"not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of the "
-"other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only "
-"specify one, because dpkg-architecture will warn you if your choice doesn't "
-"match the default."
+"other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only "
+"specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does "
+"not match the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: SH
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:26
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:27
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:43
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:30
+msgid "Set the Debian architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:30
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:33
+msgid "Set the GNU system type."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:33
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-f>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:39
msgid ""
-"The default action is B<-l>, which prints the environment variables, one "
-"each line, in the format VARIABLE=value. If you want to check for equality "
-"between two Debian Architectures, you can use B<-e>, by default it will "
-"compare against the currect Debian Architecture, being it the host. If you "
-"want to check for identity of the current Debian Architecture against an "
-"Architecture Alias, you can use B<-i>. If you are only interested in the "
-"value of a single variable, you can use B<-q>. If you specify B<-s>, it will "
-"output an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
-"using eval. B<-u> does return a similar command to unset all variables. B<-"
-"c> does execute a command in an environment which has all variables set to "
-"the determined value."
+"Existing environment variables with the same name as used by the scripts are "
+"not overwritten, except if this force flag is present. This allows the user "
+"to override a value even when the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in "
+"some other script (for example B<dpkg-buildpackage>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: SH
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ACTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:41
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-l>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:45
msgid ""
-"A list of valid architecture names can be printed with the B<-L> action."
+"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
+"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:45
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:50
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:49
msgid ""
-"Existing environment variables with the same name as used by the scripts are "
-"not overwritten, except if the B<-f> force flag is present. This allows the "
-"user to override a value even when the call to dpkg-architecture is buried "
-"in some other script (for example dpkg-buildpackage)."
+"Check for equality between two Debian Architectures, by default it will "
+"compare against the currect Debian Architecture, being it the host."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:49
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-alias>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:53
+msgid ""
+"Check for identity of the current Debian Architecture against an "
+"Architecture Alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:53
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-q>I<variable-Name>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:56
+msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:56
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:60
+msgid ""
+"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
+"using eval."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:60
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-u>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:63
+msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:63
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:67
+msgid ""
+"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the "
+"determined value."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:67
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:70
+msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names."
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:50 dpkg-architecture.1:51
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMS"
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:52 dpkg-architecture.1:53
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "build machine"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:55
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:74
msgid "The machine the package is built on."
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:55 dpkg-architecture.1:56
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "host machine"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:58
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:76
msgid "The machine the package is built for."
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:58 dpkg-architecture.1:59
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Architecture"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:62
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:79
msgid ""
"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-"
"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:62 dpkg-architecture.1:63
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "Architecture Alias"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:67
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:83
msgid ""
"An architecture alias is a wildcard architecture that will match any real "
"architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-"
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:67
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 System Type"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:68
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "GNU System Type"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:72
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:87
msgid ""
-"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts, cpu-system. "
+"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts, cpu-system. "
"Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd."
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:72 dpkg-architecture.1:73
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:76
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:91
msgid ""
-"dpkg-buildpackage accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to dpkg-"
-"architecture. Other examples:"
+"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
+"architecture>. Other examples:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:78
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:93
msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:80
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:95
msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`"
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:80 dpkg-architecture.1:81
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "VARIABLES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:83
-msgid "The following variables are set by dpkg-architecture:"
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:98
+msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:"
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:83
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:84
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_BUILD_ARCH"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:86
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:100
msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:86
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:87
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:89
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:102
msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:89
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:90
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:92
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:104
msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:92
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:93
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:95
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:106
msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:95
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:96
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:98
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:108
msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:98
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:99
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:101
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:110
msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:101
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:102
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_HOST_ARCH"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:104
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:112
msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:104
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:105
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:107
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:114
msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:107
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:108
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:110
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:116
msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:110
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:111
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:113
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:118
msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:113
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:114
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:116
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:120
msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:116
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:117
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:119
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:122
msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:119 dpkg-architecture.1:120
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBIAN/RULES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:128
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:131
msgid ""
-"The environment variables set by dpkg-architecture are passed to debian/"
-"rules as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
-"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
-"should always initialize them using dpkg-architecture with the -q option. "
+"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
+"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
+"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
+"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. "
"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross "
"compilation support in your package:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:131 dpkg-architecture.1:148
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:134 dpkg-architecture.1:151
msgid "Instead of:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:135
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:138
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:138
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:141
msgid "please use the following:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:142
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:144
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:154
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:157
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:160
msgid "please use:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:160
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:164
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:167
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:168
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:171
msgid ""
"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU "
"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:173
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:176
msgid ""
"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information "
"is deprecated (until you want to provide backward compatibility, see "
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:174 dpkg-architecture.1:175
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:181
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:183
msgid ""
"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in "
-"relatively recent versions of I<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), "
+"relatively recent versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.2), "
"before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of the "
"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to "
"change."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:186
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:188
msgid ""
"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to "
"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:190
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:204
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:207
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:209
msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:210
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:212
msgid ""
"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include "
-"I<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:"
+"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:220
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:225
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:227
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:229
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:231
msgid ""
"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these "
"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:236
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:238
msgid ""
"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the "
"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host "
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:236 dpkg-architecture.1:237
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:239
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:240
-msgid "dpkg-buildpackage dpkg-cross"
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:242
+msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)."
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:240 dpkg-architecture.1:241
+# type: SH
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:243
#, no-wrap
-msgid "CONTACT"
+msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-architecture.1:244
+#: dpkg-architecture.1:247
msgid ""
-"If you have questions about the usage of the make variables in your rules "
-"files, or about cross compilation support in your packages, please email "
-"me. The address is Marcus Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>."
+"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus "
+"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2001"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
-msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<control-file>]"
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7
+msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12
msgid ""
"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
-"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
+"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15
msgid ""
-"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
+"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
"be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<-B>"
+msgid "B<-B>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21
msgid ""
-"Ignore Build-Depends-Indep lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
+"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
"built."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
msgstr ""
# type: UR
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
-msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:26
+msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DEB"
+msgid "dpkg-deb"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "1st June 1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
-"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
+"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:72
msgid ""
-"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. B<dpkg-"
-"deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
+"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. "
+"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:84
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
-"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and "
-"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
-"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
-"B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
+"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
+"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
+"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
+"control information directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
-"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
+"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-deb.1:155
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
-"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
+"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-deb.1:163
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
-"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
+"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-deb.1:178
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
-"correct installation ! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
+"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:189
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
-"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
+"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-deb.1:217
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:223
msgid ""
-"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
+"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:231
msgid ""
-"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive "
-"format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its "
-"only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older "
-"than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
+"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
+"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
+"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
+"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:237
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
-"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
+"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:240
-msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
+msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:256
msgid ""
-"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software ! You must use "
+"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-deb.1:270
+#: dpkg-deb.1:269
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
-"Copyright (C)1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</"
+"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</"
"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DIVERT"
+msgid "dpkg-divert"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "December 1999"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:4
+#: dpkg-divert.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:8
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] [--add] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:10
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:12
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:15
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:17
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --list I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:20
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:21
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --truename I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:25
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:22
+#: dpkg-divert.8:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:30
+#: dpkg-divert.8:34
msgid ""
"File `diversions' are a way of forcing dpkg not to install a file into its "
"location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used through the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and "
-"listing diversions. The options are --add, --remove, and --list, "
+"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, "
"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted "
-"file with --truename. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
+"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:38
+#: dpkg-divert.8:43
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:41
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
msgid ""
-"Set the dpkg data directory to E<lt>directoryE<gt> (default: /var/lib/dpkg)."
+"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/"
+"dpkg>)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:41
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--divert E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:44
-msgid "E<lt>divert-toE<gt> is the name used by other packages' versions."
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
+msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:44
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:47
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
msgid ""
"Output the version and the short usage instructions, and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:47
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--local>"
+msgid "B<--local>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:50
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:50
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--package E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:53
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
msgid ""
-"E<lt>packageE<gt> is the name of a package whose copy of E<lt>fileE<gt> will "
-"not be diverted."
+"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of "
+"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:53
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:56
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:56
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--rename>"
+msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:60
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
msgid ""
"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in "
"case the destination file already exists."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:60
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--test>"
+msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:63
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:63
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:72
msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:69
+#: dpkg-divert.8:77
msgid ""
-"When adding, default is --local and --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib. "
-"When removing, --package or --local and --divert must match if specified."
+"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>."
+"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must "
+"match if specified."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:71
-msgid "Directories can't be diverted with dpkg-divert."
+#: dpkg-divert.8:79
+msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:85
msgid ""
-"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, ldconfig (8) creates a "
-"symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. Because "
-"ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a diverted library has "
-"the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may end up pointing at the "
-"diverted library."
+"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig> (8) "
+"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
+"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a "
+"diverted library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may "
+"end up pointing at the diverted library."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:80
+#: dpkg-divert.8:89
msgid ""
"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example.foo> to I</usr/bin/example>, "
"performing the rename if required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:82
+#: dpkg-divert.8:91
msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example --rename /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:84 dpkg-divert.8:94
+#: dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-divert.8:103
msgid "To remove that diversion:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:86
+#: dpkg-divert.8:95
msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:90
+#: dpkg-divert.8:99
msgid ""
"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:92
+#: dpkg-divert.8:101
msgid ""
"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
"example"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:105
msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:97
+#: dpkg-divert.8:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:102
+#: dpkg-divert.8:112
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:115
msgid ""
-"Note: dpkg-divert preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-old"
-"\", before replacing it with the new one."
+"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-"
+"old\", before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:109
+#: dpkg-divert.8:120
msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:111
+#: dpkg-divert.8:122
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: dpkg-name.1:6
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir [dir]] [-"
-"c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-k|--symlink] [-"
-"[--] [files]"
+"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--"
+"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--"
+"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:25
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
msgid ""
"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy "
"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
"by a hyphen and the revision information."
msgstr ""
-# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:25
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "EXAMPLES"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:26
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:31
-msgid ""
-"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
-"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
-"of `bar-foo.deb')."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:31
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:36
-msgid ""
-"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
-"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
-"architecture information."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:36
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:42
-msgid ""
-"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
-"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:42
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:45
-msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
-msgstr ""
-
# type: SS
-#: dpkg-name.1:45
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:46
+#: dpkg-name.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k, --symlink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:56
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
msgid ""
"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
"destination filename."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:56
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-s, --subdir [dir]>"
+msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
msgid ""
"Files will be moved into subdir. If directory given as argument exists the "
"files will be moved into that direcotory otherswise the name of the target "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
msgid ""
"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory "
"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h, --help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v, --version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l, --license>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
msgid ""
"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and "
"exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:72
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+msgid ""
+"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
+"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
+"of `bar-foo.deb')."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+msgid ""
+"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
+"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
+"architecture information."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+msgid ""
+"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
+"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
+msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: SH
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
msgid ""
"Some packages don't follow the name structure "
"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:102
+#: dpkg-name.1:110
msgid ""
"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see "
"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-query.1:49
msgid ""
"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
-"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
+"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
"are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have "
"to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing "
"filename expansion. For example this will list all package names starting "
#: dpkg-query.1:81
msgid ""
"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars "
-"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
+"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-query.1:102
msgid ""
"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
-"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
+"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:177
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+msgid "dpkg-scanpackages"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, no-wrap
-msgid "1996-07-08"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>archE<gt>>] [I<-m>] I<binarydir> "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> "
"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
msgstr ""
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
"creates a Packages file, used by B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the user what "
-"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
-"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
+"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
+"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
"scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to install on "
"a cluster of machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60
-msgid "If I<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
+msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:63
msgid ""
-"When -aI<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
+"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used."
msgstr ""
"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this "
-"behaviour with the I<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
+"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
"in the output."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80
msgid ""
-"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
+"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
msgid ""
-"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
+"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
"packages not found in the binary tree are ignored."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:100
msgid ""
"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these "
-"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
+"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:120
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SCANSOURCES"
+msgid "dpkg-scansources"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2005-01-10"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian GNU/Linux"
+msgid "Debian Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TH
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 dpkg-scansources.1:5
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:8
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:13
msgid ""
-"
\\&B<dpkg-scansources> [switch]... I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
-"prefix>]] E<gt> Sources"
+"
B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
+"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:8 dpkg-scansources.1:9
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:13
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:18
msgid ""
"\\&B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. "
"These are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:22
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:27
msgid ""
"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
-"files. See dpkg-scanpackages for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 "
-"Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, there's "
-"a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest "
-"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the "
-"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary "
-"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This "
-"might change."
+"files. See dpkg-scanpackages for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since "
+"the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, there's a bit "
+"of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest priority of "
+"all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the "
+"source package, and the override entry for the first binary package listed "
+"in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This might change."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:26
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:31
msgid ""
"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
-"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
+"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:26 dpkg-scansources.1:27
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:28
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:29
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "--debug"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:31
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:35
msgid "Turn debugging on."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:31
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "--help"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:34
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:37
msgid "Show the usage message and die."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:34
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:35
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "-n, --no-sort"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:38
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:40
msgid ""
-"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package "
+"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package "
"name."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:38
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
msgstr ""
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:39
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "-s, --source-override file"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:42
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:43
msgid ""
-"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the "
+"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the "
"override file you specified with I<.src> appended."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:48
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:49
msgid ""
"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
-"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
-"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
-"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
+"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
+"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
+"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
"the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:48
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--version>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: IX
#: dpkg-scansources.1:49
#, no-wrap
-msgid "--version"
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:51 dpkg-scansources.1:52
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:54
-msgid "\\&I<dpkg-scanpackages>\\|(1)"
+msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:54 dpkg-scansources.1:55
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-20 21:00+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-source.1:2
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SOURCE"
+msgid "dpkg-source"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-source.1:2
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:7
+#: dpkg-source.1:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:11
+#: dpkg-source.1:12
msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:14
+#: dpkg-source.1:15
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-"
"targz>|'']"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:17
+#: dpkg-source.1:18
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:20
+#: dpkg-source.1:21
msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:23
+#: dpkg-source.1:24
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:26
+#: dpkg-source.1:27
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:29
+#: dpkg-source.1:30
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:32
+#: dpkg-source.1:33
msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:32
+#: dpkg-source.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:35
+#: dpkg-source.1:36
msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:41
+#: dpkg-source.1:42
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:67
+#: dpkg-source.1:68
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
-"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
+"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:"
-">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. "
-"Any other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-"
+">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any "
+"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-"
"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/"
"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file "
"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying "
"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match "
-"will be used. See B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1) for details of the format of shared "
+"will be used. See B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1) for details of the format of shared "
"library dependency files."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:73
+#: dpkg-source.1:74
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:77
+#: dpkg-source.1:78
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate "
"the building of a package."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:81
+#: dpkg-source.1:82
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:86
+#: dpkg-source.1:87
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:90
+#: dpkg-source.1:91
msgid ""
"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:90
+#: dpkg-source.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:93
+#: dpkg-source.1:94
msgid ""
"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together "
"with the programs that accept them."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:93
+#: dpkg-source.1:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:98
+#: dpkg-source.1:99
msgid ""
"Display the particular program's version and usage message, including a "
-"synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood by all "
-"the source package tools."
+"synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood by all the "
+"source package tools."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:98
+#: dpkg-source.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:106
+#: dpkg-source.1:107
msgid ""
"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this "
"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:111
+#: dpkg-source.1:112
msgid ""
"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which "
"will be generated."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:111
+#: dpkg-source.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:118
+#: dpkg-source.1:119
msgid ""
"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> "
-"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. "
+"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. "
"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:118
+#: dpkg-source.1:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:126
+#: dpkg-source.1:127
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:126
+#: dpkg-source.1:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:134
+#: dpkg-source.1:135
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:134
+#: dpkg-source.1:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:142
+#: dpkg-source.1:143
msgid ""
"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the "
"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges> if any "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:150
+#: dpkg-source.1:151
msgid ""
"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included "
"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, ie if the Debian revision part "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:155
+#: dpkg-source.1:156
msgid ""
"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its "
"exclusion and includes only the diff."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:155
+#: dpkg-source.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:161
+#: dpkg-source.1:162
msgid ""
"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-"
"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:161
+#: dpkg-source.1:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:171
+#: dpkg-source.1:172
msgid ""
"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in "
"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:171
+#: dpkg-source.1:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:176
+#: dpkg-source.1:177
msgid ""
"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by "
"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:176
+#: dpkg-source.1:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:181
+#: dpkg-source.1:182
msgid ""
"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-"
"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:181
+#: dpkg-source.1:182
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:204
+#: dpkg-source.1:205
msgid ""
"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that "
"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:209
+#: dpkg-source.1:210
msgid ""
"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract "
"one) - see below."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:209
+#: dpkg-source.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:216
+#: dpkg-source.1:217
msgid ""
-"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
-"default is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, "
-"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
+"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
+"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-"
+"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:216
+#: dpkg-source.1:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:223
+#: dpkg-source.1:224
msgid ""
-"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
+"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-"
"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:223
+#: dpkg-source.1:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:229
+#: dpkg-source.1:230
msgid ""
"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:229
+#: dpkg-source.1:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:236
+#: dpkg-source.1:237
msgid ""
-"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
+"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:236
+#: dpkg-source.1:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:243
+#: dpkg-source.1:244
msgid ""
-"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, "
+"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, "
"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:243
+#: dpkg-source.1:244
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:249
+#: dpkg-source.1:250
msgid ""
"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood "
"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:249
+#: dpkg-source.1:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:254
+#: dpkg-source.1:255
msgid ""
"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames "
"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:254
+#: dpkg-source.1:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:264
+#: dpkg-source.1:265
msgid ""
-"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the "
-"name of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-"
-"option argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the "
-"source package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is "
-"specified, the source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-"
-"I<version-> under the current working directory."
+"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name "
+"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option "
+"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source "
+"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the "
+"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> "
+"under the current working directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:272
+#: dpkg-source.1:273
msgid ""
"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the "
"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:280
+#: dpkg-source.1:281
msgid ""
"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:280
+#: dpkg-source.1:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:295
+#: dpkg-source.1:296
msgid ""
-"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be "
-"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
-"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the "
-"name of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the "
-"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no "
+"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be "
+"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
+"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name "
+"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the "
+"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no "
"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original "
"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the "
"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:295 dpkg-source.1:634
+#: dpkg-source.1:296 dpkg-source.1:635
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:303
+#: dpkg-source.1:304
msgid ""
"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:315
+#: dpkg-source.1:316
msgid ""
"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
-"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For "
+"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For "
"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you "
"don't have access permissions for commiting the debian control files and "
"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra "
"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig."
-"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will "
+"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will "
"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus "
"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use "
"the B<-i> switch."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:315 dpkg-source.1:638
+#: dpkg-source.1:316 dpkg-source.1:639
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:322
+#: dpkg-source.1:323
msgid ""
"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude "
"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:322
+#: dpkg-source.1:323
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:337
+#: dpkg-source.1:338
msgid ""
"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source "
"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:349
+#: dpkg-source.1:350
msgid ""
"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a "
"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-"
-"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is "
-"used B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>"
+"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used "
+"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:360
+#: dpkg-source.1:361
msgid ""
"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source "
-"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the "
-"directory to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This "
-"option must be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a "
-"bad source archive will be generated."
+"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory "
+"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must "
+"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source "
+"archive will be generated."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:369
+#: dpkg-source.1:370
msgid ""
"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, "
"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the "
-"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a "
+"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a "
"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:398
+#: dpkg-source.1:399
msgid ""
"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original "
"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:404
+#: dpkg-source.1:405
msgid ""
"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
-"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
+"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:404
+#: dpkg-source.1:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:407
+#: dpkg-source.1:408
msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:414
+#: dpkg-source.1:415
msgid ""
"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be "
-"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or "
+"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or "
"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is "
"the default."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:417
+#: dpkg-source.1:418
msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:422
+#: dpkg-source.1:423
msgid ""
"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current "
-"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current "
+"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current "
"directory is still removed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:427
+#: dpkg-source.1:428
msgid ""
"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one "
"only the last one will be used."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:427
+#: dpkg-source.1:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:430
+#: dpkg-source.1:431
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:430
+#: dpkg-source.1:431
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:437
+#: dpkg-source.1:438
msgid ""
"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:437
+#: dpkg-source.1:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:442
+#: dpkg-source.1:443
msgid ""
"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
"package_version_arch.deb filename."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:442
+#: dpkg-source.1:443
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:451
+#: dpkg-source.1:452
msgid ""
"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev "
"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:451
+#: dpkg-source.1:452
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:464
+#: dpkg-source.1:465
msgid ""
"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> "
"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:464 dpkg-source.1:526
+#: dpkg-source.1:465 dpkg-source.1:527
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:474
+#: dpkg-source.1:475
msgid ""
"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to "
"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:474
+#: dpkg-source.1:475
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:479
+#: dpkg-source.1:480
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:479
+#: dpkg-source.1:480
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:483
+#: dpkg-source.1:484
msgid ""
"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
"I<executable>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:483
+#: dpkg-source.1:484
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:489
+#: dpkg-source.1:490
msgid ""
"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:499
+#: dpkg-source.1:500
msgid ""
"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after "
"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:507
+#: dpkg-source.1:508
msgid ""
"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:507
+#: dpkg-source.1:508
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:518
+#: dpkg-source.1:519
msgid ""
"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of "
"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:518
+#: dpkg-source.1:519
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:526
+#: dpkg-source.1:527
msgid ""
"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency "
"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:532
+#: dpkg-source.1:533
msgid ""
"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, "
"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:532
+#: dpkg-source.1:533
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:541
+#: dpkg-source.1:542
msgid ""
"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information "
"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:541
+#: dpkg-source.1:542
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:544
+#: dpkg-source.1:545
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:544
+#: dpkg-source.1:545
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:555
+#: dpkg-source.1:556
msgid ""
"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> "
"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:555
+#: dpkg-source.1:556
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:563
+#: dpkg-source.1:564
msgid ""
"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:563
+#: dpkg-source.1:564
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:566
+#: dpkg-source.1:567
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:566
+#: dpkg-source.1:567
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:569
+#: dpkg-source.1:570
msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:569
+#: dpkg-source.1:570
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs)
-#: dpkg-source.1:595
+#: dpkg-source.1:596
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:595
+#: dpkg-source.1:596
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:620
+#: dpkg-source.1:621
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source "
"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:620
+#: dpkg-source.1:621
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-tc>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:626
+#: dpkg-source.1:627
msgid ""
"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
"after the package has been built."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:626
+#: dpkg-source.1:627
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:629
+#: dpkg-source.1:630
msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:629
+#: dpkg-source.1:630
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:634
+#: dpkg-source.1:635
msgid ""
"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the "
"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:638
+#: dpkg-source.1:639
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:643
+#: dpkg-source.1:644
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:643
+#: dpkg-source.1:644
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:646
+#: dpkg-source.1:647
msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:646
+#: dpkg-source.1:647
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:649
+#: dpkg-source.1:650
msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:649
+#: dpkg-source.1:650
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-nc>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:652
+#: dpkg-source.1:653
msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:652
+#: dpkg-source.1:653
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:658
+#: dpkg-source.1:659
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three "
-"non-option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<."
+"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-"
+"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<."
"changes> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:666
+#: dpkg-source.1:667
msgid ""
"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:666
+#: dpkg-source.1:667
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:669
+#: dpkg-source.1:670
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option "
"arguments."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:669
+#: dpkg-source.1:670
#, no-wrap
msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:679
+#: dpkg-source.1:680
msgid ""
"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:686
+#: dpkg-source.1:687
msgid ""
"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an "
-"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none "
-"are left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to "
-"look for more substitutions."
+"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are "
+"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look "
+"for more substitutions."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:693
+#: dpkg-source.1:694
msgid ""
"After all the substitutions have been done each occurence of the string B<${}"
"> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:706
+#: dpkg-source.1:707
msgid ""
-"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
+"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
-"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
+"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and "
"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:708
+#: dpkg-source.1:709
msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:708
+#: dpkg-source.1:709
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Arch>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:712
+#: dpkg-source.1:713
msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:712
+#: dpkg-source.1:713
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source-Version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:715
+#: dpkg-source.1:716
msgid "The source package version (from the changelog file)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:715
+#: dpkg-source.1:716
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:724
+#: dpkg-source.1:725
msgid ""
-"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
+"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of "
-"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
+"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
"debian/tmp> to find the default value."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:724
+#: dpkg-source.1:725
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:733
+#: dpkg-source.1:734
msgid ""
-"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
+"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
"B<Installed-Size> control file field."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:733
+#: dpkg-source.1:734
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:740
+#: dpkg-source.1:741
msgid ""
"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the "
-"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
+"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
"on places where they are expanded explicitly."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:740
+#: dpkg-source.1:741
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Format>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:750
+#: dpkg-source.1:751
msgid ""
"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
-"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
+"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
"field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:750
+#: dpkg-source.1:751
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:753
+#: dpkg-source.1:754
msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:753
+#: dpkg-source.1:754
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:758
+#: dpkg-source.1:759
msgid ""
"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
"- see above."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:758
+#: dpkg-source.1:759
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:761
+#: dpkg-source.1:762
msgid "The upstream version of dpkg."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:761
+#: dpkg-source.1:762
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:764
+#: dpkg-source.1:765
msgid "The full version of dpkg."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:767
+#: dpkg-source.1:768
msgid ""
"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
"empty value is assumed."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:767
+#: dpkg-source.1:768
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:768
+#: dpkg-source.1:769
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/control>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:773
+#: dpkg-source.1:774
msgid ""
"The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:773
+#: dpkg-source.1:774
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:779
+#: dpkg-source.1:780
msgid ""
"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:779
+#: dpkg-source.1:780
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/files>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:792
+#: dpkg-source.1:793
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:792
+#: dpkg-source.1:793
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:795
+#: dpkg-source.1:796
msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:795
+#: dpkg-source.1:796
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:798
+#: dpkg-source.1:799
msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:798
+#: dpkg-source.1:799
#, no-wrap
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:801
+#: dpkg-source.1:802
msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:801
+#: dpkg-source.1:802
#, no-wrap
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:804
+#: dpkg-source.1:805
msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:804
+#: dpkg-source.1:805
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:807
+#: dpkg-source.1:808
msgid ""
"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
"output field settings is rather confused."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:814
+#: dpkg-source.1:815
msgid ""
"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed "
-"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<"
+"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<"
"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:818
+#: dpkg-source.1:819
msgid ""
"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and "
"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:818
+#: dpkg-source.1:819
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:824
+#: dpkg-source.1:825
msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:824
+#: dpkg-source.1:825
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:826
+#: dpkg-source.1:827
msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:826
+#: dpkg-source.1:827
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:828
+#: dpkg-source.1:829
msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:830
+#: dpkg-source.1:831
msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:836
+#: dpkg-source.1:837
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/"
+"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/"
"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
-msgid "23rd June 1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:13
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part part >..."
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:17
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part part >..."
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:28
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package package >...]"
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
msgid ""
"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
-"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
+"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
"discard> options allow the management of the queue."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-split.1:76
msgid ""
"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
-"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
+"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-split.1:92
msgid ""
"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
-"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
+"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
"saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-split.1:160
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
#: dpkg-split.1:166
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
-"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
+"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:170
msgid ""
-"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
+"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
"The default is 450Kb."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-split.1:189
msgid ""
"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
-"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
+"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:236
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
+msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:250
-msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)"
+msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-split.1:250
+#: dpkg-split.1:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-split.1:259
+#: dpkg-split.1:260
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
+"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/"
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/"
"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:6
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
-"E<lt>modeE<gt> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
+"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:8
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:10
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --list I<[E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:10
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:17
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:26
msgid ""
"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell dpkg to use a different owner or mode "
"for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' here, "
"but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, "
-"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
+"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only "
"executable by a certain group."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:30
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:22
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:29
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:39
msgid ""
"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to "
"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
msgid ""
"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set "
"to the new owner and mode."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--remove E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
msgid ""
"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is "
"left unchanged by this command."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--list [E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
msgid ""
"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--force>"
+msgid "B<--force>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
msgid ""
"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
"is necessary to override an existing override."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--update>"
+msgid "B<--update>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
msgid ""
"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
msgid "Show version, copyright and usage information."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:69
msgid ""
"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is "
-"also stored. Defaults to /var/lib/dpkg."
+"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:60
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79
msgid ""
"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:82
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr ""
# type: UR
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:87
msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:77
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
+msgid "dpkg"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:18
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:26
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:134
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:155
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:176
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:185
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:196
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:205
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:224
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:229
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"remove them."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"which the current package depends."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade.>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"installed."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
"to modify the package selection states."
#: dpkg.1:612
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:621
+#: dpkg.1:620
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG.CFG"
+msgid "dpkg.cfg"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:4
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:10
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:11
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:10
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> ~/.dpkg.cfg"
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:14
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:13
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:20
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
-"contributed to B<dpkg> ."
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:17
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:22
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT"
+msgid "dselect"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:4
+#: dselect.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:17
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence "
-"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>fileE<gt>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] "
-"[--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
+"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] "
+"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-"
+"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> "
+"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:17
+#: dselect.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dselect>\n"
"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
-"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
+"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
" - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:29
+#: dselect.1:38
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg(1)>, the low-level debian "
-"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
+"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
+"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:44
msgid ""
-"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
-"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
-"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
+"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
+"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
+"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
"or show additional information about the program."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:41
+#: dselect.1:51
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:42
+#: dselect.1:52
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
msgid ""
-"Changes the directory where the dpkg `status', `available' and similar files "
-"are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there shouldn't "
-"be any need to change it."
+"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
+"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
+"shouldn't be any need to change it."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--debug E<lt>fileE<gt> | -DE<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--expert>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
msgid ""
"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
+msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:61
+#: dselect.1:71
msgid ""
"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:62
+#: dselect.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<title>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
msgid "The screen title."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listhead>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listsel>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
msgid "The selected item in the list."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstate>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
"package."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
"currently selected package."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infohead>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
msgid ""
"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infodesc>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
msgid "The package's short description."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<info>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infofoot>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<query>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
msgid "Used to display query lines"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<helpscreen>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:100
+#: dselect.1:110
msgid "Color of help screens."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:105
+#: dselect.1:115
msgid ""
"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
msgid ""
"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--licence | --license>"
+msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
msgid ""
"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits "
"successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:131
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
msgid ""
"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of "
"available actions:"
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "access"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:128
+#: dselect.1:139
msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:134
+#: dselect.1:145
msgid ""
"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, "
"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:136
+#: dselect.1:147
msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:137
+#: dselect.1:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "update"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:139
+#: dselect.1:150
msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:146
+#: dselect.1:157
msgid ""
"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
-"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
+"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
-"
B<Packages> or B<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
-"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
+"
I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
+"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:149
+#: dselect.1:160
msgid ""
"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:150
+#: dselect.1:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "select"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:152
+#: dselect.1:163
msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:158
+#: dselect.1:169
msgid ""
-"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
-"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
+"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
+"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
-"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
+"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
"changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:165
+#: dselect.1:176
msgid ""
"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
-"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
+"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
-"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
-"B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
-"that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
+"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
+"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
+"the unresolved depends or conflicts."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:168
+#: dselect.1:179
msgid ""
"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
"in more detail below."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:169
+#: dselect.1:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "install"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:171
+#: dselect.1:182
msgid "Installs selected packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:177
+#: dselect.1:188
msgid ""
"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:185
+#: dselect.1:196
msgid ""
"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
-"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
-"problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
-"investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
-"bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://"
-"bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug(1)> or B<reportbug"
-"(1)>, if these are installed."
+"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
+"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
+"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
+"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian."
+"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
+"these are installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:192
+#: dselect.1:203
msgid ""
"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
-"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer "
-"scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf(1)> "
-"library, allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
+"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
+"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, "
+"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:193
+#: dselect.1:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "config"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:195
+#: dselect.1:206
msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:196
+#: dselect.1:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "remove"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:198
+#: dselect.1:209
msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:199
+#: dselect.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "quit"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:201
+#: dselect.1:212
msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:203
+#: dselect.1:214
msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:204
+#: dselect.1:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package selections management"
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:206
+#: dselect.1:218
#, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:222
+#: dselect.1:234
msgid ""
"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
-"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
+"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
-"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
-"B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
-"only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
-"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
+"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
+"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
+"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
+"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
-"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg(1)> manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
+"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
"contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:228
+#: dselect.1:240
msgid ""
"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
-"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
+"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
"invoked with the B<'?'> key."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:229
+#: dselect.1:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "Screen layout"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:237
+#: dselect.1:249
msgid ""
"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
-"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
+"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
-"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
+"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
"is displayed can be varied."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:240
+#: dselect.1:252
msgid ""
"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:241
+#: dselect.1:253
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package details view"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:250
+#: dselect.1:262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
-"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
+"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
"alternates between:\n"
" - the extended description\n"
" - the control information for the installed version\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:254
+#: dselect.1:266
msgid ""
"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:255
+#: dselect.1:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "Packages status list"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:260
+#: dselect.1:272
msgid ""
"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
-"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
+"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
"and packages known from the available packages database."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:268
+#: dselect.1:280
msgid ""
"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
"installed and available versions, the package name and its short "
-"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of "
-"the installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
+"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
+"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:274
+#: dselect.1:286
msgid ""
"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:292
+#: dselect.1:304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
-" Error flag: \n"
+" Error flag:\n"
" I<empty> no error\n"
" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
-" Installed state: \n"
+" Installed state:\n"
" I<empty> not installed;\n"
" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n"
" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:293
+#: dselect.1:305
#, no-wrap
msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:298
+#: dselect.1:310
msgid ""
"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:315
+#: dselect.1:327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n"
-" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down \n"
+" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n"
" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n"
" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n"
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:316
+#: dselect.1:328
#, no-wrap
msgid "Searching and sorting"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:330
+#: dselect.1:342
msgid ""
-"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
+"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the "
"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:337
+#: dselect.1:349
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The list sort order can be varied by pressing \n"
+"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
" alphabet available status\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:340
+#: dselect.1:352
msgid ""
"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
"subordering sort key."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:341
+#: dselect.1:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "Altering selections"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:350
+#: dselect.1:362
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The requested selection state of individual packages may be \n"
+"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
"altered with the following commands:\n"
" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n"
" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:354
+#: dselect.1:366
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"This will be further explained below."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:359
+#: dselect.1:371
msgid ""
"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
-"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
+"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:365
+#: dselect.1:377
msgid ""
"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
-"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
+"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
"operations are useful when applied to groups."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:366
+#: dselect.1:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:371
+#: dselect.1:383
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:378
+#: dselect.1:390
msgid ""
"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:384
+#: dselect.1:396
msgid ""
"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency "
-"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
+"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
"suggestions made by B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:392
+#: dselect.1:404
msgid ""
"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
-"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
+"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:393
+#: dselect.1:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:400
+#: dselect.1:412
msgid ""
-"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
-"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
-"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
-"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
-"dependency resolution screen."
+"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
+"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
+"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
+"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
+"resolution screen."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:406
+#: dselect.1:418
msgid ""
"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
-"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
-"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
+"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
+"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
"this unless you've read the fine print."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:413
+#: dselect.1:425
msgid ""
"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
-"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
+"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
"the last established settings."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:414
+#: dselect.1:427
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:419
+#: dselect.1:432
msgid ""
"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:421
+#: dselect.1:434
msgid "The documentation is lacking."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:423
+#: dselect.1:436
msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:425
+#: dselect.1:438
msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:442
msgid ""
"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
-"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not "
-"broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
+"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
+"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:443
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:448
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:438
+#: dselect.1:453
msgid ""
"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list "
"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:441
+#: dselect.1:456
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, "
"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT.CFG"
+msgid "dselect.cfg"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:4
+#: dselect.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:10
+#: dselect.cfg.5:11
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:10
+#: dselect.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> ~/.dselect.cfg"
+#: dselect.cfg.5:14
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:13
+#: dselect.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#: dselect.cfg.5:20
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
-"contributed to B<dselect> ."
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#: dselect.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:17
-msgid "B<dselect>(1)"
+#: dselect.cfg.5:22
+msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
-msgid "INSTALL-INFO"
+msgid "install-info"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
-msgid "29th November 1995"
+msgid "2006-02-28 "
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian Project"
+msgid "Debian"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
+msgid "Project\""
msgstr ""
# type: SH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:8
+#: install-info.8:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:15
+#: install-info.8:24
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> [--version] [--help] [--debug] [--maxwidth=nnn] [--section "
-"regexp title] [--infodir=xxx] [--align=nnn] [--quiet] [--menuentry=xxx] [--"
-"description=xxx] [--remove | --remove-exactly ] [--] filename"
+"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--"
+"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] "
+"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--"
+"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:15
+#: install-info.8:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:23
+#: install-info.8:32
msgid ""
"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
+"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
"description from the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:30
+#: install-info.8:39
msgid ""
"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the "
"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> "
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: install-info.8:30
+#: install-info.8:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:31
+#: install-info.8:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:48
+#: install-info.8:57
msgid ""
"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, "
-"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> "
+"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> "
"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or "
"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of "
"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR "
-"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to "
+"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to "
"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same "
"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:57
+#: install-info.8:66
msgid ""
"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:62
+#: install-info.8:71
msgid ""
"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:62
+#: install-info.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:67
+#: install-info.8:76
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by "
"default entries are created or updated."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:77
+#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
-"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
+"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:82
+#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:88
+#: install-info.8:97
msgid ""
"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> "
"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:94
+#: install-info.8:103
msgid ""
"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> "
"formatting options are silently ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:94
+#: install-info.8:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-exactly>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:112
+#: install-info.8:121
msgid ""
"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> "
"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an "
-"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that "
+"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that "
"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--"
"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than "
-"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause "
+"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause "
"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:112
+#: install-info.8:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:126
+#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:133
+#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:139
+#: install-info.8:148
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
+"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:142
+#: install-info.8:151
msgid ""
"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:145
+#: install-info.8:154
msgid ""
"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:160
msgid ""
"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:169
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/info>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:178
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
-"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
+"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
-"more. The default is 27."
+"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:175
+#: install-info.8:184
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
-"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
+"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:175
+#: install-info.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:181
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:181
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:186
+#: install-info.8:195
msgid ""
"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:186
+#: install-info.8:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:191
+#: install-info.8:200
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:191
+#: install-info.8:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:196
+#: install-info.8:205
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:196
+#: install-info.8:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:203
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:214
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:207
+#: install-info.8:216
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:209
+#: install-info.8:218
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:227
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
-"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
+"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--"
-"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
-"options are ignored."
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
+"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
+"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:225
+#: install-info.8:234
msgid ""
"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:236
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:231
+#: install-info.8:240
msgid ""
"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:231
+#: install-info.8:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:249
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:247
+#: install-info.8:256
msgid ""
"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:247
+#: install-info.8:256
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:251
+#: install-info.8:260
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:255
+#: install-info.8:264
msgid ""
"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:269
msgid ""
"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:263
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:263
+#: install-info.8:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:267
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:267
+#: install-info.8:277
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
-msgid "emacs(1), info(1), gzip(1)"
+#: install-info.8:281
+msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:275
+#: install-info.8:287
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
-"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
+"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
"I<no> warranty."
msgstr ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"proc/>I<pid>B</exe> )."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
">I<pid>B</stat>)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"(default 15)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"no action."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
"Ian Jackson."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
-msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+msgid "update-alternatives"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
-msgid "19 January 1998"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:19
+#: update-alternatives.8:20
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:24
+#: update-alternatives.8:25
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:29
+#: update-alternatives.8:30
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:33
+#: update-alternatives.8:34
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:38
+#: update-alternatives.8:39
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:43
+#: update-alternatives.8:44
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:48
+#: update-alternatives.8:49
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:53
+#: update-alternatives.8:54
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:59
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:62
+#: update-alternatives.8:64
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:70
+#: update-alternatives.8:72
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:92
+#: update-alternatives.8:94
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
-"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system "
-"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> "
-"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until "
-"explicitly requested to do so."
+"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
+"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
+"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
+"to do so."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:102
+#: update-alternatives.8:104
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:114
+#: update-alternatives.8:116
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:133
+#: update-alternatives.8:135
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:141
+#: update-alternatives.8:143
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:150
+#: update-alternatives.8:152
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:157
+#: update-alternatives.8:159
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:174
+#: update-alternatives.8:176
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
-"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
+"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest "
"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for which of the choices to "
"use for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:180
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"instead (see below)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"specific terms will help to explain its operation."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "generic name"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"to one of a number of files of similar function."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "symlink"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
msgid ""
"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"via a generic name using the alternatives system."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"alternatives>' state information."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
msgid ""
"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group "
"are configured."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
msgid ""
"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternatives "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:235
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"any changes to the system administrator's settings."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:243
+#: update-alternatives.8:247
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:249
+#: update-alternatives.8:253
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:252
+#: update-alternatives.8:256
msgid "update-alternatives --display vi"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:258
+#: update-alternatives.8:262
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"then select a number from the list:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:261
+#: update-alternatives.8:265
msgid "update-alternatives --config vi"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:266
+#: update-alternatives.8:270
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:269
+#: update-alternatives.8:273
msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:270
+#: update-alternatives.8:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
msgid ""
"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform "
"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified "
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:276
+#: update-alternatives.8:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
msgid ""
"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet "
"implemented."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
msgid ""
"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not "
"yet implemented."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
msgid ""
"Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-alternatives> "
"this is)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
msgid ""
"Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is (and give some usage "
"information)."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"default."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"the default."
msgstr ""
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:310
+#: update-alternatives.8:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:325
+#: update-alternatives.8:330
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name "
"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
msgid ""
"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's "
"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
-"which I<name> could be linked.
If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
+"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or "
"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will "
"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
"a name in the alternatives directory."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
msgid ""
"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this "
"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master "
"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:406
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
-"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
+"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
"out of I<auto> mode."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:407
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:402
+#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"option."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:420
msgid ""
"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
"admindir> option."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:415
+#: update-alternatives.8:422
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr ""
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:427
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"action."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:437
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its "
"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:432
+#: update-alternatives.8:441
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, "
"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:446
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:447
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:441
+#: update-alternatives.8:451
msgid ""
-"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
+"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
-"conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:445
+#: update-alternatives.8:455
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
-"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
+"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:457
msgid ""
"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
"system."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:458
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:449
+#: update-alternatives.8:460
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr ""
-.TH START\-STOP\-DAEMON 8 "15th March 1997" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH start\-stop\-daemon 8 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
start\-stop\-daemon \- start and stop system daemon programs
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B start\-stop\-daemon
.BR \-S | \-\-start
.HP
.B start\-stop\-daemon
.BR \-V | \-\-version
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B start\-stop\-daemon
is used to control the creation and termination of system-level processes.
.B start\-stop\-daemon
does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if
.BR \-\-oknodo
-is specified).
+is specified).
If such a process does not exist, it starts an
instance, using either the executable specified by
.BR \-\-exec ,
on the command line are passed unmodified to the program being
started.
-With
+With
.BR \-\-stop ,
.B start\-stop\-daemon
also checks for the existence of a specified process.
exits with error status 1
(0 if
.BR \-\-oknodo
-is specified). If
+is specified). If
.B \-\-retry
-is specified then
+is specified then
.B start\-stop\-daemon
will check that the process(es) have terminated.
.B killall(1).
.B start\-stop\-daemon
will scan the process table looking for any processes which
-match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any
+match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any
matching process will prevent
.BR \-\-start
-from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be
+from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be
sent the KILL signal if
.BR \-\-stop
-is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children
+is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children
which need to live through a
.BR \-\-stop
you must specify a pidfile.
.TP
\fB\-x\fP|\fB\-\-exec\fP \fIexecutable\fP
-Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to
+Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to
.B /proc/\fIpid\fB/exe\fP
).
.TP
.TP
\fB\-u\fP|\fB\-\-user\fP \fIusername\fP|\fIuid\fP
Check for processes owned by the user specified by
-.I username
+.I username
or
.IR uid .
.TP
specifies that
.B start\-stop\-daemon
is to check whether the process(es)
-do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching processes
-are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will
+do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching processes
+are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will
then take further action as determined by the schedule.
If
is ignored.
.TP
\fB\-a\fP|\fB\-\-startas\fP \fIpathname\fP
-With
+With
.BR \-\-start ,
-start the process specified by
+start the process specified by
.IR pathname .
If not specified, defaults to the argument given to
.BR \-\-exec .
you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as well,
even if the
.B \-\-group
-option is not specified. The
+option is not specified. The
.B \-\-group
option is only for
groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/process
Chdir to
.I path
before starting the process. This is done after the chroot if the
-\fB\-r\fP|\fB\-\-chroot\fP option is set. When not specified,
+\fB\-r\fP|\fB\-\-chroot\fP option is set. When not specified,
start\-stop\-daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting
the process.
.TP
make no sense forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the
code for it to do this itself.
.TP
-\fB\-N\fP|\fB\-\-nicelevel\fP \fIint\fP
+\fB\-N\fP|\fB\-\-nicelevel\fP \fIint\fP
This alters the priority of the process before starting it.
.TP
.BR \-m | \-\-make\-pidfile
.\" by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
.\" (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
.\" find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-.TH UPDATE\-ALTERNATIVES 8 "19 January 1998" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
+.TH update\-alternatives 8 "2006-02-28" "Debian Project" "dpkg utilities"
.SH NAME
update\-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B update\-alternatives
.RI [ options ]
.RI [ options ]
.B \-\-set
.I name path
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B update\-alternatives
creates, removes, maintains and displays information about the symbolic
.I /usr/bin/editor
to refer to
.I /usr/bin/nvi
-by default. The system administrator can override this and cause
+by default. The system administrator can override this and cause
it
to refer to
.I /usr/bin/ed
will list all of the choices for the link group
of which given
.I name
-is the master link. The current choice is marked with a '*' and the
+is the master link. The current choice is marked with a '*' and the
choice with the highest priority with a '+'.
You will then be prompted for which of the choices to use
for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no
If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the
.I \-\-set
option instead (see below).
+.
.SH TERMINOLOGY
Since the activities of
.B update\-alternatives
When a link group is in manual mode,
the alternatives system will not make any changes
to the system administrator's settings.
+.
.SH EXAMPLES
There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible
with
.PP
update\-alternatives \-\-auto vi
.RE
+.
.SH OPTIONS
Exactly one action must be specified if
.B update\-alternatives
.I path
is an absolute filename to which
.I name
-could be linked. If
+could be linked. If
.I name
is indeed linked to
.IR path ,
.TP
\fB\-\-config\fR \fIlink\fR
Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to
-interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated
+interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated
and taken out of
.I auto
mode.
+.
.SH FILES
.TP
.I /etc/alternatives/
Can be overridden by the
.B \-\-admindir
option.
+.
.SH "EXIT STATUS"
.IP 0
The requested action was successfully performed.
.IP 2
Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line
or performing the action.
+.
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
.B update\-alternatives
chatters incessantly about its activities on its standard output channel.
returns an exit status of 2.
These diagnostics should be self-explanatory;
if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug.
+.
.SH BUGS
If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system,
or, if that is not possible, email the author directly.
.B update\-alternatives
and this manual page, it is a bug,
either in the implementation or the documentation; please report it.
+.
.SH AUTHOR
Debian update\-alternatives is copyright 1995
-Ian Jackson. It is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence
-version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
+Ian Jackson. It is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence
+version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
.PP
This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith.
This is free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence
-version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY.
+version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY.
.PP
You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
+.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR ln (1),
FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard.
+2006-02-28 Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>
+
+ * C/822-date.1: Lower case title header. Put options in bold, files
+ and arguments to options in italic. Escape hyphens used un command
+ line. Unescape dashes. Remove spaces after full stops and after end
+ of line. Separete sections with a dot. Do not put the manpage section
+ number in bold.
+ * C/cleanup-info.8: Likewise.
+ * C/deb.5: Likewise.
+ * C/deb-control.5: Likewise.
+ * C/deb-old.5: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg.cfg.5: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-deb.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-divert.8: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-name.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-query.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-scanpackages.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-source.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-split.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-statoverride.8: Likewise.
+ * C/dselect.1: Likewise.
+ * C/dselect.cfg.5: Likewise.
+ * C/install-info.8: Likewise.
+ * C/start-stop-daemon.8: Likewise.
+ * C/update-alternatives.8: Likewise.
+ * C/dpkg-scansources.1: Likewise. Remove `.IX' entries.
+ * C/dpkg-architecture.1: Likewise. Split most of the body of the
+ section DESCRIPTION into OPTIONS and ACTIONS.
+
+ * C/po/*.pot: Update.
+ * */*.po: Merge with .pot files.
+
2006-02-21 Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>
* pl/*: Updated.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
-msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
+msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
-msgstr "14. Mai 2004"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - startet und stoppt System-Daemon-Programme"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "ÜBERSICHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<Optionen> [B<-->] I<Argumente>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<Optionen>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"laufenden Prozess finden kann."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"stop-daemon> ob der Prozess (die Prozesse) beendet wurden."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
"Mit B<--stop> überprüft B<start-stop-daemon> auf auf die Existenz eines "
"spezifiziert ist)."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONEN"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<Programm>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"diesem Programm sind."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-Datei>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr "Überprüfe auf Prozesse deren Prozess-ID in I<pid-Datei> angegeben ist."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<Benutzername>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
"spezifizierten Benutzer gehören."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<Gruppe>|I<gid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr "Wechsle zum Starten des Prozesses zur I<Gruppe> oder I<gid>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<Prozessname>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
"I<Prozessname>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<Signal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"spezifiziert (standardmäßig 15)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<Plan>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"Mit B<--stop> spezifiziert, das B<start-stop-daemon> überprüfen soll, ob der "
"durchgeführt."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"mit B<--signal> spezifizierte Signal ist."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"des Plans falls notwendig für immer zu wiederholen."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"spezifizierte Signal ignoriert."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<Pfadname>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"Argumente verwendet."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"Rückgabewerte, führt aber keine Aktionen durch."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"(würden)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr ""
"angezeigt."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<Benutzername>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"pro-Prozess Gruppenmitgliedschaften für generische Nutzer wie B<nobody>)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<Wurzel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"Sie das die PID-Datei auch nach dem chroot geschrieben wird."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<Pfad>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
"Chdir vor dem Starten des Prozesses zu I<Pfad>. Dies wird, falls die B<-r>|"
"B<--chroot> Option gesetzt ist, nach dem chroot durchgeführt."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"oder wo es nicht sinnvoll ist, den Code hierfür hinzuzufügen."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<Ganzzahl> "
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "Dies ändert die Priorität des Prozesses bevor er gestartet wird."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"Kombination mit der B<--background> Option sinnvoll."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "Gibt ausführliche informative Meldungen aus."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr "Gibt Hilfeinformationen aus und beendet sich dann."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr "Gibt Versionsinformationen aus und beendet sich dann."
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTOREN"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
"ukE<gt>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
"Ian Jackson."
msgstr ""
"Handbuchseite von Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, teilweise von Ian "
"Jackson umformatiert."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "15th March 1997"
+#~ msgstr "14. Mai 2004"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. This man page is copyright 1997 Charles Briscoe-Smith
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
-msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "update-alternatives"
+msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "19 January 1998"
-msgstr "3. Mai 2004"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
"Standardwerten für Kommandos"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "ÜBERSICHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:19
+#: update-alternatives.8:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
"¤t> [B<--slave> I<link name> I<pfad>]..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:24
+#: update-alternatives.8:25
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name pfad>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:29
+#: update-alternatives.8:30
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:33
+#: update-alternatives.8:34
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:38
+#: update-alternatives.8:39
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:43
+#: update-alternatives.8:44
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:48
+#: update-alternatives.8:49
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:53
+#: update-alternatives.8:54
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:59
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name pfad>"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:62
+#: update-alternatives.8:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"System« bilden, an."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:70
+#: update-alternatives.8:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"Starten auszuwählen, falls der Benutzer keine spezielle Wahl getroffen hat."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:92
+#: update-alternatives.8:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
-"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system "
-"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> "
-"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until "
-"explicitly requested to do so."
+"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
+"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
+"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
+"to do so."
msgstr ""
"Debian's Alternativ-System hat das Ziel, dieses Problem zu lösen. Ein "
"generischer Name im Dateisystem wird von allen Dateien, die austauschbare "
"bis es explizit dazu aufgefordert wird."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:102
+#: update-alternatives.8:104
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
"bleiben: der FHS (siehe dort) erklärt warum dies eine Gute Idee ist."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:114
+#: update-alternatives.8:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"vom B<postinst> oder B<prerm> eines Debian-Paketes aufgerufen."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:133
+#: update-alternatives.8:135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"bilden zusammen eine I<Link-Gruppe>."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:141
+#: update-alternatives.8:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"Systemadministrator."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:150
+#: update-alternatives.8:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"automatisch in den manuellen Modus umgeschaltet."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:157
+#: update-alternatives.8:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
"die Alternative mit der höchsten Priorität."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:174
+#: update-alternatives.8:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
-"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
+"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest "
"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for which of the choices to "
"use for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no "
"zurückzukehren."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:180
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"instead (see below)."
"die I<--set> Option verwenden (siehe unten)."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr "BEGRIFFE"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"einige spezielle Begriffe helfen, seine Vorgehensweise zu erläutern."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "generic name"
msgstr "generische Namen"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"eine Reihe von Dateien mit ähnlicher Funktionalität bezieht."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "symlink"
msgstr "Symlink"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
"Verzeichnis; einer derer, die vom Systemadministrator angepaßt werden sollen."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative"
msgstr "Alternative"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"kann."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr "Alternativ-Verzeichnis"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr ""
"Ein Verzeichnis, standardmäÃ\9fig I</etc/alternatives>, das die Symlinks enthÃ"
"¤lt."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr "administratives Verzeichnis"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"B<update-alternatives> Statusinformationen enthält."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr "Linkgruppe"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr ""
"sollen."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr "Master-Link"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group "
"Gruppe konfiguriert werden."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr "Slave-Link"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link."
"wird."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr "automatischer Modus"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"Alternative mit der höchsten Priorität zeigen."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr "manueller Modus"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"keine Änderungen an den Einstellungen des Systemadministrators durch."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "BEISPIELE"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:243
+#: update-alternatives.8:247
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"und die zugehörige Handbuchseite beinhaltet."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:249
+#: update-alternatives.8:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"dazu gehörigen Einstellungen, benutzen Sie die I<--display> Aktion:"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:252
+#: update-alternatives.8:256
msgid "update-alternatives --display vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:258
+#: update-alternatives.8:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"den folgenden Befehl und wählen dann eine Zahl aus der Liste aus:"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:261
+#: update-alternatives.8:265
msgid "update-alternatives --config vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:266
+#: update-alternatives.8:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"führen Sie folgendes als root durch:"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:269
+#: update-alternatives.8:273
msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:270
+#: update-alternatives.8:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONEN"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform "
"Optionen kann zusammen mit jeder Aktion spezifiziert werden."
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "ALLGEMEINE OPTIONEN"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:276
+#: update-alternatives.8:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr ""
"Erzeugt mehr Kommentare über die Tätigkeit von B<update-alternatives.>"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet "
"ist noch nicht implementiert."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not "
"ist noch nicht implementiert."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-alternatives> "
"Gibt Hinweise zur Benutzung (und die Version von B<update-alternatives)> aus."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is (and give some usage "
"Benutzung)."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<Verzeichnis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"Standardeinstellung unterscheidet."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<Verzeichnis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"Standardwert unterscheiden soll."
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "AKTIONEN"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:310
+#: update-alternatives.8:315
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."
msgstr "B<--install> I<link gen pfad pri> [B<--slave> I<slink sgen spfad>] ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:325
+#: update-alternatives.8:330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name "
"jede von drei Argumenten gefolgt, können spezifiziert werden."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's "
"hinzugefügte Alternative zu zeigen."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--set> I<name pfad>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"interaktiv ist."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--remove> I<name path>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
-"which I<name> could be linked.
If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
+"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or "
"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will "
"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently "
"entfernt."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
"der Name des Alternativ-Verzeichnisses."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr "B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
msgstr "Ruft B<--config> für alle Alternativen auf."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this "
"installierte Alternative mit höchster Priorität zu zeigen."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--display> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master "
"höchsten Priorität."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--list> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr "Zeigt alle Ziele der Linkgruppe an."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--config> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:406
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
-"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
+"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
"out of I<auto> mode."
msgstr ""
"Zeit die verfügbaren Alternativen für eine Linkgruppe an und erlaubt es "
"wird aktualisiert und aus dem I<automatischen> Modus genommen."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:407
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "DATEIEN"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:402
+#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"option."
"Option geändert werden."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:420
msgid ""
"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
"admindir> option."
"admindir> Option geändert werden."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "EXIT-STATUS"
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:415
+#: update-alternatives.8:422
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr "Die angeforderte Aktion wurde erfolgreich beendet."
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"auf."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "DIAGNOSTIK"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:437
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its "
"sein; falls Sie dies nicht so empfinden, melden Sie dies bitte als Fehler."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "FEHLER"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:432
+#: update-alternatives.8:441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, "
"eine E-Mail direkt an den Autor."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:446
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"in der Implementation oder in der Dokumentation; bitte melden Sie dies."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:447
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:441
+#: update-alternatives.8:451
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
+"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
-"conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Debian update-alternatives unterliegt dem Copyright 1995 von Ian Jackson. Es "
"ist Freie Software; lesen Sie die GNU General Public License Version 2 oder "
"neuer für die Kopierbedingungen. Es gibt KEINE HAFTUNG."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:445
+#: update-alternatives.8:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
-"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
+"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"Diese Handbuchseite unterliegt dem Copyright 1997/98 von Charles Briscoe-"
"Smith. Dies ist Freie Dokumentation; lesen Sie die GNU General Public "
"HAFTUNG."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:457
msgid ""
"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
"system."
"GPL finden."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:458
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SIEHE AUCH"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:449
+#: update-alternatives.8:460
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr ""
"B<ln>(1), FHS, der Dateisystem Hierachie-Standard (Filesystem Hierarchy "
"Standard)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "19 January 1998"
+#~ msgstr "3. Mai 2004"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "822-DATE"
-msgstr "822-DATE"
+msgid "822-date"
+msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "14th August 1996"
-msgstr "14 de agosto de 1996"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2008-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
msgstr "822-date - Muestra la fecha y la hora en formato RFC822"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:6
+#: 822-date.1:7
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<822-date>"
msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in "
"RFC1123\t"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:15
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options."
msgstr "B<822-date> no lleva ningún argumento u opción."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "FALLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:22
#, fuzzy
-msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1),"
+msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)."
msgstr "Esta funcionalidad en realidad debería ser parte de B<date>(1),"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:23
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:21
+#: 822-date.1:26
#, fuzzy
msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:24
+#: 822-date.1:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) "
"sección 5.2.14,"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<date>(1)."
msgstr "B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:29
+#: 822-date.1:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
+"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
"placed by him into the public domain."
msgstr ""
"B<822-date> y este manual fueron escritos por Ian Jackson. Por la presente, "
"fueron puestos en el dominio público por él."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "822-DATE"
+#~ msgstr "822-DATE"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "14th August 1996"
+#~ msgstr "14 de agosto de 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "CLEANUP-INFO"
-msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "cleanup-info"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "November 1999"
-msgstr "Noviembre de 1999"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
"cleanup-info - Limpia el desastre que un falso install-info pueda haber hecho"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:4
+#: cleanup-info.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:9
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] [I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
+"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] "
+"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
msgstr ""
"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] "
"[I<E<lt>directorioE<gt>>]"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:12
+#: cleanup-info.8:15
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus "
"forma inteligente las mayúsculas/minúsculas y dos puntos o espacios finales."
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:15
+#: cleanup-info.8:18
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank "
"blanco (solamente en la parte de las entradas)."
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:18
+#: cleanup-info.8:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). "
"cuenta). Se preserva el orden de las entradas en una sección."
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:26
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be "
"respaldar este archivo previamente."
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:27
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:24
+#: cleanup-info.8:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:27
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully."
msgstr "Muestra la pantalla de ayuda y finaliza correctamente."
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:27
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--unsafe>"
+msgid "B<--unsafe>"
msgstr "I<--unsafe>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:30
+#: cleanup-info.8:34
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options."
msgstr "Define algunas opciones adicionales posiblemente útiles."
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:32
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>"
msgstr ""
"correcto!\""
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:32
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "I<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output version and exit successfully."
msgstr "Muestra la versión y finaliza correctamente."
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "ARCHIVOS"
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:36
+#: cleanup-info.8:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I</usr/info/dir or E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
+msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
msgstr "I</usr/info/dir o E<lt>directorioE<gt>/dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" "
"con el sufijo \".lock\"."
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "ERRORES"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probably many."
msgstr "Probablemente muchos."
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEA TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:46
+#: cleanup-info.8:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:48
+#: cleanup-info.8:55
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Esto es software libre; vea la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública "
"General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CLEANUP-INFO"
+#~ msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "November 1999"
+#~ msgstr "Noviembre de 1999"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
-msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+msgid "deb-control"
+msgstr "control"
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "Enero de 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "utilidades dpkg"
+msgid "Debian"
+msgstr "Proyecto Debian"
# type: SH
#: deb-control.5:4
"deb-control - formato del fichero de control maestro de los paquetes Debian."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:7
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "control"
msgstr "control"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields.
Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
+"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
+"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
"B<Description> field, see below)."
"B<Description> , lea más abajo)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "CAMPOS OBLIGATORIOS"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:22
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Package: >E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>nombre de paqueteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"instalación lo usan para generar nombres de ficheros."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Version: >E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>cadena de caracteres con el número de versiónE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"debido a ésto la versión no puede contener guiones."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>nombre completo correo electrónicoE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"la persona que ha empaquetado el programa, no su autor original."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Description: >E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>descripción cortaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>descripción largaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"de este espacio."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "CAMPOS OPCIONALES"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:48
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>secciónE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"`text', `x11' etc."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Priority: >E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>prioridadE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"prioridades comunes son `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"paquete B<debian-policy.>"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
" (al menos sin usar opciones de forzado).\n"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"scripts en Perl o la documentación."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Source: >E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>nombre del código fuenteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"que ambos sean distintos."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
-"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
+"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will "
"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those "
"programa."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"preinst requiera algún programa ejecutándose."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Recommends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
-"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
+"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""
"Lista de paquetes que normalmente serán instalados con este paquete. El "
"instalar un paquete sin los paquetes listados en su campo B<Recommends.>"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:115
+#: deb-control.5:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"éstos."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:127
+#: deb-control.5:131
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
-"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
-"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
-"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', "
-"with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally "
-"followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
+"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
+"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
+"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
+"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
+"pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed "
+"by a version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""
"La sintaxis de los campos B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> y "
"B<Suggests> es una lista de grupos de paquetes alternativos. Cada grupo es "
"versión específico entre paréntesis."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"igual, \"E<lt>=\" para menor o igual y \"=\" para igual que."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"campo Conflicts B<Conflicts.>"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Replaces: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"que ambos paquetes tengan ficheros con el mismo nombre."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:159
+#: deb-control.5:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"separarlos."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
-"package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
-"B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
-"can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
-"B<Replaces> fields."
+"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
+"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
+"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be "
+"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> "
+"fields."
msgstr ""
"La sintaxis de B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> y B<Provides> es una lista de "
"nombres de paquetes separados por comas (y opcionalmente espacios en "
"campos B<Conflicts> y B<Replaces.>"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EJEMPLO"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:196
+#: deb-control.5:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: grep\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
-" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
+" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
# type: SH
-#. .RE
-#: deb-control.5:198
+#: deb-control.5:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "Enero de 2000"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "utilidades dpkg"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-OLD"
-msgstr "DEB-OLD"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "deb-old"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "Enero de 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
msgstr "deb-old - Antiguo formato de paquetes binarios de Debian"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:4
+#: deb-old.5:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
msgstr "I<archivo>B<.deb>"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
-"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
+"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
+"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
"(5) for details of the new format."
msgstr ""
"El formato B<.deb> es el formato de archivos de paquetes binarios de "
"para mayor detalle sobre el nuevo formato."
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT"
msgstr "FORMATO"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:18
+#: deb-old.5:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
"seguido por dos archivos tar, concatenados y comprimidos vía gzip."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:22
+#: deb-old.5:25
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
"8 dígitos, y es B<0.939000> para todos los archivos con formato antiguo."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:25
+#: deb-old.5:28
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
"tamaño del primer archivo tar comprimido con gzip."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:27
+#: deb-old.5:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
msgstr "Cada línea finaliza con un carácter único de nueva línea."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:32
+#: deb-old.5:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
-"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
+"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
"information."
msgstr ""
"El primer archivo tar contiene la información de control, como una serie de "
"la información de control."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:43
+#: deb-old.5:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
-"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
-"entry for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
+"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
+"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
msgstr ""
"En algunos archivos muy antiguos, los archivos de control en el archivo tar "
"pueden estar opcionalmente en un subdirectorio B<DEBIAN.> En este caso, el "
"el directorio actual."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
-"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
+"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
"pathnames do not have leading slashes."
msgstr ""
"El segundo archivo tar comprimido con gzip es el archivo del sistema de "
"será instalado. Las rutas no tienen barras precedentes."
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEA TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:50
+#: deb-old.5:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Debian Packaging Manual>."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DEB-OLD"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-OLD"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "Enero de 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB"
-msgstr "DEB"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "Enero 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
-"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
+"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz .> It is a gzipped tar "
"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain "
"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core "
-"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry "
-"for `B<.>', the current directory."
+"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for "
+"`B<.>', the current directory."
msgstr ""
"El segundo miembro requerido es B<control.tar.gz .> Es un fichero tar "
"comprimido con gzip que contiene la información de control del paquete en "
#: deb.5:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
-"should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members "
-"may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
-"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar."
-"gz> and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
+"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
+"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be "
+"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
+"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> "
+"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'."
msgstr ""
"Estos miembros deben aparecer en este orden. Las implementaciones actuales "
msgstr ""
"B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Manual de "
"empaquetamiento de Debian>."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "Enero 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
-msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
+msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichero-control>]"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2001"
-msgstr "febrero de 2001"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "proyecto Debian"
# type: TH
"dpkg-checkbuilddeps - comprueba las dependencias y conflictos de compilación."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<control-file>]"
+msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichero-control>]"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
-"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
+"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
msgstr ""
"Este programa comprueba que los paquetes instalados en el sistema satisfacen "
"termina devolviendo un código de error distinto de cero."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
+"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
"be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Por omisión se lee B<debian/control>, pero puede especificarse un fichero de "
"control alternativo en la línea de órdenes."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<-B>"
+msgid "B<-B>"
msgstr "I<-B>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ignore Build-Depends-Indep lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
+"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
"built."
msgstr ""
"Ignora las líneas Build-Depends-Indep. Usar cuando se construyen paquetes "
"independientes de la arquitectura."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
# type: UR
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:26
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
+msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Esto es software libre, lea la Licencia Pública General de GNU versión 2 o "
"posterior para las condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "February 2001"
+#~ msgstr "febrero de 2001"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DEB"
-msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "1st June 1996"
-msgstr "1 de Junio de 1996"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
-"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
+"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
-"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and "
-"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
-"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
-"B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
+"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
+"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
+"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
+"control information directory."
msgstr ""
"A menos que usted especifique B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> leerá B<DEBIAN/"
"control> y lo revisará. Comprobará posibles errores de sintaxis y otros "
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
-"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
+"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
-"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
+"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
-"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
+"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""
"Lista los contenidos de la parte del archivo que contiene los archivos del "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
-"correct installation ! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
+"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""
"Nota, ¡ I<no> obtendrá una instalación correcta si extrae un paquete en el "
"directorio raíz! Use B<dpkg> para instalar paquetes."
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
-"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
+"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
msgstr ""
"Descomprime el árbol del sistema de archivos de un paquete binarios y lo "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
msgstr ""
"Muestra la información de licencia y garantía de B<dpkg-deb>'s (El uso de la "
"palabra americana B<--license> produce el mismo mensaje)"
#: dpkg-deb.1:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
+"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Asegura que B<dpkg-deb> construye un `nuevo' formato de archivo. Éste es el "
"comportamiento por defecto."
#: dpkg-deb.1:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive "
-"format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its "
-"only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older "
-"than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
+"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
+"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
+"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
+"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
msgstr ""
"Fuerza B<dpkg-deb> a construir un `antiguo' formato de archivo. Este "
"formato antiguo de archivo es más dificil de analizar por herramientas que "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
-"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
+"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""
"Impide las comprobaciones habituales de B<dpkg-deb --build>'s sobre los "
"contenidos del archivo. Puede construir cualquier archivo que desee, no "
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:240
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
+msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr "Habilita los mensajes de depuración. No son muy interesantes."
# type: SH
#: dpkg-deb.1:256
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software ! You must use "
+"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-deb.1:270
+#: dpkg-deb.1:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
-"Copyright (C)1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</"
+"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</"
"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> y esta página de manual, fué escrita por Ian Jackson. Son "
"Copyright (c) 1995-1996 suyos, y se distribuyen bajo la Licencia Publica de "
"GNU. No se ofrece NINGUNA garantía. Consulte B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/"
"copyright> y B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más información"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "1st June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "1 de Junio de 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DIVERT"
-msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-divert"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "December 1999"
-msgstr "Diciembre de 1999"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
msgstr "dpkg-divert - redefine la versión de paquete de un archivo"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:4
+#: dpkg-divert.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:8
+#: dpkg-divert.8:10
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] [--add] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] [--add] I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:12
+#: dpkg-divert.8:15
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --remove I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:17
+#: dpkg-divert.8:20
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --list I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --list I<E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:21
+#: dpkg-divert.8:25
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --truename I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [opciones] --truename I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:22
+#: dpkg-divert.8:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:30
+#: dpkg-divert.8:34
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File `diversions' are a way of forcing dpkg not to install a file into its "
"que contiene estos archivos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and "
-"listing diversions. The options are --add, --remove, and --list, "
+"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, "
"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted "
-"file with --truename. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
+"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-divert> es la herramienta usada para definir y actualizar la lista de "
"'redirecciones'. Funciona en tres modos básicos - añadir, eliminar y listar "
"Pueden especificarse otras opciones (listadas a continuación)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:38
+#: dpkg-divert.8:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--admindir E<lt>directorioE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:41
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set the dpkg data directory to E<lt>directoryE<gt> (default: /var/lib/dpkg)."
+"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/"
+"dpkg>)."
msgstr ""
"Define el directorio de datos de dpkg a E<lt>directorioE<gt> (por omisión: /"
"var/lib/dpkg)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:41
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--divert E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--divert E<lt>redirigir-aE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:44
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E<lt>divert-toE<gt> is the name used by other packages' versions."
+msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions."
msgstr ""
"E<lt>redirigir-aE<gt> es el nombre usado por las otras versiones del paquete."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:44
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:47
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Output the version and the short usage instructions, and exit successfully."
"Imprime la versión e instrucciones de uso breves, y finaliza normalmente."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:47
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--local>"
+msgid "B<--local>"
msgstr "I<--local>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:50
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted."
msgstr "Especifica que todas las versiones del paquete son redirigidas."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:50
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--package E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--package E<lt>paqueteE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:53
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"E<lt>packageE<gt> is the name of a package whose copy of E<lt>fileE<gt> will "
-"not be diverted."
+"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of "
+"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted."
msgstr ""
"E<lt>paqueteE<gt> es el nombre de un paquete cuya copia de E<lt>ficheroE<gt> "
"no se redigirá."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:53
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "I<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:56
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
msgstr "Modo silencioso, esto es: sin información detallada."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:56
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--rename>"
+msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr "I<--rename>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:60
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in "
"caso de que el archivo destino ya exista."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:60
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--test>"
+msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "I<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:63
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
msgstr ""
"Modo de prueba, esto es: no realiza ningún cambio, solo muestra su ejecución."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:63
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "I<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully."
msgstr "Imprime el nombre del programa y su versión, y finaliza correctamente."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "NOTAS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:69
+#: dpkg-divert.8:77
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When adding, default is --local and --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib. "
-"When removing, --package or --local and --divert must match if specified."
+"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>."
+"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must "
+"match if specified."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se añade, por omisión se usa --local y --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>."
"distrib. Cuando se elimina, --package o --local y --divert deben coincidir "
"si se especifican."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:71
+#: dpkg-divert.8:79
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Directories can't be diverted with dpkg-divert."
+msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
msgstr "Los directorios no pueden ser redirigidos con dpkg-divert."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, ldconfig (8) creates a "
-"symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. Because "
-"ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a diverted library has "
-"the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may end up pointing at the "
-"diverted library."
+"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig> (8) "
+"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
+"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a "
+"diverted library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may "
+"end up pointing at the diverted library."
msgstr ""
"Debe de tenerse cuidado cuando se redireccionen bibliotecas compartidas, "
"ldconfig (8) crea un enlace simbólico basado en el campo DT_SONAME empotrado "
"biblioteca redirigida."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:80
+#: dpkg-divert.8:89
msgid ""
"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example.foo> to I</usr/bin/example>, "
"performing the rename if required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:82
+#: dpkg-divert.8:91
msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example --rename /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:84 dpkg-divert.8:94
+#: dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-divert.8:103
msgid "To remove that diversion:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:86
+#: dpkg-divert.8:95
msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:90
+#: dpkg-divert.8:99
msgid ""
"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:92
+#: dpkg-divert.8:101
msgid ""
"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
"example"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:105
msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:106
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "ARCHIVOS"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:97
+#: dpkg-divert.8:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:102
+#: dpkg-divert.8:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
"importantes para dpkg, como `status' o `available'."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Note: dpkg-divert preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-old"
-"\", before replacing it with the new one."
+"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-"
+"old\", before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""
"Nota: dpkg-divert preserva la copia antigua de este archivo, colocando la "
"extensión \"-old\", antes de reemplazarlo con uno nuevo."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:116
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEA TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(8)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:109
+#: dpkg-divert.8:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:111
+#: dpkg-divert.8:122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Esto es software libre; véa la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública "
"General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DIVERT"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "December 1999"
+#~ msgstr "Diciembre de 1999"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: dpkg-name.1:6
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir [dir]] [-"
-"c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-k|--symlink] [-"
-"[--] [files]"
+"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--"
+"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--"
+"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir "
"[directorio]] [-c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-"
"k|--symlink] [-[--] [archivos]"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:25
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy "
"E<lt>versiónE<gt> del archivo consiste en la principal versión de "
"información opcionalmente seguido de un guión y la versión de revisión."
-# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:25
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "EXAMPLES"
-msgstr "EJEMPLOS"
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:26
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
-msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:31
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
-"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
-"of `bar-foo.deb')."
-msgstr ""
-"El archivo `bar-foo.deb' se renombrará a bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb o algo "
-"similar (dependiendo de cual sea la información en la sección de control de "
-"`bar-foo.deb')."
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:31
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
-msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:36
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
-"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
-"architecture information."
-msgstr ""
-"dpkg-name renombrará todos los archivos con extensión `deb' dentro del "
-"directorio /root/debian y sus subdirectorios, si fuera necesario, a nombres "
-"sin información de arquitectura."
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:36
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
-msgstr "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:42
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
-"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
-msgstr ""
-"B<No haga esto.> Sus archivos se corromperán debido a que una gran cantidad "
-"de paquetes no incluyen una sección de información. B<No haga esto.>"
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:42
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
-msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:45
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
-msgstr "Esto se puede utilizar cuando se construyen nuevos paquetes."
-
# type: SS
-#: dpkg-name.1:45
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:46
+#: dpkg-name.1:34
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
#, fuzzy
msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
msgstr "El archivo destino no incluye información sobre la arquitectura."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k, --symlink>"
msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
msgstr "Crea un enlace simbólico en vez de mover el archivo."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>"
msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:56
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
"archivo de destino."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:56
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-s, --subdir [dir]>"
+msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]"
msgstr "B<-s, --subdir [directorio]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Files will be moved into subdir. If directory given as argument exists the "
"sección'). Use esta opción con cuidado, es algo delicado."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>"
msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory "
"cuidado.>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h, --help>"
msgstr "B<-h, --help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully."
msgstr "Muestra las opciones de uso del programa y sale con éxito."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v, --version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr "Muestra la información de versión del programa y sale con éxito."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l, --license>"
msgstr "B<-l, --license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and "
"Muestra la información de copyright y una referencia a la licencia GNU."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EJEMPLOS"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:72
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
+msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
+"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
+"of `bar-foo.deb')."
+msgstr ""
+"El archivo `bar-foo.deb' se renombrará a bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb o algo "
+"similar (dependiendo de cual sea la información en la sección de control de "
+"`bar-foo.deb')."
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
+msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
+"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
+"architecture information."
+msgstr ""
+"dpkg-name renombrará todos los archivos con extensión `deb' dentro del "
+"directorio /root/debian y sus subdirectorios, si fuera necesario, a nombres "
+"sin información de arquitectura."
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
+msgstr "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
+"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<No haga esto.> Sus archivos se corromperán debido a que una gran cantidad "
+"de paquetes no incluyen una sección de información. B<No haga esto.>"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
+msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
+msgstr "Esto se puede utilizar cuando se construyen nuevos paquetes."
+
+# type: SH
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "ERRATAS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some packages don't follow the name structure "
"otras herramientas de instalación podrían depender de esta estructura."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:102
+#: dpkg-name.1:110
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
-msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-scanpackages"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. This manpage is copyright (C) 1996 Michael Shields <shields@crosslink.net>.
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "1996-07-08"
-msgstr "08-07-1996"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. This manpage is copyright (C) 1996 Michael Shields <shields@crosslink.net>.
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Proyecto Debian"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>archE<gt>>] [I<-m>] I<binarydir> "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> "
"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>arquitE<gt>>] I<bindir> I<fichero-"
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
"creates a Packages file, used by B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the user what "
-"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
-"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
+"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
+"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
"scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to install on "
"a cluster of machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If I<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
+msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
msgstr ""
"Si se especifica la opción I<-u> , se buscan ficheros *.udeb en vez de *.deb."
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When -aI<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
+"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se especifica -aI<E<lt>arquitE<gt>>, en vez de buscar todo tipo de "
"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this "
-"behaviour with the I<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
+"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
"in the output."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
+"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"El fichero override tiene un formato simple, está delimitado por espacios en "
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
+"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
"packages not found in the binary tree are ignored."
msgstr ""
"I<paquete> El nombre del paquete. Las entradas en el fichero de override de "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these "
-"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
+"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>."
msgstr ""
"I<prioridad> y I<sección> colocan el paquete en el árbol de directorios de "
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(8), B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "1996-07-08"
+#~ msgstr "08-07-1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SCANSOURCES"
-msgstr "DPKG-SCANSOURCES"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-scansources"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "2005-01-10"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2004-06-01"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian GNU/Linux"
-msgstr "perl v5.8.4"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: TH
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg utilities"
+msgstr ""
# type: SH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:2
"dpkg-scansources - Busca ficheros '.dsc' y construye los índices 'Sources'"
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:4 dpkg-scansources.1:5
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:8
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:13
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"
\\&B<dpkg-scansources> [switch]... I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
-"prefix>]] E<gt> Sources"
+"
B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
+"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
msgstr ""
"\\&B<dpkg-scansources> [switch]... I<bindir> [I<fichero-override> [I<path-"
"prefijo>]] E<gt> Sources"
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:8 dpkg-scansources.1:9
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:14
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:13
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:18
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\\&B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. "
"que es mostrado por la salida estándar."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:22
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:27
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
-"files. See dpkg-scanpackages for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 "
-"Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, there's "
-"a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest "
-"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the "
-"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary "
-"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This "
-"might change."
+"files. See dpkg-scanpackages for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since "
+"the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, there's a bit "
+"of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest priority of "
+"all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the "
+"source package, and the override entry for the first binary package listed "
+"in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This might change."
msgstr ""
"Si se proporciona un I<fichero-override>, este se usará para fijar "
"prioridades en el índice resultante y sobreescribir el campo del mantenedor "
"cambiar en un futuro."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:26
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
-"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
+"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
msgstr ""
"Si se proporciona I<path-prefijo>, se antepondrá al campo del directorio en "
"de directorio contenga el path desde el directorio padre del archivo Debian."
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:26 dpkg-scansources.1:27
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:28
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:29
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "--debug"
-msgstr "--debug"
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:31
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Turn debugging on."
msgstr "Activa la depuración."
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:31
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:35
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:32
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "--help"
-msgstr "--help"
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:34
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:37
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show the usage message and die."
msgstr "Muestra el modo de uso y termina."
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:34
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:37
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:35
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "-n, --no-sort"
-msgstr "-n, --no-sort"
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:38
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package "
+"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package "
"name."
msgstr ""
"No ordenar el índice de fuentes. Normalmente se ordena por el nombre de los "
"paquetes fuente."
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:38
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<fichero>"
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:39
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "-s, --source-override file"
-msgstr "-s, --source-override fichero"
-
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:42
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the "
+"Use I<file> as the source override file. The default is the name of the "
"override file you specified with I<.src> appended."
msgstr ""
"Usar I<fichero> como el fichero de override de las fuentes. Por omisión es "
"añadido."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:48
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
-"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
-"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
-"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
+"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
+"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
+"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
"the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
msgstr ""
"El fichero de override de las fuentes está en un formato distinto del "
"fichero override de las fuentes tiene preferencia."
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:48
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
-# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:49
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "--version"
-msgstr "--version"
-
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:51
#, fuzzy
msgstr "Muestra la versión y termina."
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:51 dpkg-scansources.1:52
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEÁSE ADEMÁS"
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:54
#, fuzzy
-msgid "\\&I<dpkg-scanpackages>\\|(1)"
+msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr "\\&I<dpkg-scanpackages>\\|(1)"
# type: IX
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:54 dpkg-scansources.1:55
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
#, fuzzy
msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANSOURCES"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANSOURCES"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Debian GNU/Linux"
+#~ msgstr "perl v5.8.4"
+
+# type: IX
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "--debug"
+#~ msgstr "--debug"
+
+# type: IX
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "--help"
+#~ msgstr "--help"
+
+# type: IX
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "-n, --no-sort"
+#~ msgstr "-n, --no-sort"
+
+# type: IX
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "-s, --source-override file"
+#~ msgstr "-s, --source-override fichero"
+
+# type: IX
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "--version"
+#~ msgstr "--version"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-20 21:00+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-source.1:2
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SOURCE"
-msgstr "DPKG-SOURCE"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-source"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-source.1:2
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "Enero de 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
"paquetes fuente de Debian."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:7
+#: dpkg-source.1:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:11
+#: dpkg-source.1:12
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<fichero>B<.dsc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:14
+#: dpkg-source.1:15
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-"
"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<opciones>] I<directorio> [I<directorio-origen>|'']"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:17
+#: dpkg-source.1:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<opciones>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:20
+#: dpkg-source.1:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<opciones>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:23
+#: dpkg-source.1:24
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<opciones>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:26
+#: dpkg-source.1:27
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<opciones>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:29
+#: dpkg-source.1:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<opciones>]I< fichero sección prioridad>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:32
+#: dpkg-source.1:33
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<opciones>]"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:32
+#: dpkg-source.1:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:35
+#: dpkg-source.1:36
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaqueta y desempaqueta ficheros fuente de Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:41
+#: dpkg-source.1:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
"B<debian/files.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:67
+#: dpkg-source.1:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
-"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
+"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:"
-">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. "
-"Any other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-"
+">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any "
+"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-"
"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/"
"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file "
"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying "
"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match "
-"will be used. See B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1) for details of the format of shared "
+"will be used. See B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1) for details of the format of shared "
"library dependency files."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcula las dependencias de bibliotecas compartidas de los "
"de bibliotecas compartidas."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:73
+#: dpkg-source.1:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
"un archivo de control de subida de Debian (fichero B<.changes> )."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:77
+#: dpkg-source.1:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate "
"automatizar la construcción de un paquete."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:81
+#: dpkg-source.1:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-distaddfile> añade una entrada para un fichero dado a B<debian/files>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:86
+#: dpkg-source.1:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
"salida estándar en un formato legible por la máquina."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:90
+#: dpkg-source.1:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
"aparte."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:90
+#: dpkg-source.1:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES COMUNES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:93
+#: dpkg-source.1:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together "
"con los programas que las aceptan."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:93
+#: dpkg-source.1:94
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>"
msgstr "B<-h>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:98
+#: dpkg-source.1:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display the particular program's version and usage message, including a "
-"synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood by all "
-"the source package tools."
+"synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood by all the "
+"source package tools."
msgstr ""
"Muestra la versión y el modo de uso del programa, incluyendo un resumen de "
"las opciones disponibles. Esta opción es aceptada por todas las herramientas "
"para los paquetes fuente de Debian."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:98
+#: dpkg-source.1:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
msgstr "B<-v>I<versión>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:106
+#: dpkg-source.1:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this "
"estrictamente posteriores a I<versión .>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:111
+#: dpkg-source.1:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which "
"generará."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:111
+#: dpkg-source.1:112
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>"
msgstr "B<-C>I<descripcióndecambios>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:118
+#: dpkg-source.1:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> "
-"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. "
+"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. "
"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
"Lee la descripción de los cambios del fichero I<descripcióndecambios> en vez "
"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:118
+#: dpkg-source.1:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr "B<-m>I<direcciónresponsable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:126
+#: dpkg-source.1:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:126
+#: dpkg-source.1:127
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr "B<-e>I<direcciónresponsable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:134
+#: dpkg-source.1:135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"árbol de fuentes. Aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:134
+#: dpkg-source.1:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>"
msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:142
+#: dpkg-source.1:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the "
"se produzca alguna fuente (por ejemplo, si no se han usado B<-b> o B<-B>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:150
+#: dpkg-source.1:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included "
"o B<1>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:155
+#: dpkg-source.1:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its "
"e incluye sólo el diff."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:155
+#: dpkg-source.1:156
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<-V>I<nombre>B<=>I<valor>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:161
+#: dpkg-source.1:162
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-"
"exposición sobre la sustitución de salida."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:161
+#: dpkg-source.1:162
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>"
msgstr "B<-T>I<fichvarsust>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:171
+#: dpkg-source.1:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in "
"genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:171
+#: dpkg-source.1:172
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<campo>B<=>I<valor>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:176
+#: dpkg-source.1:177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by "
"es aceptada por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:176
+#: dpkg-source.1:177
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
msgstr "B<-U>I<campo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:181
+#: dpkg-source.1:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-"
"por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:181
+#: dpkg-source.1:182
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:204
+#: dpkg-source.1:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that "
"*> del paquete en construcción."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:209
+#: dpkg-source.1:210
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract "
"extraer uno) - vea más abajo."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:209
+#: dpkg-source.1:210
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
msgstr "B<-c>I<ficherocontrol>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:216
+#: dpkg-source.1:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
-"default is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, "
-"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
+"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
+"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-"
+"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
"Especifica el fichero de control del paquete fuente principal del que leer "
"la información. Por omisión es B<debian/control>. Esta opción es aceptada "
"por B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:216
+#: dpkg-source.1:217
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>"
msgstr "B<-l>I<ficherocambios>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:223
+#: dpkg-source.1:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
+"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-"
"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
"gencontrol> y B<dpkg-genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:223
+#: dpkg-source.1:224
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>"
msgstr "B<-f>I<ficherolistaficheros>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:229
+#: dpkg-source.1:230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
"genchanges> y B<dpkg-distaddfile>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:229
+#: dpkg-source.1:230
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>"
msgstr "B<-F>I<formatocambios>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:236
+#: dpkg-source.1:237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
+"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
"genchanges>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:236
+#: dpkg-source.1:237
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>"
msgstr "B<-W>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:243
+#: dpkg-source.1:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, "
+"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, "
"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""
"Esta opción convierte determinados errores en avisos. Sólo la usa B<dpkg-"
"source>, pero B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconoce y la pasa a B<dpkg-source>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:243
+#: dpkg-source.1:244
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E>"
msgstr "B<-E>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:249
+#: dpkg-source.1:250
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood "
"es aceptada por B<dpkg-buildpackage> y B<dpkg-source>."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:249
+#: dpkg-source.1:250
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-SOURCE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:254
+#: dpkg-source.1:255
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames "
"se interpretan empezando en el directorio superior del árbol de fuentes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:254
+#: dpkg-source.1:255
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>"
msgstr "B<-x>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:264
+#: dpkg-source.1:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the "
-"name of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-"
-"option argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the "
-"source package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is "
-"specified, the source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-"
-"I<version-> under the current working directory."
+"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name "
+"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option "
+"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source "
+"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the "
+"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> "
+"under the current working directory."
msgstr ""
"Extrae un paquete fuente. Se debe suministrar un argumento que no sea una "
"opción, el nombre del fichero de control de fuente de Debian (B<.dsc>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:272
+#: dpkg-source.1:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the "
"control; se asume que están en el mismo directorio que el B<.dsc>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:280
+#: dpkg-source.1:281
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
"todos los ficheros y directorios heredarán su grupo de permisos."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:280
+#: dpkg-source.1:281
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>"
msgstr "B<-b>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:295
+#: dpkg-source.1:296
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be "
-"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
-"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the "
-"name of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the "
-"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no "
+"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be "
+"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
+"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name "
+"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the "
+"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no "
"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original "
"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the "
"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no "
"originales y por tanto sin diff), en función de los argumentos."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:295 dpkg-source.1:634
+#: dpkg-source.1:296 dpkg-source.1:635
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>"
msgstr "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:303
+#: dpkg-source.1:304
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
"operaciones de Libtool."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:315
+#: dpkg-source.1:316
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
-"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For "
+"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For "
"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you "
"don't have access permissions for commiting the debian control files and "
"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra "
"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig."
-"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will "
+"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will "
"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus "
"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use "
"the B<-i> switch."
"gz, a menos que utilice la opción B<-i>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:315 dpkg-source.1:638
+#: dpkg-source.1:316 dpkg-source.1:639
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-IE<lt>nombredeficheroE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:322
+#: dpkg-source.1:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude "
"para permitir la expulsión de varios nombres de fichero."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:322
+#: dpkg-source.1:323
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>"
msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> con B<-b>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:337
+#: dpkg-source.1:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source "
"se usa B<-sp> en lugar de B<-sk>, se eliminará de nuevo posteriormente."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:349
+#: dpkg-source.1:350
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a "
"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-"
-"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is "
-"used B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>"
+"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used "
+"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>"
msgstr ""
"Si se especifican B<-su> o B<-sr>, se espera que la fuente original sea un "
"directorio, por omisión I<paquete>B<->I<versióndeldesarrolladorppal>B<.orig> "
"usa B<-sr ,> B<dpkg-source eliminará dicho directorio tras la operación .>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:360
+#: dpkg-source.1:361
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source "
-"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the "
-"directory to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This "
-"option must be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a "
-"bad source archive will be generated."
+"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory "
+"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must "
+"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source "
+"archive will be generated."
msgstr ""
"Si se especifica B<-ss>, B<dpkg-source> esperará que la fuente original esté "
"disponible tanto como directorio como fichero tar. Usará el directorio para "
"generará un fichero fuente inválido."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:369
+#: dpkg-source.1:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, "
"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the "
-"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a "
+"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a "
"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs."
msgstr ""
"Si se especifica B<-sn>, B<dpkg-source> no buscará ninguna fuente original y "
"\"debianizantes\"."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:398
+#: dpkg-source.1:399
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original "
"es la opción predeterminada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:404
+#: dpkg-source.1:405
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
-"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
+"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
msgstr ""
"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> y B<-sr> no sobreescriben directorios o "
"B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> y B<-sR> en su lugar."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:404
+#: dpkg-source.1:405
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>"
msgstr "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> con B<-x>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:407
+#: dpkg-source.1:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
msgstr "En todos los casos cualquier árbol de fuentes original será eliminado."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:414
+#: dpkg-source.1:415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be "
-"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or "
+"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or "
"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is "
"the default."
msgstr ""
"omisión."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:417
+#: dpkg-source.1:418
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree."
msgstr "B<-su> desempaqueta el archivo de fuentes original."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:422
+#: dpkg-source.1:423
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current "
-"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current "
+"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current "
"directory is still removed."
msgstr ""
"B<-sn> se asegura de que la fuente original ni se copia al directorio actual "
"directorio actual es eliminado."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:427
+#: dpkg-source.1:428
msgid ""
"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one "
"only the last one will be used."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:427
+#: dpkg-source.1:428
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-GENCONTROL"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:430
+#: dpkg-source.1:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea de opción."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:430
+#: dpkg-source.1:431
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:437
+#: dpkg-source.1:438
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
"se desea generar información."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:437
+#: dpkg-source.1:438
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<-n>I<nombrefichero>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:442
+#: dpkg-source.1:443
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
"habitual, paquete_versión_arquitectura.deb."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:442
+#: dpkg-source.1:443
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:451
+#: dpkg-source.1:452
msgid ""
"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev "
"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:451
+#: dpkg-source.1:452
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>"
msgstr "B<-P>I<directoriocreaciónpaquete>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:464
+#: dpkg-source.1:465
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> "
"establecer la ruta del fichero de salida."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:464 dpkg-source.1:526
+#: dpkg-source.1:465 dpkg-source.1:527
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>"
msgstr "B<-O>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:474
+#: dpkg-source.1:475
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to "
"usó la opción B<-P>."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:474
+#: dpkg-source.1:475
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-SHLIBDEPS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:479
+#: dpkg-source.1:480
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
"B<-e>I<ejecutable>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:479
+#: dpkg-source.1:480
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-e>I<ejecutable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:483
+#: dpkg-source.1:484
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
"por I<ejecutable>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:483
+#: dpkg-source.1:484
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr "B<-d>I<campodependencia>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:489
+#: dpkg-source.1:490
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
">I<campodependencia>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:499
+#: dpkg-source.1:500
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after "
"omisión, el I<campodependencia> es B<Depends>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:507
+#: dpkg-source.1:508
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
"exceptuando aquel que contenga las dependencias más importantes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:507
+#: dpkg-source.1:508
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<prefijodevariable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:518
+#: dpkg-source.1:519
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of "
"será eliminada del fichero de variables de sustitución."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:518
+#: dpkg-source.1:519
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>"
msgstr "B<-L>I<ficherodeshlibslocal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:526
+#: dpkg-source.1:527
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency "
"shlibs.local>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:532
+#: dpkg-source.1:533
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, "
"sustitución (por omisión B<debian/substvars>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:532
+#: dpkg-source.1:533
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<paquete>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:541
+#: dpkg-source.1:542
msgid ""
"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information "
"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:541
+#: dpkg-source.1:542
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-GENCHANGES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:544
+#: dpkg-source.1:545
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea una opción."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:544
+#: dpkg-source.1:545
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>"
msgstr "B<-u>I<directoriosubidaficheros>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:555
+#: dpkg-source.1:556
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> "
"sus tamaños y sumas de verificación en el fichero B<.changes>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:555
+#: dpkg-source.1:556
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>"
msgstr "B<-q>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:563
+#: dpkg-source.1:564
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
"fuente de los paquetes se están subiendo. B<-q> suprime dichos mensajes."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:563
+#: dpkg-source.1:564
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES DE DPKG-BUILDPACKAGE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:566
+#: dpkg-source.1:567
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> no acepta ningún argumento que no sea una opción."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:566
+#: dpkg-source.1:567
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>"
msgstr "B<-k>I<llave-id>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:569
+#: dpkg-source.1:570
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages."
msgstr "Especifica una llave-ID que se usa cuando se firman los paquetes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:569
+#: dpkg-source.1:570
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr "B<-r>I<orden-para-obtener-root>"
# type: Plain text
#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs)
-#: dpkg-source.1:595
+#: dpkg-source.1:596
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
"caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:595
+#: dpkg-source.1:596
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<orden-para-firmar>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:620
+#: dpkg-source.1:621
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source "
"espacios ni tampoco caracteres especiales del intérprete de órdenes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:620
+#: dpkg-source.1:621
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-tc>"
msgstr "B<-tc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:626
+#: dpkg-source.1:627
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
"clean>) después de que el paquete se haya creado."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:626
+#: dpkg-source.1:627
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>"
msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:629
+#: dpkg-source.1:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively."
msgstr "No firma el paquete ni el fichero .changes, respectivamente."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:629
+#: dpkg-source.1:630
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a>I<arquitectura>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:634
+#: dpkg-source.1:635
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the "
"máquina."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:638
+#: dpkg-source.1:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr "Se pasa sin cambios a B<dpkg-source>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:643
+#: dpkg-source.1:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times."
msgstr ""
"Se pasa sin cambios a B<dpkg-source>. Puede repetirse en varias ocasiones."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:643
+#: dpkg-source.1:644
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>"
msgstr "B<-D>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:646
+#: dpkg-source.1:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied."
msgstr ""
"es satisfecha."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:646
+#: dpkg-source.1:647
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>"
msgstr "B<-d>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:649
+#: dpkg-source.1:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts."
msgstr "No revisa dependencias ni conflictos."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:649
+#: dpkg-source.1:650
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-nc>"
msgstr "B<-nc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:652
+#: dpkg-source.1:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)."
msgstr "No limpia las fuentes (implica -b)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:652
+#: dpkg-source.1:653
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS"
msgstr "ARGUMENTOS DE DPKG-DISTADDFILE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:658
+#: dpkg-source.1:659
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three "
-"non-option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<."
+"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-"
+"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<."
"changes> file."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-distaddfile> no acepta argumentos que no sean opciones comunes. Toma "
"prioridad para el fichero B<.changes.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:666
+#: dpkg-source.1:667
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
"lugar de ser relativo al directorio donde se ejecuta B<dpkg-distaddfile.>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:666
+#: dpkg-source.1:667
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS"
msgstr "ARGUMENTOS DE DPKG-PARSECHANGELOG"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:669
+#: dpkg-source.1:670
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option "
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> no acepta argumentos que no sean opciones comunes."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:669
+#: dpkg-source.1:670
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION"
msgstr "SUSTITUCIÓN DE VARIABLES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:679
+#: dpkg-source.1:680
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
"fichero de salida."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:686
+#: dpkg-source.1:687
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an "
-"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none "
-"are left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to "
-"look for more substitutions."
+"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are "
+"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look "
+"for more substitutions."
msgstr ""
"Una variable de sustitución tiene la forma B<${>I<nombre-de-variable>B<}>. "
"Los nombres de variable consisten en caracteres alfanuméricos, guiones y dos "
"sustituciones."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:693
+#: dpkg-source.1:694
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"After all the substitutions have been done each occurence of the string B<${}"
"símbolo B<$>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:706
+#: dpkg-source.1:707
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
+"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
-"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
+"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and "
"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
msgstr ""
"(comentarios) son ignorados."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:708
+#: dpkg-source.1:709
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:"
msgstr ""
"De manera adicional, las siguientes variables estándar están disponibles:"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:708
+#: dpkg-source.1:709
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Arch>"
msgstr "B<Arch>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:712
+#: dpkg-source.1:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)."
msgstr ""
"La arquitectura de construcción actual (de B<dpkg --print-architecture>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:712
+#: dpkg-source.1:713
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source-Version>"
msgstr "B<Source-Version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:715
+#: dpkg-source.1:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "The source package version (from the changelog file)."
msgstr "La versión del paquete fuente (del fichero de cambios)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:715
+#: dpkg-source.1:716
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
msgstr "B<Installed-Size>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:724
+#: dpkg-source.1:725
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
+"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of "
-"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
+"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
"debian/tmp> to find the default value."
msgstr ""
"El tamaño total de los ficheros del paquete instalado. Este valor se copia "
"usará B<du -k debian/tmp> para hallar el valor predeterminado."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:724
+#: dpkg-source.1:725
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
msgstr "B<Extra-Size>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:733
+#: dpkg-source.1:734
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
+"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
"B<Installed-Size> control file field."
"control."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:733
+#: dpkg-source.1:734
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
msgstr "B<F:>I<nombrecampo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:740
+#: dpkg-source.1:741
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the "
-"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
+"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
"on places where they are expanded explicitly."
msgstr ""
"El valor del campo de salida I<nombrecampo> (que debe darse siguiendo la "
"ningún efecto excepto en aquellos lugares donde se expandan explícitamente."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:740
+#: dpkg-source.1:741
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Format>"
msgstr "B<Format>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:750
+#: dpkg-source.1:751
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
-"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
+"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
"field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
msgstr ""
"El formato del fichero B<.changes> generado por esta versión de los scripts "
"campo B<Format> en el fichero B<.changes> cambiará igualmente."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:750
+#: dpkg-source.1:751
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:753
+#: dpkg-source.1:754
#, fuzzy
msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
msgstr ""
"Tab = Tabulador."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:753
+#: dpkg-source.1:754
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<campodedependencia>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:758
+#: dpkg-source.1:759
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
"- vea más arriba."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:758
+#: dpkg-source.1:759
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>"
msgstr "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:761
+#: dpkg-source.1:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "The upstream version of dpkg."
msgstr "La versión de desarrollador principal de dpkg."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:761
+#: dpkg-source.1:762
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:764
+#: dpkg-source.1:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "The full version of dpkg."
msgstr "La versión completa de dpkg."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:767
+#: dpkg-source.1:768
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
"asume un valor vacío."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:767
+#: dpkg-source.1:768
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHEROS"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:768
+#: dpkg-source.1:769
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/control>"
msgstr "B<debian/control>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:773
+#: dpkg-source.1:774
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
"paquetes binarios que puede producir."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:773
+#: dpkg-source.1:774
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
msgstr "B<debian/changelog>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:779
+#: dpkg-source.1:780
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
"número de versión de la fuente."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:779
+#: dpkg-source.1:780
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/files>"
msgstr "B<debian/files>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:792
+#: dpkg-source.1:793
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
"los datos de aquí cuando produce un fichero B<.changes>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:792
+#: dpkg-source.1:793
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
msgstr "B<debian/substvars>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:795
+#: dpkg-source.1:796
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
msgstr "Lista de variables de sustitución y sus valores."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:795
+#: dpkg-source.1:796
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>"
msgstr "B<debian/shlibs.local>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:798
+#: dpkg-source.1:799
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
"compartidas específicas del paquete."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:798
+#: dpkg-source.1:799
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>"
msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:801
+#: dpkg-source.1:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
"compartidas para cada sistema."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:801
+#: dpkg-source.1:802
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>"
msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:804
+#: dpkg-source.1:805
#, fuzzy
msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
"compartidas para cada sistema."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:804
+#: dpkg-source.1:805
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "FALLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:807
+#: dpkg-source.1:808
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
"ciertos parámetros de los campos de salida estándar, no está claro."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:814
+#: dpkg-source.1:815
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed "
-"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<"
+"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<"
"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers."
msgstr ""
"Las entradas de paquetes binarios en el fichero B<debian/files> pasan por la "
"versión."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:818
+#: dpkg-source.1:819
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and "
"root> y I<orden-para-firmar>."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:818
+#: dpkg-source.1:819
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:824
+#: dpkg-source.1:825
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(8), B<dselect>(8), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:824
+#: dpkg-source.1:825
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:826
+#: dpkg-source.1:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson."
msgstr ""
"Las herramientas y esta página del manual fueron escritas por Ian Jackson."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:826
+#: dpkg-source.1:827
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:828
+#: dpkg-source.1:829
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:830
+#: dpkg-source.1:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:836
+#: dpkg-source.1:837
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/"
+"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/"
"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"Esto es software libre, vea la Licencia Pública General de GNU en su versión "
"share/doc/dpkg/copyright> y B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más "
"detalles."
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-SOURCE"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-SOURCE"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "Enero de 2000"
+
# type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-split.1:2
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "23rd June 1996"
-msgstr "23 de Junio de 1996"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:13
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part part >..."
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<parte parte >..."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:17
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part part >..."
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<parte parte >..."
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:28
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package package >...]"
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquete paquete >...]"
# type: SH
msgid ""
"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
-"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
+"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
"discard> options allow the management of the queue."
msgstr ""
"También posee un modo automático, invocado con la opción B<--auto> , "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
-"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
+"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
msgstr ""
"Las partes que se proporcionen como argumento deben de ser todas las partes "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
-"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
+"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
"saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
msgstr ""
"Muestra información entendible por una persona acerca de la parte o las "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
msgstr ""
"Muestra información acerca de la licencia de B<dpkg-split> así como de su "
"falta de garantía. (La escritura americana B<--license> también se admite)."
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
-"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
+"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Especifica un directorio alternativo para las partes que se encuentran en la "
"cola esperando para ser reensambladas. Por omisión es B</var/lib/dpkg>."
#: dpkg-split.1:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
+"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
"The default is 450Kb."
msgstr ""
"Especifica el tamaño máximo de cada parte en kilobytes (1024 bytes). Por "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
-"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
+"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:236
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
+msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:250
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)"
+msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(8)"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-split.1:250
+#: dpkg-split.1:251
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-split.1:259
+#: dpkg-split.1:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
+"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/"
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/"
"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-split> Esta página de manual fue escrita por Ian Jackson. Es "
"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 del mismo y liberada bajo la Licencia Pública "
"General de GNU, NO hay ninguna garantía. Vea B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> y "
"B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> para más información."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "23rd June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "23 de Junio de 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
-msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
+msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride -- cambia el propietario y grupo de ficheros"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:6
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
-"E<lt>modeE<gt> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
+"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --add E<lt>usuarioE<gt> E<lt>grupoE<gt> "
"E<lt>modoE<gt> I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:8
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --remove I<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:10
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --list I<[E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [opciones] --list I<[E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>]>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:10
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:17
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:26
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell dpkg to use a different owner or mode "
"for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' here, "
"but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, "
-"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
+"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only "
"executable by a certain group."
msgstr ""
"ejecutables por un grupo en concreto."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> es una utilidad para administrar la lista de "
"excepciones."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:22
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--add E<lt>usuarioE<gt> E<lt>grupoE<gt> E<lt>modoE<gt> E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:29
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to "
"`B<#>' (por ejemplo B<#0> o B<#65534>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set "
"asigna inmediatamente el nuevo propietario y modo."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--remove E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--remove E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is "
"estado de B<E<lt>ficheroE<gt>>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--list [E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr "I<--list [E<lt>patrón-globalE<gt>]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
"con un código de salida igual a 1."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--force>"
+msgid "B<--force>"
msgstr "I<--force>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
"necesario para modificar una excepción existente."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--update>"
+msgid "B<--update>"
msgstr "I<--update>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists."
"es que existe."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "I<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
msgstr "Es menos explicativo a cerca de lo que realiza."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show version, copyright and usage information."
msgstr "Muestra la versión, copyright y modo de uso."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>"
msgstr "I<--admindir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:69
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is "
-"also stored. Defaults to /var/lib/dpkg."
+"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Cambia el directorio con la base de datos de dpkg donde también se guarda la "
"información relativa a statoverride. Por omisión es /var/lib/dpkg."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHEROS"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:60
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
"otros ficheros importantes para dpkg, como `status' o `available'."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
"extensión \"-old\" antes de reemplazarla con una nueva."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(8)"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: UR
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:77
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Esto es software libre; vea la versión 2 o posterior de la Licencia Pública "
"General GNU para condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía."
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "November 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
-msgstr "DPKG"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"I<No> deberían usarlo los encargados de paquetes para comprender el proceso "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"Hay bastante información útil sobre los paquetes disponibles accesible a "
"través de B<dpkg>. Esta información se divide en tres clases: B<estados>, "
#: dpkg.1:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"Vuelve a configurar un paquete que, al menos, esté desempaquetado. Si se dan "
#: dpkg.1:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"Actualiza la lista de paquetes disponibles de dpkg y dselect. Con la acción "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"Actualiza la idea que tienen B<dpkg> y B<dselect> de qué paquetes están "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"Busca paquetes que se hayan instalado sólo parcialmente. El programa B<dpkg> "
"sugerirá qué hacer con ellos para hacerlos funcionar."
#: dpkg.1:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr ""
"Establece las selecciones a unas determinadas, leyendo de la entrada "
#: dpkg.1:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
" Imprime información sobre el I<paquete>, sacada de I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"con B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr ""
"50."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"que dependía del borrado."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"Activar el modo de depuración. El parámetro I<octal> se forma uniendo los "
"valores de la siguiente lista mediante la operación I<or> a nivel de bits "
"B<-Dh> o B<--debug=help> muestran estos valores."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
" 2000 Montañas de parrafadas (perjudica la salud)\n"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<cosas> | B<--no-force->I<cosas> | B<--refuse->I<cosas>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"las describe. Las cosas marcadas con (*) se fuerzan por omisión."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"su sistema dejara de funcionar.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>: Activa (o desactiva) todas las opciones de forzar."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"selección a paquetes para borrarlos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"instalada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
"I<Aviso: actualmente dpkg no comprueba de ninguna manera las dependencias al "
"su sistema completo. Úselo con cuidado.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"sobre lo que depende el paquete."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr ""
"«hold» (mantener)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Borra un paquete, incluso si está roto y marcado como "
"de reinstalación requerida. Esto podría causar, por ejemplo, que algunas "
"partes del paquete quedaran en el sistema, pero B<dpkg> se olvidara de ellas."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"que use esta opción con cuidado."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr "B<depends>: Convierte todos los problemas de dependencias en avisos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
"dependencias."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"opción es peligrosa, dado que generalmente sobreescribirá algunos ficheros."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"peligroso porque no guarda los cambios (el borrado) hechos al fichero."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"la opción --force-confdef, en cuyo caso se toma la acción por omisión."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"omisión."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"cuyo caso se usará esta opción para tomar la decisión final."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobreescribe un fichero de un paquete con otro fichero."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite-dir>: Sobreescribe un directorio de un paquete con otro fichero."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
"una no desviada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr ""
"adecuada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
"bastante posible que haya problemas."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr "B<not-root>: Intentar la (des)instalación incluso si no se es root."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
"autenticidad."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquete>,..."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"abortar el proceso)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
"(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"construye el paquete. Es una opción de B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"cambiar nada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"act, ¡aunque probablemente usted esperara que no hiciera nada!)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"B<--unpack> y B<--avail>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"mismo que B<--refuse-downgrade>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"cambia a su vez B<instdir> a I<dir> y B<admindir> a I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"Procesa sólo los paquetes que se han elegido para la instalación. La marca "
"Por ejemplo, si se borra uno, se marcará como elegido para desinstalar."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"instalada."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
"Envía el estado del paquete al descriptor de fichero I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Puede "
"usarse varias veces. Las actualizaciones de estado tienen la forma «status: "
"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>»."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHEROS"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "Fichero de configuración con las opciones por omisión."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"ficheros."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "Lista de paquetes disponibles."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"Véase el apartado B<INFORMACIÓN SOBRE PAQUETES> para más información."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"Los siguientes ficheros son componentes de un paquete binario. Véase B<deb>"
"(5) para más información sobre éstos:"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "VARIABLES DE ENTORNO"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"intérprete de órdenes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr "El programa que ejecutará B<dpkg> cuando arranque el nuevo intérprete."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"Especifica el número de columnas que puede usar B<dpkg> para mostrar la "
"información. Por ahora sólo la usa la opción -l."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EJEMPLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr "Para listar los paquetes con «vi» en su nombre:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr ""
"Para ver las entradas en I</var/lib/dpkg/available> de varios paquetes:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "Para borrar un paquete instalado llamado «elvis»:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"Para instalar un paquete, primero hay que encontrarlo en la colección de "
"está en el apartado «editors»:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "Para hacer una copia local de los estados de la selección de paquetes:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mis_selecciones>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
msgstr "Se podría copiar este fichero a otra máquina e instalarlo allí con:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mis_selecciones>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
"Tenga en cuenta que esto no instalará ni borrará nada, simplemente "
"B<dselect> y elija «Instalar»."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), y B<dpkg-"
"reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr "FALLOS/RESTRICCIONES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr ""
"Normalmente, la opción B<--no-act> da menos información de la que necesita."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTORES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:621
+#: dpkg.1:620
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr ""
"El programador original de B<dpkg> fue Ian Jackson, y luego mucha gente fue\n"
"mejorándolo. La lista completa está en B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz>.\n"
"Traducción realizada por Esteban Manchado Velázquez (zoso@demiurgo.org).\n"
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "April 12, 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: SS
#: dselect.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT"
-msgstr "DSELECT"
+msgid "dselect"
+msgstr "select"
# type: TH
#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr "dselect - Interfaz del manipulador de paquetes Debian para consola."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:4
+#: dselect.1:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence "
-"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>fileE<gt>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] "
-"[--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
+"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] "
+"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-"
+"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> "
+"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]"
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directorioE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence "
"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>archivoE<gt>] "
"plano],[fondo][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:17
+#: dselect.1:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dselect>\n"
"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
-"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
+"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
" - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
" - Instalar nuevos paquetes o actualizarlos a nuevas versiones.\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:29
+#: dselect.1:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg(1)>, the low-level debian "
-"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
+"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
+"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
"recomendado es I<apt>, proporcionado por el paquete B<apt>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
-"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
-"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
+"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
+"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
+"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
"or show additional information about the program."
msgstr ""
"para mostrar información adicional acerca del programa."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:41
+#: dselect.1:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> "
"comienza con un B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:42
+#: dselect.1:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--admindir E<lt>directorioE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Changes the directory where the dpkg `status', `available' and similar files "
-"are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there shouldn't "
-"be any need to change it."
+"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
+"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
+"shouldn't be any need to change it."
msgstr ""
"Cambia el directorio donde el `estado', `disponible' y archivos similares de "
"dpkg están ubicados. Esto por defecto está en I</var/lib/dpkg> y "
"normalmente no debería cambiar."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--debug E<lt>fileE<gt> | -DE<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--debug E<lt>archivoE<gt> | -DE<lt>archivoE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"escogido."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--expert>"
msgstr "B<--expert>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
"molestos."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
+msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]"
msgstr "B<--colour | --color [parte de la pantalla]:[primer plano],[fondo][:attr[+attr+..]]]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:61
+#: dselect.1:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
"partes de la pantalla (desde arriba hacia abajo) son:"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:62
+#: dselect.1:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<title>"
msgstr "B<title>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "The screen title."
msgstr "El título de la pantalla."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<listhead>"
msgstr "B<listhead>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
msgstr "La línea de cabecera encima de la lista de paquetes."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr "B<list>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
msgstr "La lista de paquetes (y también otros textos de ayuda)."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<listsel>"
msgstr "B<listsel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selected item in the list."
msgstr "El elemento seleccionado en la lista."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstate>"
msgstr "B<pkgstate>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
"paquete."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
"seleccionado."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infohead>"
msgstr "B<infohead>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
msgstr "La línea de cabecera que muestra el estado del paquete seleccionado."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infodesc>"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package's short description."
msgstr "La descripción corta del paquete."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<info>"
msgstr "B<info>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
msgstr ""
"Usado para mostrar la información del paquete tal como la descripción de él."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infofoot>"
msgstr "B<infofoot>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
msgstr "La última línea de la pantalla cuando se seleccionan paquetes."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<query>"
msgstr "B<query>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used to display query lines"
msgstr "Usado para mostrar líneas de pregunta."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<helpscreen>"
msgstr "B<helpscreen>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:100
+#: dselect.1:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Color of help screens."
msgstr "Color de las pantallas de ayuda."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:105
+#: dselect.1:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
"estándares de la biblioteca curses."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
"underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
msgstr "Muestra un breve texto de ayuda y termina el programa."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--licence | --license>"
+msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
msgstr "B<--licence | --license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits "
"respecto a su licencia y termina el programa."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr "Muestra en pantalla la versión correspondiente y termina el programa."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:132
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr "USO"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of "
"con las siguientes opciones disponibles:"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "access"
msgstr "access"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:128
+#: dselect.1:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
msgstr ""
"Selecciona y configura un método de acceso para los depósitos de paquetes."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:134
+#: dselect.1:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, "
"multicd>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:136
+#: dselect.1:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
msgstr "El uso del método de acceso vía I<apt> es altamente recomendado."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:137
+#: dselect.1:148
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "update"
msgstr "update"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:139
+#: dselect.1:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
msgstr "Actualiza la lista disponible de paquetes."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:146
+#: dselect.1:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
-"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
+"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
-"
B<Packages> or B<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
-"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
+"
I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
+"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""
"Obtiene una lista de versiones disponibles de paquetes desde un depósito de "
"ellos, configurado por el método de acceso seleccionado, y actualiza la base "
"depósitos de paquetes, usando el programa B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:149
+#: dselect.1:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"interacción del usuario."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:150
+#: dselect.1:161
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "select"
msgstr "select"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:152
+#: dselect.1:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
msgstr ""
"Visualiza o maneja la selección de paquetes y sus respectivas dependencias."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:158
+#: dselect.1:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
-"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
+"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
+"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
-"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
+"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
"changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
msgstr ""
"Esta es la principal función de B<dselect>. En la pantalla de selección, el "
"sigue esos cambios a otros paquetes dependientes o conflictivos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:165
+#: dselect.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
-"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
+"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
-"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
-"B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
-"that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
+"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
+"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
+"the unresolved depends or conflicts."
msgstr ""
"Cuando hay un conflicto, o bien una dependencia falla, se muestra la "
"pantalla de resolución de dependencias. En esta pantalla, se muestra una "
"que de dejaron dependencias o conflictos sin resolver."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:168
+#: dselect.1:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
"la pantalla será explicada más abajo en el texto."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:169
+#: dselect.1:180
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "install"
msgstr "install"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:171
+#: dselect.1:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installs selected packages."
msgstr "Instala los paquetes seleccionados."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:177
+#: dselect.1:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
"marcados para ser eliminados"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:185
+#: dselect.1:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
-"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
-"problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
-"investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
-"bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://"
-"bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug(1)> or B<reportbug"
-"(1)>, if these are installed."
+"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
+"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
+"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
+"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian."
+"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
+"these are installed."
msgstr ""
"Si ocurre algún error durante la instalación, normalmente usted debería "
"ejecutar la instalación nuevamente. En la mayoría de los casos, los "
">, si es que están instalados, obviamente."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:192
+#: dselect.1:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
-"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer "
-"scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf(1)> "
-"library, allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
+"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
+"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, "
+"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
msgstr ""
"Los detalles de la instalación dependen de la implementación de el método de "
"acceso. La atención completa del usuario puede ser requerida durante la "
"manera una instalación mas flexible o también más automatizada."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:193
+#: dselect.1:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "config"
msgstr "config"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:195
+#: dselect.1:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
msgstr ""
"configurado."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:196
+#: dselect.1:207
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "remove"
msgstr "remove"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:198
+#: dselect.1:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
msgstr ""
"paquetes instalados que estén marcados para este proceso."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:199
+#: dselect.1:210
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "quit"
msgstr "quit"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:201
+#: dselect.1:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
msgstr "Salir de B<dselect>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:203
+#: dselect.1:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
msgstr "Termina el programa exitosamente (el código de error devuelto será 0)."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:204
+#: dselect.1:216
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Package selections management"
msgstr "Manejo de selecciones de paquetes"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:206
+#: dselect.1:218
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introducción"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:222
+#: dselect.1:234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
-"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
+"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
-"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
-"B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
-"only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
-"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
+"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
+"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
+"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
+"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
-"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg(1)> manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
+"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
"contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> expone directamente al administrador algunas de las posibles "
"Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:228
+#: dselect.1:240
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
-"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
+"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
"invoked with the B<'?'> key."
"obtenerse en cualquier momento mediante la tecla B<'?'>."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:229
+#: dselect.1:241
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Screen layout"
msgstr "Disposición de la pantalla"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:237
+#: dselect.1:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
-"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
+"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
-"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
+"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
"is displayed can be varied."
msgstr ""
"la parte de arriba de la pantalla. El tipo de detalle mostrado puede variar."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:240
+#: dselect.1:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
"pantalla igualmente dividida."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:241
+#: dselect.1:253
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Package details view"
msgstr "Detalles de la vista de paquetes."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:250
+#: dselect.1:262
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
-"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
+"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
"alternates between:\n"
" - the extended description\n"
" - the control information for the installed version\n"
" - la información de control de la versión disponible\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:254
+#: dselect.1:266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
"paquete."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:255
+#: dselect.1:267
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Packages status list"
msgstr "Lista de estado de los paquetes"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:260
+#: dselect.1:272
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
-"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
+"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
"and packages known from the available packages database."
msgstr ""
"La pantalla principal muestra una lista de todos los paquetes conocidos por "
"instalados en el sistema, y también los disponibles en los depósitos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:268
+#: dselect.1:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
"installed and available versions, the package name and its short "
-"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of "
-"the installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
+"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
+"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
msgstr ""
"breve o prolija. De forma breve, es la opción por defecto."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:274
+#: dselect.1:286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
"el estado actual del paquete, el segundo par con las selecciones del usuario."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:292
+#: dselect.1:304
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
-" Error flag: \n"
+" Error flag:\n"
" I<empty> no error\n"
" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
-" Installed state: \n"
+" Installed state:\n"
" I<empty> not installed;\n"
" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n"
" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
" B<n> paquete es nuevo y aún todavía necesita ser marcado.\n"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:293
+#: dselect.1:305
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
msgstr "Movimiento del cursor y de la pantalla"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:298
+#: dselect.1:310
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
"dependencias y conflictos pueden ser navegadas usando las siguientes teclas:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:315
+#: dselect.1:327
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n"
-" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down \n"
+" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n"
" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n"
" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n"
" B<^f> exhibe un carácter hacia la derecha\n"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:316
+#: dselect.1:328
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Searching and sorting"
msgstr "Buscando y clasificando"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:330
+#: dselect.1:342
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
+"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the "
"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
"subirá al principio y también revisará allí."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:337
+#: dselect.1:349
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The list sort order can be varied by pressing \n"
+"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
" alphabet available status\n"
" sección+prioridad disponible+sección estado+sección\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:340
+#: dselect.1:352
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
"orden alfabético."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:341
+#: dselect.1:353
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Altering selections"
msgstr "Alterando selecciones."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:350
+#: dselect.1:362
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The requested selection state of individual packages may be \n"
+"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
"altered with the following commands:\n"
" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n"
" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n"
" B<_> elimina y borra la configuración\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:354
+#: dselect.1:366
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"This will be further explained below."
msgstr ""
"Cuando los cambios resultan en una o más dependencias no satisfechas, o "
"abajo."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:359
+#: dselect.1:371
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
-"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
+"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
msgstr ""
"También es posible aplicar esas órdenes a grupos de selecciones de paquetes, "
"paquetes depende la configuración de la lista ordenamiento."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:365
+#: dselect.1:377
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
-"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
+"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
"operations are useful when applied to groups."
msgstr ""
"Se debe tomar el cuidado apropiado cuando se alteran largas listas de "
"e ir trantándolos uno a uno."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:366
+#: dselect.1:378
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
msgstr "Resolviendo problemas de dependencias y conflictos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:371
+#: dselect.1:383
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
msgstr ""
"Cuando el cambio resulta en una o más dependencias sin resolver o también en "
"informativa."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:378
+#: dselect.1:390
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
"problemas que causa el paquete seleccionado."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:384
+#: dselect.1:396
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency "
-"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
+"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
"suggestions made by B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"Cuando la sublista de paquete se exhibe inicialmente, B<dselect> podría ya "
"por B<dselect>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:392
+#: dselect.1:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
-"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
+"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
"nuevamente a los valores automáticos."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:393
+#: dselect.1:405
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
msgstr "Estableciendo las selecciones solicitadas"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:400
+#: dselect.1:412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
-"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
-"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
-"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
-"dependency resolution screen."
+"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
+"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
+"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
+"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
+"resolution screen."
msgstr ""
"Presionando la tecla B<enter>, la lista actual es aceptada. Si B<dselect> "
"detecta que no hay problemas, las nueves selecciones serán aceptadas. Sin "
"pantalla de resolución de dependencias."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:406
+#: dselect.1:418
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
-"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
-"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
+"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
+"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
"this unless you've read the fine print."
msgstr ""
"Para alterar una lista de selecciones que crea dependencias sin resolver o "
"haciendo."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:413
+#: dselect.1:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
-"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
+"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
"the last established settings."
msgstr ""
"volviendo así a la última configuración existente."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:414
+#: dselect.1:427
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "FALLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:419
+#: dselect.1:432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
"desarrolladores del kernel se han quejado."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:421
+#: dselect.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "The documentation is lacking."
msgstr "Carece de documentación"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:423
+#: dselect.1:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
msgstr "No hay ninguna opción de ayuda en el menú principal."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:425
+#: dselect.1:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
msgstr "La lista de paquetes disponibles no puede ser reducida."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:442
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
-"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not "
-"broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
+"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
+"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
msgstr ""
"Los otros métodos de acceso no tienen tanta calidad como el método que "
"proporciona apt, no implica que los otros no funcionen, sino que este último "
"es mucho mas flexible, lo cual lo hace ser mucho mas recomendable."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:443
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEÁSE TAMBIÉN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
msgstr ""
"normas de Debian."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:449
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTORES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:438
+#: dselect.1:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list "
"contribuidores puede ser leída ejecutando `dselect --license'."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:441
+#: dselect.1:456
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, "
"Josip Rodin, Joost kooij y finalmente traducida por Bruno Barrera C <bruno."
"barrera@igloo.cl>."
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DSELECT"
+#~ msgstr "DSELECT"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "July 2001"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
-msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
+msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
-msgstr "15 de marzo de 1997"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - para y arranca demonios del sistema"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<opciones> [B<-->] I<argumentos>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<opciones>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"encontrar distintos procesos del mismo demonio."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"al programa que se va a ejecutar."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
"Con B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> comprueba además la existencia del "
"los procesos han terminado."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
"Dese cuenta que a menos que se especifique B<--pidfile ,> B<start-stop-"
"daemon> se comporta similar a B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> buscará en "
"especificar un fichero-de-pid."
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<ejecutable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"Busca distintos procesos de este ejecutable (según B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe> )."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<fichero-de-pid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr "Comprueba si un procesos ha creado el fichero I<fichero-de-pid>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
"usuario> o I<uid>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupo>|I<gid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr "Cambia a I<grupo> o I<gid> cuando comienza el proceso."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nombre-proceso>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
">I<pid>B</stat>)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<señal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"parar (15 por omisión)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<tiempo-de-espera>|I<acción-programada>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"Junto con B<--stop>, especifica que B<start-stop-daemon> compruebe que el "
"decisión determinada por I<acción-programada .>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"espera> , donde I<señal> es la señal especificada por B<--signal>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"acción-programada para siempre si es necesario."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"con B<--signal> no se tendrá en cuenta."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"especifica, se usarán los argumentos dados con B<--exec>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"no hace nada."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"acción."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr "No muestra mensajes informativos, sólo muestra mensajes de error."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<nombre-usuario>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"grupo nobody )."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<directorio-raíz>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"chroot."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<directorio>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
"Efectua chdir a I<directorio> antes de empezar el proceso. Esto se hace "
"directorio raíz antes de empezar el proceso."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"no es factible añadir el código para que lo hagan por sí mismos."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<entero>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "Altera la prioridad del proceso antes de empezarlo."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"solamente es útil cuando se combina con la opción B<--background .>"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "Muestra mensajes informativos detallados."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr "Muestra la ayuda y luego termina."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr "Muestra la versión y luego termina."
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTORES"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"una versión previa de Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
msgstr ""
"Página del manual de Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, reformada "
"parcialmente por Ian Jackson."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "15th March 1997"
+#~ msgstr "15 de marzo de 1997"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. This man page is copyright 1997 Charles Briscoe-Smith
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
-msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+msgid "update-alternatives"
+msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "19 January 1998"
-msgstr "19 de Enero de 1998"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
"predeterminadas."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:12
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SINOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:19
+#: update-alternatives.8:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
"prioridad> [B<--slave> I<enlace nombre> I<camino>]..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:24
+#: update-alternatives.8:25
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--remove> I<nombre camino>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:29
+#: update-alternatives.8:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] .B --remove-all I<nombre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:33
+#: update-alternatives.8:34
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:38
+#: update-alternatives.8:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--auto> I<nombre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:43
+#: update-alternatives.8:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--display> I<nombre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:48
+#: update-alternatives.8:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--list> I<nombre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:53
+#: update-alternatives.8:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--config> I<nombre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opciones>] B<--set> I<nombre camino>"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:62
+#: update-alternatives.8:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"de los enlaces simbólicos que conforman el sistema de alternativas de Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:70
+#: update-alternatives.8:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"ha especificado ninguna preferencia."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:92
+#: update-alternatives.8:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
-"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system "
-"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> "
-"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until "
-"explicitly requested to do so."
+"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
+"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
+"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
+"to do so."
msgstr ""
"El objetivo del sistema de alternativas de Debian es resolver este "
"problema. Un nombre genérico en el sistema de ficheros se comparte entre "
"explícitamente."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:102
+#: update-alternatives.8:104
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
"razones de por qué esto es bueno."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:114
+#: update-alternatives.8:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"B<postinst> o B<prerm> de los paquetes de Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:133
+#: update-alternatives.8:135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"de I<enlaces .>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:141
+#: update-alternatives.8:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"administrador del sistema."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:150
+#: update-alternatives.8:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"grupo será cambiado automáticamente a modo manual."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:157
+#: update-alternatives.8:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
"miembros del grupo será la que tenga una prioridad más alta."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:174
+#: update-alternatives.8:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
-"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
+"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest "
"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for which of the choices to "
"use for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no "
"volver el grupo de enlaces al estado automático."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"opción I<--set> en su lugar (vea más abajo)."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:181
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr "TERMINOLOGÍA"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"específicos ayudará a entender su funcionamiento."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "generic name"
msgstr "nombre genérico"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"hace referencia a uno de los posibles ficheros con una función similar."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "symlink"
msgstr "enlace"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
"ningún significado especial. Puede ser ajustado por el administrador."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "alternative"
msgstr "alternativa"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"accesible a través de un nombre genérico usando el sistema de alternativas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr "directorio de alternativas"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr ""
"El directorio que contiene los enlaces, por omisión es I</etc/alternatives>."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr "directorio administrativo"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"alternatives> por omisión es I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr "grupo de enlaces"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr ""
"como un grupo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr "enlace maestro"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group "
"los enlaces del grupo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr "enlace esclavo"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link."
"Un enlace del grupo de enlaces controlado por el enlace maestro del grupo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr "modo automático Cuando un grupo de enlaces se encuentra en modo automático, el"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"alternativa con mayor prioridad para ese grupo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr "modo manual"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"alternativas no hará ningún cambio en la configuración del administrador."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:236
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EJEMPLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:243
+#: update-alternatives.8:247
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"manual asociada."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:249
+#: update-alternatives.8:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"configuración, use opción I<--display:>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:252
+#: update-alternatives.8:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "update-alternatives --display vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:258
+#: update-alternatives.8:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"orden como superusuario y luego seleccione un número de la lista:"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:261
+#: update-alternatives.8:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "update-alternatives --config vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:266
+#: update-alternatives.8:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"como superusuario haga:"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:269
+#: update-alternatives.8:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:270
+#: update-alternatives.8:275
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform "
"acción."
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES COMUNES"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:276
+#: update-alternatives.8:281
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr ""
"alternatives> está haciendo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet "
"todavía no esta implementada."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not "
"todavía no esta implementada."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-alternatives> "
"B<update-alternatives> )."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is (and give some usage "
"a su uso)."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directorio>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"directorio por omisión."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directorio>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"directorio por omisión."
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "ACCIONES"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:310
+#: update-alternatives.8:315
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."
msgstr "B<--install> I<gen enlace alt pri> [B<--slave> I<sgen senlace salt>] ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:325
+#: update-alternatives.8:330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name "
"slave> seguidas de sus argumentos."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's "
"los enlaces se actualizarán para apuntar a las nuevas alternativas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--set> I<nombre camino>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"su inclusión en scripts."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--remove> I<nombre camino>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
-"which I<name> could be linked.
If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
+"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or "
"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will "
"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently "
"de la alternativa."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "fB--remove-all I<nombre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
"I<nombre> es un nombre en el directorio de alternativas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr "B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
msgstr "Llama a B<--config> sobre todas las alternativas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<enlace>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this "
"apuntar a la alternativa instalada con una prioridad mayor."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--display> I<enlace>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master "
"la prioridad más alta instalada actualmente."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--list> I<enlace>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr "Muestra todos objetivos de un grupo de enlaces."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--config> I<enlace>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:406
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
-"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
+"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
"out of I<auto> mode."
msgstr ""
"Muestra las alternativas disponibles para un grupo de enlaces y permite a un "
"actualiza y se deshabilita el modo I<auto> en él."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:407
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHEROS"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:402
+#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"B<--altdir .>"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
"opción B<--admindir .>"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:421
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "ESTADO DE SALIDA"
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:415
+#: update-alternatives.8:422
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr "La acción requerida fue realizada con éxito."
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"acción requerida."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:428
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:437
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its "
"a usted no se lo parecen, por favor, avise de esto como un fallo."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:438
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "FALLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:432
+#: update-alternatives.8:441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, "
"al autor."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:446
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"implementación o bien en la documentación, por favor, avise."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:447
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:441
+#: update-alternatives.8:451
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
+"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
-"conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Update-alternatives de Debian es copyright 1995 de Ian Jackson. Es un "
"programa libre, vea la licencia GPL de GNU versión 2 o posterior para las "
"condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:445
+#: update-alternatives.8:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
-"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
+"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"Esta página del manual es copyright 1997/98 de Charles Briscoe-Smith. Es "
"documentación libre, vea la licencia GPL de GNU versión 2 o posterior para "
"las condiciones de copia. NO hay ninguna garantía."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
"cualquier sistema Debian."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:458
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEA ADEMÁS"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:449
+#: update-alternatives.8:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, el estándar sobre la jerarquía del sistema de ficheros."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "19 January 1998"
+#~ msgstr "19 de Enero de 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-04 10:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:1
+#: cleanup-info.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "CLEANUP-INFO"
-msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO"
+msgid "cleanup-info"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:1
+#: cleanup-info.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "November 1999"
-msgstr "novembre 1999"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:1
+#: cleanup-info.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:1
+#: cleanup-info.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:2
+#: cleanup-info.8:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:4
+#: cleanup-info.8:4
msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done"
msgstr ""
"cleanup-info - nettoie le désordre qui a pu être mis par un install-info "
"bogué"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:4
+#: cleanup-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:9
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] [I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
+"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] "
+"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
msgstr ""
"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] "
"[I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>]"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:12
+#: cleanup-info.8:15
msgid ""
"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus "
"install-info may have done. It gathers all sections with the same heading "
"les deux-points qui peuvent avoir été laissés."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:15
+#: cleanup-info.8:18
msgid ""
"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank "
"lines (in entries part only)."
"lignes blanches (dans les entrées seulement)."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:18
+#: cleanup-info.8:21
msgid ""
"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). "
"Order of entries within a section is preserved."
"en compte). L'ordre des entrées à l'intérieur des sections est préservé."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:26
msgid ""
"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be "
"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but "
"sauvegarder ce fichier avant d'utiliser ce script."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:24
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+#: cleanup-info.8:28
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:27
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully."
msgstr "Affiche un écran d'aide et se termine normalement."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:27
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--unsafe>"
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--unsafe>"
msgstr "I<--unsafe>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:30
+#: cleanup-info.8:34
msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options."
msgstr "Apporte quelques options supplémentaires qui peuvent être utiles."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:32
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>"
msgstr ""
"B<Attention : l'option « --unsafe » peut altérer un fichier qui était correct"
"\\ !>\""
# type: TP
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "I<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:39
msgid "Output version and exit successfully."
msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:36
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I</usr/info/dir or E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
+#: cleanup-info.8:41
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
msgstr "I</usr/info/dir ou E<lt>répertoireE<gt>/dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:44
msgid ""
"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" "
"suffix."
"porte le même nom suivi de « .lock »."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:47
msgid "Probably many."
msgstr "Beaucoup, sans doute."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:46
+#: cleanup-info.8:53
msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/cleanup-info.8:48
+#: cleanup-info.8:55
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est un logiciel libre ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence"
"\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de garantie."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "CLEANUP-INFO"
+#~ msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "November 1999"
+#~ msgstr "novembre 1999"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-04 11:36+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
-msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+#: deb-control.5:3
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "deb-control"
+msgstr "contrôle"
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:3
+#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "january 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:3
+#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Debian Project"
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
+#: deb-control.5:3
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian"
+msgstr "Debian Project"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:4
+#: deb-control.5:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr ""
"deb-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets Debian"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:9
msgid "control"
msgstr "contrôle"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:23
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields.
Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
+"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
+"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
"B<Description> field, see below)."
"B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "LES CHAMPS EXIGÉS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:22
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Package: >E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:25
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>nom du paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
"d'installation s'en servent pour produire les noms des paquets."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:26
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Version: >E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>chaîne pour la versionE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"trait d'union dans le numéro de la version originale."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:33
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:36
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>nom adresseE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"mis en paquet."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:38
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Description: >E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:41
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>description courteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:44
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>description longueE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:50
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines can be used as a "
"ligne blanche elle doit contenir un seul «\\ .\\ » avant cet espace."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "CHAMPS OPTIONNELS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:48
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:52
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"quelques catégories habituelles."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:53
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Priority: >E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:57
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>prioritéE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:61
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
"des priorités habituelles."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
"liste dans la version la plus récente du paquet B<debian-policy>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:67
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:71
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"pas utilisée)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:74
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:78
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
"scripts shell ou Perl, ainsi que la documentation sont dans ce cas."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:82
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Source: >E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:86
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>nom du sourceE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
"différence entre les deux noms."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:86
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:90
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
-"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
+"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will "
"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those "
"»."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:96
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:100
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"\\ »."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:103
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Recommends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:107
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
-"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
+"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""
"C'est la liste des paquets qu'on trouverait avec ce paquet dans toute "
"répertoriés dans le champ B<Recommends.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:114
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:115
+#: deb-control.5:119
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"parfaitement raisonnable."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:127
+#: deb-control.5:131
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
-"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
-"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
-"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', "
-"with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally "
-"followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
+"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
+"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
+"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
+"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
+"pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed "
+"by a version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""
"La syntaxe des champs B<Depends,> B<Pre-Depends,> B<Recommends,> et "
"B<Suggests> est une liste de groupes contenant des paquets successifs. "
"version entre parenthèses."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"ou égal, « E<lt>= » pour inférieur ou égal, et « = » pour égal à."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:133
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:137
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"le nom de l'autre paquet."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Replaces: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:145
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"possède aussi les mêmes fichiers que le paquet en conflit."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:149
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:153
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides: > E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:159
+#: deb-control.5:163
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
"à utiliser « | » comme séparateur de liste."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:178
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
-"package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
-"B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
-"can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
-"B<Replaces> fields."
+"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
+"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
+"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be "
+"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> "
+"fields."
msgstr ""
"La syntaxe des champs B<Conflicts,> B<Replaces> et B<Provides> est une liste "
"de noms de paquet, séparés par des virgules (et des espaces facultatifs). "
"champs B<Conflicts> et B<Replaces>."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPLE"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:196
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:201
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
-" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
+" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" ralentissent cependant le programme.)\n"
# type: SH
-#. .RE
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:198
+#: deb-control.5:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:207
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "january 2000"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-05 10:59+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/deb.5:1
+#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB"
-msgstr "DEB"
+msgid "deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/deb.5:1
+#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "janvier 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/deb.5:1
+#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/deb.5:1
+#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian"
msgstr "Debian"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb.5:2
+#: deb.5:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:4
+#: deb.5:4
msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
msgstr "deb - Format des paquets binaires Debian"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb.5:4
+#: deb.5:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:6
+#: deb.5:6
msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
msgstr "I<nom-du-fichier.deb>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb.5:6
+#: deb.5:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:12
+#: deb.5:12
msgid ""
"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all "
"ainsi que toutes les versions i386/ELF depuis la version 1.1.1elf."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:16
+#: deb.5:16
msgid ""
"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)."
"détails concernant le vieux format sont consultables dans B<deb-old>(5)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb.5:16
+#: deb.5:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT"
msgstr "FORMAT"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:21
+#: deb.5:21
msgid "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic number of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier est une archive B<ar> avec un numéro magique de B<!E<lt>archE<gt>."
">"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:31
+#: deb.5:31
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
-"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
+"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
"présence de nouvelles lignes, ainsi qu'à les ignorer s'il le faut."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:36
+#: deb.5:36
msgid ""
"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
"dernière), comme décrit ci-dessous."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:46
+#: deb.5:46
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz .> It is a gzipped tar "
"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain "
"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core "
-"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry "
-"for `B<.>', the current directory."
+"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for "
+"`B<.>', the current directory."
msgstr ""
"Le second membre requis est nommé B<control.tar.gz .> Il s'agit d'une "
"archive tar compressée grâce à gzip contenant les informations de contrôle "
"pour «\\ .\\ », le répertoire courant."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:50
+#: deb.5:50
msgid ""
"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz .> It contains the "
"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive."
"les fichiers de données sous forme d'une archive tar compressée grâce à gzip."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:61
+#: deb.5:61
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
-"should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members "
-"may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
-"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar."
-"gz> and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
+"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
+"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be "
+"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
+"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> "
+"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'."
msgstr ""
"Ces trois membres doivent apparaître dans cet ordre exact. Les "
"commençant par un underscore, «\\ _\\ »."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:67
+#: deb.5:67
msgid ""
"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
"before B<data.tar.gz> with names starting with something other than "
"incrémentation du numéro majeur de version."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/deb.5:67
+#: deb.5:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/deb.5:70
+#: deb.5:70
msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "janvier 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-04 14:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
-msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
+msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichier-control>]"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2001"
-msgstr "février 2001"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utililties"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
msgstr ""
"dpkg-checkbuilddeps - vérifier les dépendances et les conflits de "
"construction"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
-msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<control-file>]"
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<fichier-control>]"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
-"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
+"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme vérifie si les dépendances et les conflits de construction "
"différent de 0."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
+"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
"be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Normalement, le fichier B<debian/control> est lu, mais un autre fichier peut "
"être indiqué sur la ligne de commande."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<-B>"
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-B>"
msgstr "I<-B>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ignore Build-Depends-Indep lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
+"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
"built."
msgstr ""
"Ignore les lignes Build-Depends-Indep. À utiliser quand aucun paquet "
"indépendant d'une architecture ne sera construit."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
# type: UR
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
-msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est un logiciel libre. Voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence"
"\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a pas de garantie."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "February 2001"
+#~ msgstr "février 2001"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg svn 73\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-04 17:59+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DEB"
-msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+msgid "dpkg-deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "1st June 1996"
-msgstr "1 juin 1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "suite dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:2
+#: dpkg-deb.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:4
+#: dpkg-deb.1:4
msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
msgstr ""
"dpkg-deb - outil pour la manipulation des archives (.deb) des paquets Debian"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:4
+#: dpkg-deb.1:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:8
+#: dpkg-deb.1:8
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<archive>|I<répertoire>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:12
+#: dpkg-deb.1:12
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<fichier-control> ..]"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:16
+#: dpkg-deb.1:16
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<champ-control> ...]"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:20
+#: dpkg-deb.1:20
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:25
+#: dpkg-deb.1:25
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:29
+#: dpkg-deb.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive répertoire>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:33
+#: dpkg-deb.1:33
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B< --control> I<archive répertoire>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:36
+#: dpkg-deb.1:36
msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:36
+#: dpkg-deb.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:39
+#: dpkg-deb.1:39
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
msgstr ""
"renseignements sur les archives Debian"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:43
+#: dpkg-deb.1:43
msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
msgstr "B<dpkg> sert à installer ou à supprimer des paquets sur le système."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:53
+#: dpkg-deb.1:53
msgid ""
"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
"de B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> comprend que B<dpkg-deb> est appelé et le lance."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:53
+#: dpkg-deb.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTION OPTIONS"
msgstr "ACTION OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:54
+#: dpkg-deb.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>"
msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:66
+#: dpkg-deb.1:66
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
-"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
+"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""
"contrôle du paquet binaire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:72
+#: dpkg-deb.1:72
msgid ""
"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. "
"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
"B<dpkg-deb> passe cette option à gzip."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:84
+#: dpkg-deb.1:84
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
-"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and "
-"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
-"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
-"B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
+"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
+"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
+"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
+"control information directory."
msgstr ""
"À moins de préciser B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> lit B<DEBIAN/control> et "
"l'analyse. Il cherche les erreurs de syntaxe et d'autres problèmes existants"
"fichiers qu'il trouve dans le répertoire de contrôle B<DEBIAN>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:91
+#: dpkg-deb.1:91
msgid ""
"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
"the file I<directory>B<.deb>."
"I<répertoire>B<.deb>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:93
+#: dpkg-deb.1:93
msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
msgstr "Si l'archive qui doit être créée existe déjà, elle est remplacée."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:109
+#: dpkg-deb.1:109
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
-"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
+"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""
"du paquet pour connaître le nom de fichier à utiliser)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:109
+#: dpkg-deb.1:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:112
+#: dpkg-deb.1:112
msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur une archive de paquet binaire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:117
+#: dpkg-deb.1:117
msgid ""
"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
"the contents of the package as well as its control file."
"du paquet ainsi que son fichier «\\ control\\ » sont affichés."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:125
+#: dpkg-deb.1:125
msgid ""
"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
"code égal à 2."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:125
+#: dpkg-deb.1:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:131
+#: dpkg-deb.1:131
msgid ""
"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
"by the B<--showformat> argument."
"le format spécifié par l'argument B< --showformat>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:137
+#: dpkg-deb.1:137
msgid ""
"This argument is a string that may reference any status field using the "
"\"${I<field-name>}\" form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced "
"produite avec l'option B<-I> sur le même paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:139
+#: dpkg-deb.1:139
msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"."
msgstr "Par défaut, la valeur de ce champ est ${Package}\\et${Version}\\en."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:139
+#: dpkg-deb.1:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:142
+#: dpkg-deb.1:142
msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
msgstr ""
"Extrait les renseignements du fichier «\\ control\\ » de l'archive du paquet "
"binaire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:146
+#: dpkg-deb.1:146
msgid ""
"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole "
"control file."
"control\\ » est affiché en entier."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:155
+#: dpkg-deb.1:155
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
-"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
+"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""
"nom de son champ (puis par un «\\ deux-points\\ » et une espace)."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:157
+#: dpkg-deb.1:157
msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
msgstr "L'absence des champs demandés ne provoque pas de message d'erreur."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:157
+#: dpkg-deb.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>"
msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:163
+#: dpkg-deb.1:163
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
-"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
+"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""
"Liste seulement l'arborescence des fichiers d'une archive de paquet. C'est "
"d'énumération verbeuse."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:163
+#: dpkg-deb.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"
msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:167
+#: dpkg-deb.1:167
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
"directory."
"Extrait l'arborescence d'une archive de paquet dans le répertoire spécifié."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:172
+#: dpkg-deb.1:172
msgid ""
"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, "
"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs."
"message, à moins qu'une erreur survienne."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:178
+#: dpkg-deb.1:178
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
-"correct installation ! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
+"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""
"Il faut remarquer que l'extraction d'un paquet dans le répertoire root I<ne "
"produit pas> une installation correcte\\ ! Utilisez B<dpkg> pour "
"l'installation des paquets."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:181
+#: dpkg-deb.1:181
msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
msgstr ""
"I<répertoire> est créé si nécessaire (mais pas ses répertoires parents)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:181
+#: dpkg-deb.1:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:189
+#: dpkg-deb.1:189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
-"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
+"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
msgstr ""
"Extrait les données de l'arborescence d'une archive de paquet et les envoie "
"fichier précis d'une archive de paquet."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:189
+#: dpkg-deb.1:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:193
+#: dpkg-deb.1:193
msgid ""
"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
"specified directory."
"spécifié."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:197
+#: dpkg-deb.1:197
msgid ""
"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
"directory is used."
"B<DEBIAN> du répertoire actuel."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:200
+#: dpkg-deb.1:200
msgid ""
"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
msgstr ""
"parents)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:200
+#: dpkg-deb.1:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:205
+#: dpkg-deb.1:205
msgid ""
"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
"their uses."
"Affiche l'aide de B<dpkg-deb> qui résume la manière d'utiliser ses options."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:205
+#: dpkg-deb.1:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:210
+#: dpkg-deb.1:210
msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version de B<dpkg-deb>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:210
+#: dpkg-deb.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--licence>"
msgstr "B<--licence>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:217
+#: dpkg-deb.1:217
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
msgstr ""
"Affiche des renseignements sur le copyright de B<dpkg-deb> et l'absence de "
"garantie. (On peut utiliser l'écriture américaine B<--license.>)"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:217
+#: dpkg-deb.1:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
msgstr "AUTRES OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:218
+#: dpkg-deb.1:218
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new>"
msgstr "B<--new>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:223
+#: dpkg-deb.1:223
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
+"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"S'assure que B<dpkg-deb> construit une archive avec le «\\ nouveau\\ » "
"format. C'est le comportement par défaut."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:223
+#: dpkg-deb.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:231
+#: dpkg-deb.1:231
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive "
-"format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its "
-"only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older "
-"than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
+"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
+"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
+"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
+"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
msgstr ""
"Oblige B<dpkg-deb> à construire une archive avec l'«\\ ancien\\ » format. Ce "
"format, moins facilement compris par les outils non-Debian, est maintenant "
"\\ »."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:231
+#: dpkg-deb.1:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:237
+#: dpkg-deb.1:237
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
-"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
+"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""
"Empêche les vérifications normales de B<dpkg-deb --build> quant au contenu "
"proposé d'une archive. De cette façon, on peut construire n'importe quelle "
"archive, aussi défectueuse soit-elle."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:237
+#: dpkg-deb.1:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:240
-msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
+#: dpkg-deb.1:240
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr "Permet les messages de débogage. Ce n'est pas très intéressant."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:240
+#: dpkg-deb.1:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:245
+#: dpkg-deb.1:245
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paquet1>B<.deb> I<paquet2>B<.deb> se trompe."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:249
+#: dpkg-deb.1:249
msgid ""
"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
"straightforward checksum."
"de simple somme de contrôle."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:256
+#: dpkg-deb.1:256
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software ! You must use "
+"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""
"enregistrés."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:256
+#: dpkg-deb.1:256
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:261
+#: dpkg-deb.1:261
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:261
+#: dpkg-deb.1:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-deb.1:270
+#: dpkg-deb.1:269
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
-"Copyright (C)1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</"
+"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</"
"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson. Le "
"copyright (C) date de 1995-1996 et ils ont paru sous la licence «\\ GNU "
"General Public Licence\\ »\\ ; il n'y a PAS de garantie. Voyez B</usr/share/"
"doc/dpkg/copyright> et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> pour des précisions."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "1st June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "1 juin 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-04 21:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DIVERT"
-msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT"
+msgid "dpkg-divert"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "December 1999"
-msgstr "décembre 1999"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:2
+#: dpkg-divert.8:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:4
+#: dpkg-divert.8:4
msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
msgstr ""
"dpkg-divert - remplacer la version d'un fichier contenu dans un paquet."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:4
+#: dpkg-divert.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:8
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] [--add] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] [--add] I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:12
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:15
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:17
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --list I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:20
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --list I<E<lt>motif-de-rechercheE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:21
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --truename I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --truename I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:22
+#: dpkg-divert.8:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:30
+#: dpkg-divert.8:34
msgid ""
"File `diversions' are a way of forcing dpkg not to install a file into its "
"location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used through the "
"Dpkg."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and "
-"listing diversions. The options are --add, --remove, and --list, "
+"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, "
"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted "
-"file with --truename. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
+"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-divert> sert à créer et à mettre à jour la liste des détournements. "
"Il possède trois modes élémentaires - l'ajout, la suppression et le listage "
"truename. On peut indiquer d'autres options (voyez la liste ci-dessous)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:38
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:43
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--admindir E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:41
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set the dpkg data directory to E<lt>directoryE<gt> (default: /var/lib/dpkg)."
+"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/"
+"dpkg>)."
msgstr ""
"Définit le répertoire de données de Dpkg comme E<lt>répertoireE<gt> (par "
"défaut c'est /var/lib/dpkg)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:41
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--divert E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--divert E<lt>détourner-dansE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:44
-msgid "E<lt>divert-toE<gt> is the name used by other packages' versions."
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions."
msgstr ""
"E<lt>détourner-dansE<gt> est le nom utilisé pour les autres versions des "
"paquets."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:44
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:47
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
msgid ""
"Output the version and the short usage instructions, and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
"Affiche la version, quelques instructions d'aide, et se termine normalement."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:47
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--local>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--local>"
msgstr "I<--local>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:50
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted."
msgstr "Indique que toutes les versions des paquets sont détournées."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:50
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--package E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--package E<lt>paquetE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:53
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"E<lt>packageE<gt> is the name of a package whose copy of E<lt>fileE<gt> will "
-"not be diverted."
+"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of "
+"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted."
msgstr ""
"E<lt>paquetE<gt> est le nom du paquet dont la copie de E<lt>fichierE<gt> ne "
"sera pas détournée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:53
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "I<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:56
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
msgstr "Mode silencieux, pas de bavardage."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:56
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--rename>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr "I<--rename>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:60
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
msgid ""
"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in "
"case the destination file already exists."
"divert interrompt l'opération."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:60
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--test>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "I<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:63
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
msgstr "Mode de test, ne rien modifier réellement, seulement montrer."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:63
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "I<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:72
msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully."
msgstr "Affiche le nom du programme et sa version puis se termine normalement."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "NOTES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:69
+#: dpkg-divert.8:77
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When adding, default is --local and --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib. "
-"When removing, --package or --local and --divert must match if specified."
+"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>."
+"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must "
+"match if specified."
msgstr ""
"Pour l'ajout, le défaut est --local et --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib. "
"Pour la suppression, --package ou --local et --divert doivent correspondre "
"quand ils sont précisés."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:71
-msgid "Directories can't be diverted with dpkg-divert."
+#: dpkg-divert.8:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
msgstr "On ne peut pas détourner des répertoires avec dpkg-divert."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:85
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, ldconfig (8) creates a "
-"symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. Because "
-"ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a diverted library has "
-"the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may end up pointing at the "
-"diverted library."
+"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig> (8) "
+"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
+"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a "
+"diverted library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may "
+"end up pointing at the diverted library."
msgstr ""
"Il faut faire attention quand une bibliothèque partagée est détournée. "
"ldconfig(8) crée un lien symbolique à partir du champ DT_SONAME embarqué "
"sur la bibliothèque détournée."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:80
+#: dpkg-divert.8:89
msgid ""
"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example.foo> to I</usr/bin/example>, "
"performing the rename if required:"
"example>, il faut modifier le nom si c'est demandé\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:82
+#: dpkg-divert.8:91
msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example --rename /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example --rename /usr/bin/example.foo"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:84 ../C/dpkg-divert.8:94
+#: dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-divert.8:103
msgid "To remove that diversion:"
msgstr "Pour supprimer ce détournement\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:86
+#: dpkg-divert.8:95
msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example.foo"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:90
+#: dpkg-divert.8:99
msgid ""
"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
"bin/example.foo>, sauf votre propre paquet I<wibble>\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:92
+#: dpkg-divert.8:101
msgid ""
"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
"example"
"example"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:105
msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:97
+#: dpkg-divert.8:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:102
+#: dpkg-divert.8:112
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
"fichiers importants comme «\\ status\\ » ou «\\ available\\ »."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:115
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Note: dpkg-divert preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-old"
-"\", before replacing it with the new one."
+"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-"
+"old\", before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""
"Note : dpkg-divert préserve l'ancienne copie de ce fichier, avec l'extension "
"«\\ -old\\ », avant de la remplacer par la nouvelle."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:109
+#: dpkg-divert.8:120
msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-divert.8:111
+#: dpkg-divert.8:122
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est un logiciel libre ; voyez la « GNU General Public Licence » "
"version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de garantie."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DIVERT"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "December 1999"
+#~ msgstr "décembre 1999"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-18 16:24+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. dpkg-name and this manpage are Copyright 1995,1996 by Erick Branderhorst.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:6
+#: dpkg-name.1:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-name"
msgstr "dpkg-name"
#. dpkg-name and this manpage are Copyright 1995,1996 by Erick Branderhorst.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:6
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+#: dpkg-name.1:6
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "11-02-2006"
# type: TH
#. dpkg-name and this manpage are Copyright 1995,1996 by Erick Branderhorst.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:6
+#: dpkg-name.1:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
#. dpkg-name and this manpage are Copyright 1995,1996 by Erick Branderhorst.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:6
+#: dpkg-name.1:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:7
+#: dpkg-name.1:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:9
+#: dpkg-name.1:9
msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
msgstr "dpkg-name - redonne aux paquets Debian leur nom complet"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:9
+#: dpkg-name.1:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir [dir]] [-"
-"c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-k|--symlink] [-"
-"[--] [files]"
+"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--"
+"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--"
+"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir [rep]] [-"
"c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-k|--symlink] [-"
"[--] [fichiers]"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:25
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
msgid ""
"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy "
"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
"originale\\ » qui peuvent ou non être suivies d'un trait d'union et "
"d'informations sur la révision."
-# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:25
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "EXAMPLES"
-msgstr "EXEMPLES"
-
-# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:26
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
-msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:31
-msgid ""
-"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
-"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
-"of `bar-foo.deb')."
-msgstr ""
-"Le nom du fichier «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ » devient «\\ bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb\\ » "
-"ou quelque chose de similaire suivant les renseignements que contient la "
-"partie de contrôle de «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ »."
-
-# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:31
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
-msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:36
-msgid ""
-"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
-"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
-"architecture information."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette commande redonne leur nom complet à tous les fichiers qui se trouvent "
-"dans le répertoire /root/debian et ses sous-répertoires et qui possèdent une "
-"extension «\\ deb\\ », mais supprime l'information sur l'architecture."
-
-# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:36
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
-msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:42
-msgid ""
-"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
-"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
-msgstr ""
-"B<Ne faites pas ça !> L'archive sera complètement gâchée par des paquets qui "
-"ne possèdent pas d'informations sur la section. B<Ne faites pas ça !>"
-
-# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:42
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
-msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:45
-msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
-msgstr ""
-"On peut se servir de cette commande lors de la construction d'un nouveau "
-"paquet."
-
# type: SS
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:45
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:46
+#: dpkg-name.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
msgstr "Le nom du fichier n'aura pas l'information sur l'architecture."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k, --symlink>"
msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
msgstr "Faire un lien symbolique plutôt qu'une création de fichier."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>"
msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:56
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
msgid ""
"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
"destination filename."
"destination."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:56
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-s, --subdir [dir]>"
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]"
msgstr "B<-s, --subdir [rep]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
msgid ""
"Files will be moved into subdir. If directory given as argument exists the "
"files will be moved into that direcotory otherswise the name of the target "
"cette option avec soin\\ : elle est compliquée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>"
msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
msgid ""
"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory "
"isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>"
"soin.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h, --help>"
msgstr "B<-h, --help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully."
msgstr "Affiche une aide et se termine normalement."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v, --version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l, --license>"
msgstr "B<-l, --license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
msgid ""
"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and "
"exit successfully."
"référence à GNU), puis se termine normalement."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EXEMPLES"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:72
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
+msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+msgid ""
+"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
+"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
+"of `bar-foo.deb')."
+msgstr ""
+"Le nom du fichier «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ » devient «\\ bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb\\ » "
+"ou quelque chose de similaire suivant les renseignements que contient la "
+"partie de contrôle de «\\ bar-foo.deb\\ »."
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
+msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+msgid ""
+"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
+"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
+"architecture information."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette commande redonne leur nom complet à tous les fichiers qui se trouvent "
+"dans le répertoire /root/debian et ses sous-répertoires et qui possèdent une "
+"extension «\\ deb\\ », mais supprime l'information sur l'architecture."
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
+msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+msgid ""
+"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
+"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<Ne faites pas ça !> L'archive sera complètement gâchée par des paquets qui "
+"ne possèdent pas d'informations sur la section. B<Ne faites pas ça !>"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
+msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
+msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
+msgstr ""
+"On peut se servir de cette commande lors de la construction d'un nouveau "
+"paquet."
+
+# type: SH
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
msgid ""
"Some packages don't follow the name structure "
"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages "
"systèmes d'installation aient besoin de cette organisation."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."
"B<xargs>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-name.1:102
+#: dpkg-name.1:110
msgid ""
"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see "
"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-18 16:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:1
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-query"
msgstr "dpkg-query"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "11-02-2006"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:1
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:1
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "suite dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:2
+#: dpkg-query.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:4
+#: dpkg-query.1:4
msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
msgstr "dpkg-query - Un outil pour interroger la base de données de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:5
+#: dpkg-query.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:9
+#: dpkg-query.1:9
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:13
+#: dpkg-query.1:13
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:17
+#: dpkg-query.1:17
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<nom-paquet> ..."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:21
+#: dpkg-query.1:21
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<nom-paquet> ..."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:25
+#: dpkg-query.1:25
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<motif-de-recherche> ..."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:29
+#: dpkg-query.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<nom-paquet> ..."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:32
+#: dpkg-query.1:32
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:35
+#: dpkg-query.1:35
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:36
+#: dpkg-query.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:39
+#: dpkg-query.1:39
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
"B<dpkg> database."
"connus par la base de données de B<dpkg>."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:40
+#: dpkg-query.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr "COMMANDES"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:41
+#: dpkg-query.1:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<nom-paquet-motif> ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:49
+#: dpkg-query.1:49
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
-"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
+"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
"are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have "
"to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing "
"filename expansion. For example this will list all package names starting "
"commence par «\\ libc6\\ » seront affichés par la commande\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:53
+#: dpkg-query.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:59
+#: dpkg-query.1:59
msgid ""
"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
"une possible configuration de ce format."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:59
+#: dpkg-query.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<nom-paquet-motif>..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:66
+#: dpkg-query.1:66
msgid ""
"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
"installée, séparé par une tabulation."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:66
+#: dpkg-query.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<nom-paquet> ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:70
+#: dpkg-query.1:70
msgid ""
"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the "
"installed package status database."
"la base de données concernant les états des paquets installés."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:70
+#: dpkg-query.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<paquet> ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:75
+#: dpkg-query.1:75
msgid ""
"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note "
"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed."
"particuliers au paquet ne sont pas affichés."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:75
+#: dpkg-query.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<motif-de-recherche> ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:81
+#: dpkg-query.1:81
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars "
-"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
+"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives."
msgstr ""
"Recherche un nom de fichier dans les paquets installés. On peut utiliser "
"responsable de paquet, ni les alternatives."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:81
+#: dpkg-query.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>"
msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<paquet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:85
+#: dpkg-query.1:85
msgid ""
"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/"
"available>."
"dans le fichier I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:85
+#: dpkg-query.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>"
msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:88
+#: dpkg-query.1:88
msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
msgstr "Affiche des renseignements sur la licence et le copyright."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:88
+#: dpkg-query.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:91
+#: dpkg-query.1:91
msgid "Display version information."
msgstr "Affiche des renseignements sur la version."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:92
+#: dpkg-query.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:93
+#: dpkg-query.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir>=I<dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:97
+#: dpkg-query.1:97
msgid ""
"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
"lib/dpkg>."
"c'est I</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:97
+#: dpkg-query.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>"
msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:102
+#: dpkg-query.1:102
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
-"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
+"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
msgstr ""
"Cette option sert à spécifier le format de sortie de l'option B<--show>. Ce "
"format est une chaîne pour chaque paquet listé."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:104
+#: dpkg-query.1:104
msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:"
msgstr "Dans la chaîne, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq déspécifie le caractère"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:110
+#: dpkg-query.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<\\en> newline\n"
" B<\\et> tabulation\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:115
+#: dpkg-query.1:115
msgid ""
"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning "
"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<"
"\\(rq."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:121
+#: dpkg-query.1:121
msgid ""
"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. "
"suivants sont reconnus\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:152
+#: dpkg-query.1:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<Architecture>\n"
" B<Version>\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:157
+#: dpkg-query.1:157
msgid ""
"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. To "
"get the name of the dpkg maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
"exécutez par exemple :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:161
+#: dpkg-query.1:161
#, no-wrap
msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:163
+#: dpkg-query.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:164
+#: dpkg-query.1:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:168
+#: dpkg-query.1:168
msgid ""
"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the "
"width of its output."
"modifiant la largeur d'affichage."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:169
+#: dpkg-query.1:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:171
+#: dpkg-query.1:171
msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: UR
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:171
+#: dpkg-query.1:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:173
+#: dpkg-query.1:173
msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:177
+#: dpkg-query.1:177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est un logiciel libre ; voyez la licence publique générale du "
"projet GNU version 2 ou supérieure pour les droits de copie. Il n'y a PAS de "
"garantie."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:178
+#: dpkg-query.1:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-query.1:180
+#: dpkg-query.1:180
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-05 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
-msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+msgid "dpkg-scanpackages"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. This manpage is copyright (C) 1996 Michael Shields <shields@crosslink.net>.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, no-wrap
-msgid "1996-07-08"
-msgstr "08-07-1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. This manpage is copyright (C) 1996 Michael Shields <shields@crosslink.net>.
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de Dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:17
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:19
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19
msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages files"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - créer des fichiers «\\ Packages\\ »"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:20
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:30
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>archE<gt>>] [I<-m>] I<binarydir> "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> "
"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>archE<gt>>] [I<-m>] I<rep-de-"
"binaires> I<fichier-d'-override> [I<chemin-à-préfixer>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:31
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:42
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:42
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
"creates a Packages file, used by B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the user what "
-"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
-"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
+"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
+"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
"scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to install on "
"a cluster of machines."
msgstr ""
"ensemble de machines, on peut se servir soi-même de B<dpkg-scanpackages>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:49
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:49
msgid ""
"I<binarydir> is the name of the binary tree to process (for example, "
"B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the root of "
"\\ » dans le nouveau fichier «\\ Packages\\ » commencera par cette chaîne."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:53
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:53
msgid ""
"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below."
"dessous."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:56
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:56
msgid ""
"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
msgstr ""
"Filename\\ »."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:60
-msgid "If I<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
msgstr ""
"Si l'option I<-u> est spécifiée, la commande recherche des *.udeb au lieu de "
"*.deb."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:63
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:63
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When -aI<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
+"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used."
msgstr ""
"Quand -aI<E<lt>archE<gt>> est spécifiée, la commande ne recherche pas tous "
"*_arch.deb."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:69
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:69
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this "
-"behaviour with the I<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
+"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
"in the output."
msgstr ""
"S'il existe plusieurs versions d'un paquet, seule la plus récente est "
"seront affichés en sortie."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:70
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE"
msgstr "LE FICHIER « OVERRIDE »"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:76
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:76
msgid ""
"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the "
"se trouvent dans le fichier «\\ override\\ »."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:80
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
+"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"Les éléments du fichier «\\ override\\ » sont séparés simplement par un "
"espace. Les commentaires commencent par un caractère B<«\\ #\\ »>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:86
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:86
msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]"
msgstr "I<paquet> I<priorité> I<section> [I<responsable>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
+"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
"packages not found in the binary tree are ignored."
msgstr ""
"I<paquet> est le nom du paquet. Les entrées du fichier «\\ override\\ » "
"concernant des paquets qui ne sont pas dans l'arborescence sont ignorées."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:100
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:100
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these "
-"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
+"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>."
msgstr ""
"Les éléments I<priorité> et I<section> placent le paquet dans l'arborescence"
"compare avec le contenu de I<section>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:108
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:108
msgid ""
"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an "
"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> "
"responsable."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:113
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:113
msgid ""
"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
"miroirs Debian."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:114
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:120
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:120
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
"peuvent pas s'appliquer."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:121
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-scanpackages.1:124
+#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:124
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "1996-07-08"
+#~ msgstr "08-07-1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg.1\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-20 21:00+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-20 21:17+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-source.1:2
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SOURCE"
-msgstr "DPKG-SOURCE"
+msgid "dpkg-source"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-source.1:2
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "janvier 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
"pour les paquets source."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:7
+#: dpkg-source.1:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:11
+#: dpkg-source.1:12
msgid "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc> [I<output-directory>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-source> B<-x >I<fichier.dsc> [I<répertoire-de-sortie>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:14
+#: dpkg-source.1:15
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source -b> [I<options>] I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-"
"targz>|'']"
"targz |'']"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:17
+#: dpkg-source.1:18
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:20
+#: dpkg-source.1:21
msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> I<options>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:23
+#: dpkg-source.1:24
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:26
+#: dpkg-source.1:27
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:29
+#: dpkg-source.1:30
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< fichier section priorité>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:32
+#: dpkg-source.1:33
msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:32
+#: dpkg-source.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:35
+#: dpkg-source.1:36
msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaquète ou dépaquète une archive source Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:41
+#: dpkg-source.1:42
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
"une entrée pour ce paquet binaire dans B<debian/files>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:67
+#: dpkg-source.1:68
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
-"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
+"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:"
-">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. "
-"Any other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-"
+">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any "
+"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file. B<dpkg-"
"shlibdeps> will read shared library dependency information from B<debian/"
"shlibs.local>, B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>, the B<shlibs> control area file "
"of the package containing the file which B<objdump> reports as satisfying "
"the library dependency, or B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>. The first match "
-"will be used. See B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1) for details of the format of shared "
+"will be used. See B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1) for details of the format of shared "
"library dependency files."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcule, pour les exécutables nommés dans ses arguments, "
"bibliothèques partagées."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:73
+#: dpkg-source.1:74
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
"l'archive Debian (c'est le fichier B<.changes>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:77
+#: dpkg-source.1:78
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a control script which can be used to help automate "
"the building of a package."
"construction automatique d'un paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:81
+#: dpkg-source.1:82
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-distaddfile> ajoute une entrée pour un fichier dans B<debian/files.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:86
+#: dpkg-source.1:87
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
"contient sur la sortie standard et sous une forme lisible par la machine."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:90
+#: dpkg-source.1:91
msgid ""
"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
"argument séparé."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:90
+#: dpkg-source.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "LES OPTIONS COMMUNES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:93
+#: dpkg-source.1:94
msgid ""
"Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together "
"with the programs that accept them."
"on décrit en même temps les programmes qui les acceptent."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:93
+#: dpkg-source.1:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>"
msgstr "B<-h>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:98
+#: dpkg-source.1:99
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display the particular program's version and usage message, including a "
-"synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood by all "
-"the source package tools."
+"synopsis of the options it understands. This option is understood by all the "
+"source package tools."
msgstr ""
"Affiche la version du programme et un message d'aide qui comprend un résumé "
"des options acceptées. Tous les outils pour les paquets source comprennent "
"cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:98
+#: dpkg-source.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
msgstr "B<-v>I<version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:106
+#: dpkg-source.1:107
msgid ""
"In B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-parsechangelog> this "
"causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
"récentes que I<version.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:111
+#: dpkg-source.1:112
msgid ""
"In B<dpkg-gencontrol> it sets the version number of the binary package which "
"will be generated."
"binaire qui sera crée."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:111
+#: dpkg-source.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>"
msgstr "B<-C>I<description-des-changements>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:118
+#: dpkg-source.1:119
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> "
-"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. "
+"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file. "
"This is understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
"Lit la description des changements dans le fichier I<description-des-"
"source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:118
+#: dpkg-source.1:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr "B<-m>I<adresse-du-responsable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:126
+#: dpkg-source.1:127
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
"source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:126
+#: dpkg-source.1:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr "B<-e>I<adresse-du-responsable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:134
+#: dpkg-source.1:135
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
"source. B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:134
+#: dpkg-source.1:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>"
msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:142
+#: dpkg-source.1:143
msgid ""
"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the "
"upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-genchanges> if any "
"utilisées)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:150
+#: dpkg-source.1:151
msgid ""
"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included "
"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, ie if the Debian revision part "
"B<1.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:155
+#: dpkg-source.1:156
msgid ""
"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its "
"exclusion and includes only the diff."
"force leur exclusion et inclut seulement le «\\ diff_ »."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:155
+#: dpkg-source.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<-V>I<nom>B<=>I<valeur>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:161
+#: dpkg-source.1:162
msgid ""
"Set an output substitution variable. This option is understood by B<dpkg-"
"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>. See below for a "
"pour une discussion sur la valeur de substitution."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:161
+#: dpkg-source.1:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>"
msgstr "B<-T>I<fichier/substvars>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:171
+#: dpkg-source.1:172
msgid ""
"Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in "
"I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is "
"genchanges acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:171
+#: dpkg-source.1:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<champ>B<=>I<valeur>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:176
+#: dpkg-source.1:177
msgid ""
"Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood by "
"B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:176
+#: dpkg-source.1:177
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
msgstr "B<-U>I<champ>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:181
+#: dpkg-source.1:182
msgid ""
"Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-"
"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:181
+#: dpkg-source.1:182
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<-B>|B<-S>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:204
+#: dpkg-source.1:205
msgid ""
"For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify that "
"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files "
"construit."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:209
+#: dpkg-source.1:210
msgid ""
"B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to extract "
"one) - see below."
"(plutôt que d'en extraire un), voyez ci-dessous."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:209
+#: dpkg-source.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
msgstr "B<-c>I<fichier/control>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:216
+#: dpkg-source.1:217
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
-"default is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, "
-"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
+"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
+"is B<debian/control>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-"
+"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
"Indique le principal fichier de contrôle des sources où trouver des "
"renseignements. Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/control>. B<dpkg-"
"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:216
+#: dpkg-source.1:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>"
msgstr "B<-l>I<fichier/changelog>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:223
+#: dpkg-source.1:224
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
+"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
"B<debian/changelog>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-"
"gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""
"source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:223
+#: dpkg-source.1:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>"
msgstr "B<-f>I<fichier/liste-des-fichiers>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:229
+#: dpkg-source.1:230
msgid ""
"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
"B<debian/files>. This option is understood by B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-"
"acceptent cette option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:229
+#: dpkg-source.1:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>"
msgstr "B<-F>I<format-du-changelog>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:236
+#: dpkg-source.1:237
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
+"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
"the debian standard format. This option is understood by B<dpkg-source>, "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>."
"genchangesB<acceptent>cetteB<option.>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:236
+#: dpkg-source.1:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>"
msgstr "B<-W>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:243
+#: dpkg-source.1:244
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, "
+"This option turns certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, "
"but B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""
"Cette option transforme certaines erreurs en avertissements. Seul dpkg-"
"B<dpkg-source>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:243
+#: dpkg-source.1:244
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E>"
msgstr "B<-E>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:249
+#: dpkg-source.1:250
msgid ""
"This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only understood "
"by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>."
"comprise que par B<dpkg-buildpackage> et B<dpkg-source>."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:249
+#: dpkg-source.1:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS"
msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-SOURCE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:254
+#: dpkg-source.1:255
msgid ""
"When the common options B<-c> and B<-l> are given with relative pathnames "
"these are interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory."
"l'arborescence source."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:254
+#: dpkg-source.1:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>"
msgstr "B<-x>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:264
+#: dpkg-source.1:265
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the "
-"name of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-"
-"option argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the "
-"source package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is "
-"specified, the source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-"
-"I<version-> under the current working directory."
+"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name "
+"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option "
+"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source "
+"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the "
+"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version-> "
+"under the current working directory."
msgstr ""
"Cette option sert à extraire un paquet source. On doit donner un seul "
"argument sans option\\ : le nom du fichier de contrôle des sources Debian "
"répertoire I<source>-I<version-> du répertoire courant."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:272
+#: dpkg-source.1:273
msgid ""
"No options are useful with B<dpkg-source -x>. B<dpkg-source> will read the "
"names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control "
"\\ ; il suppose qu'ils sont dans le même répertoire que le fichier B<.dsc.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:280
+#: dpkg-source.1:281
msgid ""
"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
"hériteront du système de propriété de ce groupe."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:280
+#: dpkg-source.1:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>"
msgstr "B<-b>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:295
+#: dpkg-source.1:296
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be "
-"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
-"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the "
-"name of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the "
-"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no "
+"Build: pack up a source tree. One or two non-option arguments should be "
+"supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
+"unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name "
+"of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the "
+"package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no "
"second argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original "
"source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the "
"original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> or the empty string (no "
"originel, et donc pas de « diffs »)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:295 dpkg-source.1:634
+#: dpkg-source.1:296 dpkg-source.1:635
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>"
msgstr "B<-i[E<lt>regexpE<gt>]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:303
+#: dpkg-source.1:304
msgid ""
"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find "
"et les répertoire utilisés par Libtool."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:315
+#: dpkg-source.1:316
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
-"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For "
+"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For "
"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you "
"don't have access permissions for commiting the debian control files and "
"making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an extra "
"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig."
-"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will "
+"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will "
"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus "
"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use "
"the B<-i> switch."
"leur inclusion dans chaque .diff.gz créé, à moins d'utiliser l'option B<-i>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:315 dpkg-source.1:638
+#: dpkg-source.1:316 dpkg-source.1:639
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-IE<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:322
+#: dpkg-source.1:323
msgid ""
"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude "
"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For "
"On peut répéter cette option pour exclure plusieurs fichiers."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:322
+#: dpkg-source.1:323
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>"
msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> avec B<-b>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:337
+#: dpkg-source.1:338
msgid ""
"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B<dpkg-source> expects the original source "
"as a tarfile, by default I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz>. "
"ensuite."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:349
+#: dpkg-source.1:350
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a "
"directory, by default I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-"
-"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is "
-"used B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>"
+"source> will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used "
+"B<dpkg-source will remove that directory after it has been used.>"
msgstr ""
"Quand on spécifie B<-su> ou B<-sr,> le source originel est attendu comme un "
"répertoire\\ ; par défaut, c'est le répertoire I<paquet>B<->I<version-"
"après usage."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:360
+#: dpkg-source.1:361
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-ss> is specified B<dpkg-source> will expect that the original source "
-"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the "
-"directory to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This "
-"option must be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a "
-"bad source archive will be generated."
+"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory "
+"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must "
+"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source "
+"archive will be generated."
msgstr ""
"Quand on utilise B<-ss,> B<dpkg-source> s'attend à ce que le source originel "
"soit disponible à la fois comme un répertoire et comme un fichier «\\ tar\\ "
"correspondent pas, une mauvaise archive source en résulte."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:369
+#: dpkg-source.1:370
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-sn> is specified B<dpkg-source> will not look for any original source, "
"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the "
-"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a "
+"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a "
"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs."
msgstr ""
"Quand on utilise B<-sn,> B<dpkg-source> ne cherche pas de source originel, "
"debianisation."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:398
+#: dpkg-source.1:399
msgid ""
"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B<dpkg-source> will look for the original "
"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, "
"l'option B<-sa> a été spécifiée. L'option par défaut est B<-sA>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:404
+#: dpkg-source.1:405
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
-"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
+"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
msgstr ""
"Les options B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> et B<-sr> ne remplacent pas les "
"utiliser les options B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> et B<-sR.>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:404
+#: dpkg-source.1:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>"
msgstr "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> avec B<-x>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:407
+#: dpkg-source.1:408
msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
msgstr ""
"Dans tous ces cas, l'arborescence existante d'un source originel est "
"supprimée."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:414
+#: dpkg-source.1:415
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be "
-"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or "
+"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or "
"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is "
"the default."
msgstr ""
"comportement par défaut."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:417
+#: dpkg-source.1:418
msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree."
msgstr "L'option B<-su> dépaquète une arborescence source originelle."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:422
+#: dpkg-source.1:423
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current "
-"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current "
+"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current "
"directory is still removed."
msgstr ""
"L'option B<-sn> assure que le source originel ne sera ni copié dans le "
"présente dans le répertoire en cours est toujours supprimée."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:427
+#: dpkg-source.1:428
msgid ""
"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one "
"only the last one will be used."
"plusieurs, seule la dernière sera prise en compte."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:427
+#: dpkg-source.1:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS"
msgstr "LES OPTIONS POUR DPKG-GENCONTROL"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:430
+#: dpkg-source.1:431
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> ne prend pas d'argument sans option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:430
+#: dpkg-source.1:431
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<paquet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:437
+#: dpkg-source.1:438
msgid ""
"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
"pour lequel on veut produire les informations."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:437
+#: dpkg-source.1:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<-n>I<nom-de-fichier>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:442
+#: dpkg-source.1:443
msgid ""
"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
"package_version_arch.deb filename."
"paquet_version_arch.deb."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:442
+#: dpkg-source.1:443
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:451
+#: dpkg-source.1:452
msgid ""
"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev "
"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to "
"ces champs du fichier « control »."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:451
+#: dpkg-source.1:452
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>"
msgstr "B<-P>I<rep-de-construction-du-paquet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:464
+#: dpkg-source.1:465
msgid ""
"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> "
"instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of "
"par défaut pour le fichier de sortie."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:464 dpkg-source.1:526
+#: dpkg-source.1:465 dpkg-source.1:527
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>"
msgstr "B<-O>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:474
+#: dpkg-source.1:475
msgid ""
"Causes the control file to be printed to standard output, rather than to "
"B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-"
"du-paquet>B</DEBIAN/control> si l'option B<-P> a été utilisée)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:474
+#: dpkg-source.1:475
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS"
msgstr "LES OPTIONS POUR DPKG-SHLIBDEPS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:479
+#: dpkg-source.1:480
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
"exécutables, comme si on avait simplement donné B<-e>I<exécutable>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:479
+#: dpkg-source.1:480
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-e>I<exécutable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:483
+#: dpkg-source.1:484
msgid ""
"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
"I<executable>."
"partagées que demande I<exécutable.>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:483
+#: dpkg-source.1:484
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr "B<-d>I<champ-dépendance>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:489
+#: dpkg-source.1:490
msgid ""
"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
"I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
"dans la variable B<shlibs:>I<champ-dépendance>.)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:499
+#: dpkg-source.1:500
msgid ""
"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after "
"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default "
"Par défaut, champ-dépendance> vaut B<Depends>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:507
+#: dpkg-source.1:508
msgid ""
"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
"sauf celui qui représente les dépendances les plus importantes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:507
+#: dpkg-source.1:508
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-variables>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:518
+#: dpkg-source.1:519
msgid ""
"Causes substitution variables to start with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of "
"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with "
"lieu de B<shlib:>) est enlevée du fichier de substitution des variables."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:518
+#: dpkg-source.1:519
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>"
msgstr "B<-L>I<fichier-local-shlibs>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:526
+#: dpkg-source.1:527
msgid ""
"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to read overriding shared library dependency "
"information from I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
"au lieu de B<debian/shlibs.local>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:532
+#: dpkg-source.1:533
msgid ""
"Causes the substitution variable settings to be printed to standard output, "
"rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/"
"qui est par défaut debian/substvars."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:532
+#: dpkg-source.1:533
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
msgstr "B<-t>I<type>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:541
+#: dpkg-source.1:542
msgid ""
"Causes B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to prefer shared library dependency information "
"tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, "
"points et un espace."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:541
+#: dpkg-source.1:542
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS"
msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-GENCHANGES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:544
+#: dpkg-source.1:545
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> ne prend pas d'argument sans option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:544
+#: dpkg-source.1:545
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>"
msgstr "B<-u>I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:555
+#: dpkg-source.1:556
msgid ""
"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> "
"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
"B<.changes.)>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:555
+#: dpkg-source.1:556
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>"
msgstr "B<-q>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:563
+#: dpkg-source.1:564
msgid ""
"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
"paquet sont en cours d'installation. B<-q> supprime ces messages."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:563
+#: dpkg-source.1:564
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS"
msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-BUILDPACKAGE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:566
+#: dpkg-source.1:567
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments."
msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> ne prend pas d'argument sans option."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:566
+#: dpkg-source.1:567
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>"
msgstr "B<-k>I<key-id>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:569
+#: dpkg-source.1:570
msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages."
msgstr "Précise une clé pour la signature des paquets."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:569
+#: dpkg-source.1:570
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr "B<-r>I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root>"
# type: Plain text
#. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs)
-#: dpkg-source.1:595
+#: dpkg-source.1:596
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
"doit être exécutée."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:595
+#: dpkg-source.1:596
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<commande-de-signature>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:620
+#: dpkg-source.1:621
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source "
"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> "
"l'interpréteur de commandes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:620
+#: dpkg-source.1:621
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-tc>"
msgstr "B<-tc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:626
+#: dpkg-source.1:627
msgid ""
"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
"after the package has been built."
"de-root> B<debian/rules clean>) après la construction du paquet."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:626
+#: dpkg-source.1:627
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-us>, B<-uc>"
msgstr "B<-us>, B<-uc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:629
+#: dpkg-source.1:630
msgid "Do not sign the source package or the .changes file, respectively."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas signer, respectivement, soit le paquet source, soit le fichier «\\ ."
"changes\\ »."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:629
+#: dpkg-source.1:630
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a>I<architecture>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:634
+#: dpkg-source.1:635
msgid ""
"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the "
"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for "
"c'est aussi l'architecture par défaut de la machine hôte."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:638
+#: dpkg-source.1:639
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr "Chaîne passée telle quelle à B<dpkg-source.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:643
+#: dpkg-source.1:644
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. May be repeated multiple times."
msgstr ""
"Fichier passé tel quel à B<dpkg-source.> Peut être plusieurs fois répétée."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:643
+#: dpkg-source.1:644
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>"
msgstr "B<-D>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:646
+#: dpkg-source.1:647
msgid "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied."
msgstr ""
"Vérifier les dépendances de constructions et les conflits\\ ; se termine en "
"cas de problèmes."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:646
+#: dpkg-source.1:647
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>"
msgstr "B<-d>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:649
+#: dpkg-source.1:650
msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts."
msgstr "Ne pas vérifier les dépendances de constructions et les conflits."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:649
+#: dpkg-source.1:650
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-nc>"
msgstr "B<-nc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:652
+#: dpkg-source.1:653
msgid "Do not clean the source tree(implies -b)."
msgstr "Ne pas nettoyer l'arborescence source (implique l'option -b)"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:652
+#: dpkg-source.1:653
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS"
msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-DISTADDFILE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:658
+#: dpkg-source.1:659
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three "
-"non-option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<."
+"B<dpkg-distaddfile> does not take any non-common options. It takes three non-"
+"option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<."
"changes> file."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-distaddfile> ne prend pas d'option particulière. Il prend trois "
"priorité, pour le fichier B<.changes.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:666
+#: dpkg-source.1:667
msgid ""
"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
"que relativement au répertoire dans lequel est exécuté B<dpkg-distaddfile.>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:666
+#: dpkg-source.1:667
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS"
msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-PARSECHANGELOG"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:669
+#: dpkg-source.1:670
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option "
"arguments."
"option."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:669
+#: dpkg-source.1:670
#, no-wrap
msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION"
msgstr "LA SUBSTITUTION DE VARIABLE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:679
+#: dpkg-source.1:680
msgid ""
"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
"de variable dans le fichier de sortie."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:686
+#: dpkg-source.1:687
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an "
-"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none "
-"are left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to "
-"look for more substitutions."
+"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are "
+"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look "
+"for more substitutions."
msgstr ""
"Une substitution de variable est de la forme : B<${>I<variable-nom>B<}>.B< "
"Les noms de variable consistent en caractères alphanumériques, traits "
"réexaminé pour chercher d'autres substitutions.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:693
+#: dpkg-source.1:694
msgid ""
"After all the substitutions have been done each occurence of the string B<${}"
"> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign."
"par un signe B<$.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:706
+#: dpkg-source.1:707
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
+"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
-"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
+"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and "
"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
msgstr ""
"vides et les lignes qui commencent par un symbole >B<#> sont ignorés."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:708
+#: dpkg-source.1:709
msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:"
msgstr "En outre, les variables standard suivantes sont disponibles\\ :"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:708
+#: dpkg-source.1:709
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Arch>"
msgstr "B<Arch>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:712
+#: dpkg-source.1:713
msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)."
msgstr ""
"L'architecture pour laquelle on construit (tirée de B<dpkg --print-"
"architecture>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:712
+#: dpkg-source.1:713
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source-Version>"
msgstr "B<Source-Version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:715
+#: dpkg-source.1:716
msgid "The source package version (from the changelog file)."
msgstr "La version du paquet source (tirée du fichier changelog)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:715
+#: dpkg-source.1:716
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
msgstr "B<Installed-Size>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:724
+#: dpkg-source.1:725
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
+"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of "
-"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
+"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
"debian/tmp> to find the default value."
msgstr ""
"La taille de tous les fichiers installés du paquet. Cette valeur est copiée "
"par défaut."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:724
+#: dpkg-source.1:725
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
msgstr "B<Extra-Size>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:733
+#: dpkg-source.1:734
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
+"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
"B<Installed-Size> control file field."
"du fichier «\\ control\\ »."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:733
+#: dpkg-source.1:734
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
msgstr "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:740
+#: dpkg-source.1:741
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the "
-"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
+"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
"on places where they are expanded explicitly."
msgstr ""
"La valeur du champ I<fieldname> affiché en sortie et qui doit être "
"effet que là où elles sont effectivement développées."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:740
+#: dpkg-source.1:741
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Format>"
msgstr "B<Format>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:750
+#: dpkg-source.1:751
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
-"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
+"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
"field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
msgstr ""
"La version du format du fichier B<.changes> produite par la version des "
"contenu du champ B<Format> dans le fichier B<.changes> est aussi modifié."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:750
+#: dpkg-source.1:751
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:753
+#: dpkg-source.1:754
msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
msgstr "Ces variables contiennent chacune le caractère correspondant."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:753
+#: dpkg-source.1:754
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:758
+#: dpkg-source.1:759
msgid ""
"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
"- see above."
"shlibdeps>, voyez plus haut."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:758
+#: dpkg-source.1:759
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>"
msgstr "B<dpkg:UpstreamVersion>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:761
+#: dpkg-source.1:762
msgid "The upstream version of dpkg."
msgstr "The upstream version of dpkg."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:761
+#: dpkg-source.1:762
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:764
+#: dpkg-source.1:765
msgid "The full version of dpkg."
msgstr "The full version of dpkg."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:767
+#: dpkg-source.1:768
msgid ""
"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
"empty value is assumed."
"avertissement et une valeur nulle est assumée."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:767
+#: dpkg-source.1:768
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:768
+#: dpkg-source.1:769
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/control>"
msgstr "B<debian/control>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:773
+#: dpkg-source.1:774
msgid ""
"The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
"source et les paquets binaires qui peuvent être créés."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:773
+#: dpkg-source.1:774
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
msgstr "B<debian/changelog>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:779
+#: dpkg-source.1:780
msgid ""
"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
"lui-même."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:779
+#: dpkg-source.1:780
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/files>"
msgstr "B<debian/files>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:792
+#: dpkg-source.1:793
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
"dans ce fichier les données nécessaires à la création du fichier B<.changes>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:792
+#: dpkg-source.1:793
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
msgstr "B<debian/substvars>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:795
+#: dpkg-source.1:796
msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
msgstr "La liste des variables de substitution et leurs valeurs."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:795
+#: dpkg-source.1:796
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/shlibs.local>"
msgstr "B<debian/shlibs.local>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:798
+#: dpkg-source.1:799
msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
"Fichier particulier à un paquet remplaçant les informations qui concernent "
"les dépendances envers des bibliothèques partagées."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:798
+#: dpkg-source.1:799
#, no-wrap
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>"
msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.override>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:801
+#: dpkg-source.1:802
msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
"Fichier système remplaçant les informations qui concernent les dépendances "
"envers des bibliothèques partagées."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-source.1:801
+#: dpkg-source.1:802
#, no-wrap
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>"
msgstr "B</etc/dpkg/shlibs.default>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:804
+#: dpkg-source.1:805
msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""
"Fichier système par défaut concernant les informations de dépendances envers "
"des bibliothèques partagées."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:804
+#: dpkg-source.1:805
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:807
+#: dpkg-source.1:808
msgid ""
"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
"output field settings is rather confused."
"embrouillé."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:814
+#: dpkg-source.1:815
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed "
-"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<"
+"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<"
"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers."
msgstr ""
"On opère deux fois la substitution de variable sur les entrées d'un paquet "
"paquet et les numéros de version."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:818
+#: dpkg-source.1:819
msgid ""
"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and "
"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
"I<commande-de-signature>."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:818
+#: dpkg-source.1:819
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:824
+#: dpkg-source.1:825
msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:824
+#: dpkg-source.1:825
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:826
+#: dpkg-source.1:827
msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson."
msgstr "Ces outils et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-source.1:826
+#: dpkg-source.1:827
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:828
+#: dpkg-source.1:829
msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:830
+#: dpkg-source.1:831
msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-source.1:836
+#: dpkg-source.1:837
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/"
+"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/"
"copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"C'est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » "
"Voyez B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> "
"pour des précisions."
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-SOURCE"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-SOURCE"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "janvier 2000"
+
# type: Plain text
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Include the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields for this package from the "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-11 10:48+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-split"
msgstr "dpkg-split"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
-msgid "23rd June 1996"
-msgstr "23 juin 1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:3
+#: dpkg-split.1:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:5
+#: dpkg-split.1:5
msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
msgstr "dpkg-split - outil de décomposition/recomposition des paquets Debian"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:5
+#: dpkg-split.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:9
+#: dpkg-split.1:9
msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<archive-complète> [I<préfixe>]"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:13
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part part >..."
+#: dpkg-split.1:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<partie partie >..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:17
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part part >..."
+#: dpkg-split.1:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<partie partie >..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:21
+#: dpkg-split.1:21
msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< fichier-complet partie>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:24
+#: dpkg-split.1:24
msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:28
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package package >...]"
+#: dpkg-split.1:28
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paquet paquet >...]"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:28
+#: dpkg-split.1:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:33
+#: dpkg-split.1:33
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
"les disquettes."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:37
+#: dpkg-split.1:37
msgid ""
"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
"options."
"et B<--info>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:45
+#: dpkg-split.1:45
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
-"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
+"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
"discard> options allow the management of the queue."
msgstr ""
"Il possède aussi un mode automatique, appelé avec l'option B<--auto ,> dans "
"listq> et B<--discard> permettent la gestion de cette file."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:48
+#: dpkg-split.1:48
msgid ""
"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
"on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
"les ignorer."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:48
+#: dpkg-split.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTION OPTIONS"
msgstr "ACTION OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:49
+#: dpkg-split.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>"
msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:52
+#: dpkg-split.1:52
msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
msgstr "Décompose en plusieurs parties un paquet binaire Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:60
+#: dpkg-split.1:60
msgid ""
"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
"(les deux sont des décimaux)."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:68
+#: dpkg-split.1:68
msgid ""
"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
"est utilisé, en incluant le répertoire et en supprimant tout B<.deb> restant."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:68
+#: dpkg-split.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:72
+#: dpkg-split.1:72
msgid ""
"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
"as it was before it was split."
"tel qu'il était avant la décomposition."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:76
+#: dpkg-split.1:76
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
-"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
+"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
msgstr ""
"Ces parties, données comme arguments, doivent appartenir toutes au même "
"dans la liste des arguments\\ ; mais il est inutile de les ordonner."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:81
+#: dpkg-split.1:81
msgid ""
"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
"B<dpkg-split --split>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:83
+#: dpkg-split.1:83
msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
msgstr ""
"Le nom des parties n'est pas significatif pour le processus de recomposition."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:86
+#: dpkg-split.1:86
msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le fichier produit s'appelle\\ : I<paquet>B<->I<version>B<.deb>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:87
+#: dpkg-split.1:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:92
+#: dpkg-split.1:92
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
-"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
+"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
"saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
msgstr ""
"Affiche les renseignements concernant telle partie dans un format lisible "
"le disent aussi sur la sortie standard."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:92
+#: dpkg-split.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>"
msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:95
+#: dpkg-split.1:95
msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
msgstr ""
"Met en file automatiquement les parties en vue de la recomposition d'un "
"paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:100
+#: dpkg-split.1:100
msgid ""
"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
"même paquet qui se trouvent (si elles existent) dans la file."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:107
+#: dpkg-split.1:107
msgid ""
"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
"erreur)."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:113
+#: dpkg-split.1:113
msgid ""
"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
"not created."
"fichier I<fichier-complet> n'est pas créé."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:120
+#: dpkg-split.1:120
msgid ""
"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2."
"autre erreur, c'est un code de sortie égal à 2."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:127
+#: dpkg-split.1:127
msgid ""
"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
"fichier attendre."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:127
+#: dpkg-split.1:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>"
msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:130
+#: dpkg-split.1:130
msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
msgstr "Liste le contenu d'une file de paquets à recomposer."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:134
+#: dpkg-split.1:134
msgid ""
"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
"d'octets conservés."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:134
+#: dpkg-split.1:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:138
+#: dpkg-split.1:138
msgid ""
"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
"of their packages."
"en attente des autres parties composant le paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:143
+#: dpkg-split.1:143
msgid ""
"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
"donné, seules les parties de ce paquet sont détruites."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:143
+#: dpkg-split.1:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:148
+#: dpkg-split.1:148
msgid ""
"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
"their uses."
"leur utilisation."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:148
+#: dpkg-split.1:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:153
+#: dpkg-split.1:153
msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number."
msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version de B<dpkg-split>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:153
+#: dpkg-split.1:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--licence>"
msgstr "B<--licence>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:160
+#: dpkg-split.1:160
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
msgstr ""
"Affiche les renseignements sur le copyright et l'absence de garantie. "
"(L'orthographe américaine\\ : B<--license> est acceptée.)"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:160
+#: dpkg-split.1:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
msgstr "AUTRES OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:161
+#: dpkg-split.1:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>"
msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< répertoire>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:166
+#: dpkg-split.1:166
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
-"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
+"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Indique un répertoire différent pour la file comprenant les parties en "
"attente d'une recomposition automatique. Par défaut, c'est le répertoire B</"
"var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:166
+#: dpkg-split.1:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>"
msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:170
+#: dpkg-split.1:170
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
+"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
"The default is 450Kb."
msgstr ""
"Indique, en kilooctets (1024 octets), la taille maximum d'une partie lors "
"d'une décomposition. Par défaut, la taille maximum est de 450 ko."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:170
+#: dpkg-split.1:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>"
msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< fichier-complet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:173
+#: dpkg-split.1:173
msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
msgstr "Indique le nom du fichier à produire pour une recomposition."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:178
+#: dpkg-split.1:178
msgid ""
"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
"file automatiques (B<--auto>)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:178
+#: dpkg-split.1:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:189
+#: dpkg-split.1:189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
-"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
+"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
msgstr ""
"décomposés."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:189
+#: dpkg-split.1:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--msdos>"
msgstr "B<--msdos>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:194
+#: dpkg-split.1:194
msgid ""
"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible."
msgstr ""
"Oblige le nom des fichiers produits par B<--split> à se conformer à msdos."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:200
+#: dpkg-split.1:200
msgid ""
"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
"caractères sont abandonnés."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:205
+#: dpkg-split.1:205
msgid ""
"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
"forme\\ : I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> sont créés."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:205
+#: dpkg-split.1:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "CODE DE SORTIE"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:211
+#: dpkg-split.1:211
msgid ""
"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other "
"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files "
"paquet binaire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:217
+#: dpkg-split.1:217
msgid ""
"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the "
"I<part> file was not a binary package part."
"signale que le fichier I<partie> n'est pas une partie d'un paquet binaire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:221
+#: dpkg-split.1:221
msgid ""
"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call "
"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a "
"est défectueux, ou bien une erreur d'utilisation, etc."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:221
+#: dpkg-split.1:221
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:225
+#: dpkg-split.1:225
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames "
"of Debian packages."
"paquets Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:228
+#: dpkg-split.1:228
msgid ""
"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
"digging into the queue directory yourself."
"la file à moins d'aller voir soi-même dans le répertoire de la file."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:231
+#: dpkg-split.1:231
msgid ""
"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
"part is one."
"paquet binaire ou non."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:235
+#: dpkg-split.1:235
msgid ""
"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the "
"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not "
"n'est pas présente dans les fichiers produits."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:235
+#: dpkg-split.1:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:236
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
+#: dpkg-split.1:236
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:240
+#: dpkg-split.1:240
msgid ""
"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
msgstr ""
"recomposition automatique."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:245
+#: dpkg-split.1:245
msgid ""
"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
"fichier."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:245
+#: dpkg-split.1:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:250
-msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg-split.1:250
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:250
+#: dpkg-split.1:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-split.1:259
+#: dpkg-split.1:260
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
+"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/"
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/"
"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-split> et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson. "
"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ils ont été édités sous la «\\ GNU General Public "
"Licence\\ »\\ ; il n'y a PAS de GARANTIE. Voyez B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> "
"et B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> pour des précisions."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "23rd June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "23 juin 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-05 10:25+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
-msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
+msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "26-01-2006"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:2
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4
msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride -- annuler la propriété et le mode des fichiers"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:4
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:6
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
-"E<lt>modeE<gt> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
+"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --add E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> E<lt>groupeE<gt> "
"E<lt>modeE<gt> I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:8
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:10
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --list I<[E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --list I<[E<lt>exp-regE<gt>]>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:10
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:17
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:26
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell dpkg to use a different owner or mode "
"for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' here, "
"but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, "
-"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
+"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only "
"executable by a certain group."
msgstr ""
"groupe donné."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:30
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> est un utilitaire pour gérer la liste des dérogations. "
"listage des dérogations."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:22
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--add E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> E<lt>groupeE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:29
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:39
msgid ""
"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to "
"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
"exemple, B<#0> ou B<#65534>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
msgid ""
"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set "
"to the new owner and mode."
"obtient un nouveau propriétaire et un nouveau mode."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--remove E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--remove E<lt>fichierE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
msgid ""
"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is "
"left unchanged by this command."
"B<E<lt>fichierE<gt>> est inchangé."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:36
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--list [E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr "I<--list [E<lt>exp-regE<gt>]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
msgid ""
"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the "
"statoverride> se termine avec un code de sortie égal à 1."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:41
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--force>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--force>"
msgstr "I<--force>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
msgid ""
"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
"is necessary to override an existing override."
"C'est nécessaire pour annuler une précédente dérogation."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:45
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--update>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--update>"
msgstr "I<--update>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
msgid ""
"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists."
msgstr ""
"fichier existe."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:49
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "I<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
msgstr "Moins de bavardage sur ce qui est fait."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:52
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
msgid "Show version, copyright and usage information."
msgstr "Afficher la version, le copyright et une aide."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:55
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--admindir>"
msgstr "I<--admindir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:69
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is "
-"also stored. Defaults to /var/lib/dpkg."
+"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Change le répertoire de la base de données de dpkg, où se trouve aussi le "
"fichier statoverride. Par défaut, c'est /var/lib/dpkg."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:60
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:65
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
"fichiers importants comme «\\ status\\ » ou «\\ available\\ »."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79
msgid ""
"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one."
"-old, avant de le remplacer par un nouveau."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:70
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: UR
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:74
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:87
msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg-statoverride.8:77
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez la licence publique générale du "
"projet GNU version 2 ou supérieure pour les droits de copie. Il n'y a PAS de "
"garantie."
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+
# type: TH
#~ msgid "November 2000"
#~ msgstr "Novembre 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-18 15:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:1
+#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
-msgstr "DPKG"
+msgid "dpkg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+#: dpkg.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "11-02-2006"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:1
+#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:1
+#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "suite dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:2
+#: dpkg.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:4
+#: dpkg.1:4
msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
msgstr "dpkg - un gestionnaire de paquet pour Debian"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:5
+#: dpkg.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:8
+#: dpkg.1:8
msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:9
+#: dpkg.1:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNING"
msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:13
+#: dpkg.1:13
msgid ""
"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
"commande et des états des paquets."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:18
+#: dpkg.1:18
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"Les responsables de paquet qui veulent comprendre comment B<dpkg> installe "
"l'installation ou la désinstallation des paquets sont très insuffisantes."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:19
+#: dpkg.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:26
+#: dpkg.1:26
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
"modifient l'action d'une manière ou d'une autre."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:31
+#: dpkg.1:31
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>. The following "
"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
"fournis\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:40
+#: dpkg.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
" B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:42
+#: dpkg.1:42
msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
msgstr ""
"Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur ces actions."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:43
+#: dpkg.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
msgstr "RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PAQUETS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:48
+#: dpkg.1:48
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> conserve des renseignements utiles sur les paquets disponibles. "
"Cette information est divisée en trois classes\\ : les états, les états de "
"principalement dévolue à B<dselect>."
# type: SS
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:48
+#: dpkg.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
msgstr "ÉTATS DES PAQUETS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:49
+#: dpkg.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<installed>"
msgstr "B<installed>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:52
+#: dpkg.1:52
msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK."
msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté et correctement configuré."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:52
+#: dpkg.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-installed>"
msgstr "B<half-installed>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:56
+#: dpkg.1:56
msgid ""
"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
"reason."
"s'est pas terminée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:56
+#: dpkg.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<not-installed>"
msgstr "B<not-installed>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:59
+#: dpkg.1:59
msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
msgstr "Le paquet n'est pas installé sur le système."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:59
+#: dpkg.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<unpacked>"
msgstr "B<unpacked>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:62
+#: dpkg.1:62
msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté mais n'est pas configuré."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:62
+#: dpkg.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-configured>"
msgstr "B<half-configured>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:66
+#: dpkg.1:66
msgid ""
"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
"completed for some reason."
"quelconque raison, ne s'est pas terminée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:66
+#: dpkg.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<config-files>"
msgstr "B<config-files>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:69
+#: dpkg.1:69
msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
msgstr "Seuls les fichiers de configuration du paquet existent sur le système."
# type: SS
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:69
+#: dpkg.1:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
msgstr "ÉTATS DE LA SÉLECTION DES PAQUETS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:70
+#: dpkg.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<install>"
msgstr "B<install>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:73
+#: dpkg.1:73
msgid "The package is selected for installation."
msgstr "Le paquet est sélectionné pour être installé."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:73
+#: dpkg.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<deinstall>"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:77
+#: dpkg.1:77
msgid ""
"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
"files, except configuration files)."
"supprimer tous les fichiers à l'exception des fichiers de configuration)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:77
+#: dpkg.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<purge>"
msgstr "B<purge>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:81
+#: dpkg.1:81
msgid ""
"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, "
"even configuration files)."
"les fichiers même les fichiers de configuration)."
# type: SS
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:81
+#: dpkg.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
msgstr "DRAPEAUX DES PAQUETS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:82
+#: dpkg.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<hold>"
msgstr "B<hold>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:86
+#: dpkg.1:86
msgid ""
"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced "
"to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
"avec l'option de forçage B<--force-hold>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:86
+#: dpkg.1:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<reinst-required>"
msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:91
+#: dpkg.1:91
msgid ""
"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. "
"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
"soit lancé avec l'option de forçage B<--force-reinstreq>."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:92
+#: dpkg.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "ACTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:93
+#: dpkg.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..."
msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<fichier-paquet>..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:97
+#: dpkg.1:97
msgid ""
"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
"I<fichier-paquet> doit alors indiquer un répertoire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:99
+#: dpkg.1:99
msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "L'installation comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:102
+#: dpkg.1:102
msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
msgstr "B<1.> Extraction des fichiers de contrôle du nouveau paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:106
+#: dpkg.1:106
msgid ""
"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
"exécution du script I<prerm> de l'ancien paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:109
+#: dpkg.1:109
msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr "B<3.> Lancement du script I<preinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:113
+#: dpkg.1:113
msgid ""
"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so "
"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
"anciens de manière à pouvoir les restaurer si quelque chose tourne mal."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:120
+#: dpkg.1:120
msgid ""
"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
"supprimés."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:124
+#: dpkg.1:124
msgid ""
"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
"about how this is done."
"comment cela se passe."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:124
+#: dpkg.1:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<fichier-paquet> ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:129
+#: dpkg.1:129
msgid ""
"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
"recursive> ou B<-R>, I<fichier-paquet> doit alors indiquer un répertoire."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:129
+#: dpkg.1:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<paquet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:134
+#: dpkg.1:134
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"Reconfiguration d'un paquet dépaqueté. Si l'on donne l'option B<-a> ou B<--"
"configurés sont configurés."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:136
+#: dpkg.1:136
msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "La configuration comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:141
+#: dpkg.1:141
msgid ""
"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old "
"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
"restaurer si quelque chose se passe mal."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:144
+#: dpkg.1:144
msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr "B<2.> Exécution du script B<postinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:144
+#: dpkg.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<paquet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:155
+#: dpkg.1:155
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
"sont respectivement supprimés ou purgés."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:157
+#: dpkg.1:157
msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "La suppression d'un paquet comporte les étapes suivantes\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:160
+#: dpkg.1:160
msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
msgstr "B<1.> Lancement du script I<prerm>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:163
+#: dpkg.1:163
msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
msgstr "B<2.> Suppression des fichiers installés"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:166
+#: dpkg.1:166
msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
msgstr "B<3.> lancement du script I<postrm>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:167
+#: dpkg.1:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<fichier-Packages>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:176
+#: dpkg.1:176
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets "
"enregistrement des paquets disponibles dans I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:179
+#: dpkg.1:179
msgid ""
"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
"B<dselect update>."
"commande plus simple\\ : B<dselect update>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:179
+#: dpkg.1:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<fichier-paquet> ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:185
+#: dpkg.1:185
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets "
"un répertoire."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:185
+#: dpkg.1:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:188
+#: dpkg.1:188
msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages."
msgstr "Oublie ce qui concerne les paquets non installés ou non disponibles."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:188
+#: dpkg.1:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:191
+#: dpkg.1:191
msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
msgstr "Efface les renseignements existants sur les paquets disponibles."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:191
+#: dpkg.1:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:196
+#: dpkg.1:196
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"Recherche les paquets qui n'ont été que partiellement installés sur le "
"système. B<dpkg> suggère une manière de les faire fonctionner."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:196
+#: dpkg.1:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<paquet-nom-motif>...]"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:199
+#: dpkg.1:199
msgid "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout."
msgstr ""
"Obtient la liste des sélections des paquets, et l'envoie sur la sortie "
"standard."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:199
+#: dpkg.1:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:205
+#: dpkg.1:205
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr ""
"modifie la liste des sélections des paquets en lisant un fichier sur "
"commentaires débutant par «\\ #\\ » sont autorisées."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:205
+#: dpkg.1:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:209
+#: dpkg.1:209
msgid ""
"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
"still haven't been installed."
"pour une raison quelconque, ne sont pas encore installés."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:210
+#: dpkg.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:213
+#: dpkg.1:213
msgid "Print architecture of packages dpkg installs (for example, \"i386\")."
msgstr ""
"Affiche l'architecture des paquets installés (par exemple, «\\ i386\\ »)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:213
+#: dpkg.1:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:224
+#: dpkg.1:224
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"compatibilité avec la syntaxe du fichier de contrôle."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:224
+#: dpkg.1:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:229
+#: dpkg.1:229
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
"séquence."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:229
+#: dpkg.1:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:232
+#: dpkg.1:232
msgid "Display a brief help message."
msgstr "Affiche un court message d'aide."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:232
+#: dpkg.1:232
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:235
+#: dpkg.1:235
msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur les options B<--force->I<quelque-chose>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:235
+#: dpkg.1:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:238
+#: dpkg.1:238
msgid "Give help about debugging options."
msgstr "donne des renseignements sur les options de débogage."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:238
+#: dpkg.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:241
+#: dpkg.1:241
msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
msgstr "Affiche la licence de B<dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:241
+#: dpkg.1:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:244
+#: dpkg.1:244
msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
msgstr "Affiche la version de B<dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:244
+#: dpkg.1:244
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:247
+#: dpkg.1:247
msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr ""
"Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur les actions "
"suivantes."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:267
+#: dpkg.1:267
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n"
" Extrait et affiche les noms des fichiers d'un paquet.\n"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:269
+#: dpkg.1:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:272
+#: dpkg.1:272
msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr ""
"Voyez B<dpkg-query>(1) pour davantage d'explications sur les actions "
"suivantes."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:285
+#: dpkg.1:285
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n"
" à propos de I<paquet>.\n"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration "
"mais sans tiret), soit un commentaire, commençant par B<#>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<nombre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr ""
"Modifie le nombre d'erreurs au delà duquel dpkg s'arrête. il est par défaut "
"égal à 50."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
"déconfiguration automatique du paquet qui dépendait du paquet supprimé."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"Demande de débogage. I<octal> est formé en faisant un «\\ ou\\ » logique "
"entre des valeurs souhaitées appartenant à la liste ci-dessous (notez que "
"debug=help> affiche ces valeurs de débogage."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
" 2000 Quantité stupide de radotage\n"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<quelque-chose> | B<--no-force->I<quelque-chose> | B<--refuse->I<quelque-chose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"décrit. Les actions marquées d'un (*) sont forcées par défaut."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
"le système entier.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>\\ : Met en oeuvre (ou pas) toutes les options de forçage."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"remove them."
"désinstallation."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"installed."
"paquet est déjà installée."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
"I<Avertissement\\ : Pour l'instant, dpkg ne recherche pas les dépendances "
"rendre votre système inutilisable. N'utiliser qu'avec précaution.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"which the current package depends."
"configurés dont dépend le paquet en question."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr "B<hold>\\ : Traite même les paquets marqués « à garder » (« hold »)."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq> : Supprime un paquet, même défectueux et marqué comme "
"demandant une réinstallation. Il se peut, dès lors, que des éléments du "
"paquet restent dans le système et soient oubliés par B<dpkg>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
"utiliser cette option avec prudence."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr ""
"B<depends>\\ : Change tous les problèmes de dépendance en avertissements."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr ""
"B<depends-version>\\ : Ignore les versions dans les questions de dépendance."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
"certains fichiers."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
"seront pas préservés (suppression)."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
"est aussi présente, auquel cas l'action par défaut est choisie."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
"présente, auquel cas l'action par défaut est choisie."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
"ces options pour déterminer ce qu'il faut faire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr "B<overwrite>\\ : Remplace un fichier par un fichier d'un autre paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite-dir>\\ : Remplace un répertoire par un répertoire d'un autre "
"paquet."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
msgstr ""
"détournée."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr "B<architecture>\\ : Traite même les paquets d'une autre architecture"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
msgstr ""
"ce qui va poser des problèmes."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr "B<not-root>\\ : Tente de (dés)installer même sans être root."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
"B<bad-verify>\\ : Installe un paquet même si la vérification de son "
"authenticité a échoué."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquet>,..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
"que des avertissements)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
msgstr ""
"une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
"construction d'un paquet. C'est une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
"soit."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"le paquet --no-act, même si vous comptiez qu'elle ne ferait rien du tout."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
"install>, B<--unpack> et B<--avail>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade.>"
"installée. C'est un alias pour B<--refuse-downgrade.>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<rep> | B<--admindir=>I<rep> | B<--instdir=>I<rep>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"B<root> change B<instdir> en I<rep> et B<admindir> en I<rep>B</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"Traiter seulement les paquets qui sont sélectionnés pour l'installation. La "
"marqué comme ayant été sélectionné pour une désinstallation."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"installed."
"Ne pas installer le paquet si la même version du paquet est déjà installée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
"Cette action envoie des informations sur l'état d'un paquet au descripteur "
"de fichier I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. On peut répéter l'opération plusieurs fois. La "
"conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<fichier>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
"E<lt>décisionE<gt> est soit install soit keep."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr "Ne pas tenter de vérifier la signature des paquets."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "Fichier de configuration contenant les options par défaut."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
"Fichier journal standard. Voyez I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) et l'option B<--"
"log>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
"fichiers."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "Liste des paquets disponibles."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
"LES PAQUETS> pour des informations supplémentaires."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers suivants font partie d'un paquet binaire. Voyez B<deb>(5) pour "
"des informations supplémentaires :"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
"l'interpréteur de commandes."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr ""
"Le programme qu'exécute B<dpkg> quand il lance un nouvel interpréteur de "
"commandes."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"Fixe le nombre de colonnes utilisés par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il affiche un texte "
"formaté. Seule l'action B<-l> se sert actuellement de cette variable."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
"par B<dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
"configuration modifié\\ ; sa valeur est donnée par B<dpkg>."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr "Pour afficher les paquets dont le nom contient la chaîne 'vi' :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr ""
"Pour voir les entrées de I</var/lib/dpkg/available> concernant deux paquets"
"\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr "Pour rechercher vous-même dans la liste des paquets\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "Pour supprimer le paquet installé elvis\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -r elvis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer un paquet, vous devez d'abord le trouver dans une archive ou "
"trouve dans la section «\\ editors\\ » :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr "B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "Pour faire une copie locale des états de sélection des paquets :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
msgstr ""
"de cette manière :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
"On remarquera que cela n'installe ou ne supprime rien du tout\\ ; cela ne "
"requis. Par exemple, exécutez B<dselect> et choisissez Install."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
"to modify the package selection states."
"aisée de modifier les états de sélection des paquets."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:600
+#: dpkg.1:600
#, no-wrap
msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
msgstr "FONCTIONNALITÉS SUPPLÉMENTAIRES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:603
+#: dpkg.1:603
msgid ""
"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>."
"I<apt>, I<aptitude> et I<debsums>."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:604
+#: dpkg.1:604
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:612
+#: dpkg.1:612
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) "
"et B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:613
+#: dpkg.1:613
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr "L'option B<--no-act> ne donne pas assez d'informations utiles."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTEURS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/dpkg.1:621
-#, no-wrap
+#: dpkg.1:620
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr ""
"Voyez le fichier B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> pour la \n"
"liste des personnes qui ont contribué à B<dpkg>.\n"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-05 10:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. Install-info and this manpage are Copyright 1994 by Ian Jackson.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/install-info.8:5
+#: install-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
-msgid "INSTALL-INFO"
-msgstr "INSTALL-INFO"
+msgid "install-info"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Install-info and this manpage are Copyright 1994 by Ian Jackson.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/install-info.8:5
+#: install-info.8:5
#, no-wrap
-msgid "29th November 1995"
-msgstr "29 novembre 1995"
+msgid "2006-02-28 "
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Install-info and this manpage are Copyright 1994 by Ian Jackson.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/install-info.8:5
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian Project"
+#: install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
#. Install-info and this manpage are Copyright 1994 by Ian Jackson.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
-#: ../C/install-info.8:5
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
+#: install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "Project\""
+msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/install-info.8:6
+#: install-info.8:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:8
+#: install-info.8:8
msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
msgstr ""
"install-info - création ou mise à jour d'une entrée dans le répertoire Info"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/install-info.8:8
+#: install-info.8:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:15
+#: install-info.8:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> [--version] [--help] [--debug] [--maxwidth=nnn] [--section "
-"regexp title] [--infodir=xxx] [--align=nnn] [--quiet] [--menuentry=xxx] [--"
-"description=xxx] [--remove | --remove-exactly ] [--] filename"
+"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--"
+"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] "
+"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--"
+"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>"
msgstr ""
"B<install-info> [--version] [--help] [--debug] [--maxwidth=nnn] [--section "
"regexp title] [--infodir=xxx] [--align=nnn] [--quiet] [--menuentry=xxx] [--"
"description=xxx] [--remove | --remove-exactly ] [--] nom-de-fichier"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/install-info.8:15
+#: install-info.8:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:23
+#: install-info.8:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
+"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
"description from the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
"du fichier."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:30
+#: install-info.8:39
msgid ""
"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the "
"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> "
">"
# type: SS
-#: ../C/install-info.8:30
+#: install-info.8:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:31
+#: install-info.8:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<nom-de-fichier>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:48
+#: install-info.8:57
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, "
-"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> "
+"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> "
"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or "
"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of "
"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR "
-"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to "
+"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to "
"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same "
"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)."
msgstr ""
"fichier B<dir (voyez l'option> B<--infodir).>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:57
+#: install-info.8:66
msgid ""
"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
"y a un I<nom-de-fichier>B<.gz> on utilisera ce dernier."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:62
+#: install-info.8:71
msgid ""
"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
"le chemin spécifié (si possible avec l'extension B<.gz> supplémentaire)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:62
+#: install-info.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove>"
msgstr "B<--remove>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:67
+#: install-info.8:76
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by "
"default entries are created or updated."
"défaut les entrées sont créées ou mises à jour."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:77
+#: install-info.8:86
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
-"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
+"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
"Quand la suppression d'une entrée vide une section, l'en-tête (et la ligne "
"attendu du fichier B<dir.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:82
+#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"supprimées\\ ; les autres sont silencieusement ignorées."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:88
+#: install-info.8:97
msgid ""
"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> "
"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified."
"info> avertisse du problème quand l'option B<--quiet> n'a pas été demandée."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:94
+#: install-info.8:103
msgid ""
"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> "
"formatting options are silently ignored."
"align> et B<--calign> sont silencieusement ignorées."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:94
+#: install-info.8:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-exactly>"
msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:112
+#: install-info.8:121
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> "
"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an "
-"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that "
+"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that "
"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--"
"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than "
-"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause "
+"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause "
"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")."
msgstr ""
"Cette option est pratiquement identique à B<--remove> mais I<nom-de-fichier> "
"«\\ emacs-20/emacs\\ »)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:112
+#: install-info.8:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>"
msgstr "B<--section >I<exp-reg titre>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:126
+#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
"\\ ; la première ligne est supposée représenter le titre."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:133
+#: install-info.8:142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
"Quand une nouvelle entrée doit être créée, B<install-info> essaye de "
"l'insérer dans la section selon l'ordre alphabétique ; si les entrées de la "
"choisi. L'ordre existant des entrées n'est pas modifié."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:139
+#: install-info.8:148
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
+"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
"cette section."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:142
+#: install-info.8:151
msgid ""
"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
"ci est remplacée in situ par la nouvelle entrée."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:145
+#: install-info.8:154
msgid ""
"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
"avertissement est produit."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:160
msgid ""
"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"la section demandée et une section «\\ Miscellaneous\\ » à la fin du fichier."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<rep-info>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:169
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/info>."
"info>. Par défaut, c'est B</usr/info>."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:178
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
-"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
+"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
-"more. The default is 27."
+"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
"Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la première ligne de la description "
"sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères\\ ; des espaces supplémentaires peuvent "
"demande, on peut le décaler davantage. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 27."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:175
+#: install-info.8:184
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
-"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
+"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
"Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la deuxième ligne et des lignes "
"suivantes de la description sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères. Par défaut ce "
"nombre est égal à 29."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:175
+#: install-info.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:181
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
"descriptif. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 79."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:181
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:186
+#: install-info.8:195
msgid ""
"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"suppression d'entrées existantes ou la création ou la suppression de section."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:186
+#: install-info.8:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:191
+#: install-info.8:200
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr "Option pour afficher une aide sur l'utilisation de B<install-info>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:191
+#: install-info.8:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:196
+#: install-info.8:205
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr "Option pour afficher la version et le copyright de B<install-info>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:196
+#: install-info.8:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:203
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
"trouver en cherchant une section de la forme suivante\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:214
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:207
+#: install-info.8:216
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:209
+#: install-info.8:218
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:227
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
-"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
+"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--"
-"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
-"options are ignored."
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
+"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
+"ignored."
msgstr ""
"Quand l'entrée trouvée dans le fichier Info lui-même s'étend sur plusieurs "
"lignes, chacune donnant une entrée du menu, on reprend le texte trouvé «\\ "
"options B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> sont ignorées."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:225
+#: install-info.8:234
msgid ""
"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"l'utilise comme description."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:236
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
"C'est une erreur si aucune de ces méthodes ne peut donner une description."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:231
+#: install-info.8:240
msgid ""
"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
"description » est ignoré et un avertissement est produit."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:231
+#: install-info.8:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:249
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
"le fichier Info."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:247
+#: install-info.8:256
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
"Quand on supprime des entrées, la valeur de l'option B<--menuentry> doit "
"vérification sur l'entrée de menu n'est faite."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:247
+#: install-info.8:256
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--keep-old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:251
+#: install-info.8:260
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
"vides."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:255
+#: install-info.8:264
msgid ""
"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
"défaut, toute entrée ancienne trouvée est remplacée par la nouvelle."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:269
msgid ""
"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"suppression vidait la section."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:263
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
msgstr "Met en mode test, lequel empêche la mise à jour du fichier dir."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/install-info.8:263
+#: install-info.8:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:267
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
"traitement."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/install-info.8:267
+#: install-info.8:277
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:269
-msgid "emacs(1), info(1), gzip(1)"
+#: install-info.8:281
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "emacs(1), info(1), gzip(1)"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/install-info.8:275
+#: install-info.8:287
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
-"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
+"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
"I<no> warranty."
msgstr ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> est un logiciel libre\\ ; voyez "
"la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » version 2 ou supérieure pour le "
"copyright. Il I<n'y a pas> de garantie."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "INSTALL-INFO"
+#~ msgstr "INSTALL-INFO"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "29th November 1995"
+#~ msgstr "29 novembre 1995"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-05 10:34+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
-msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+# type: Plain text
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
+msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
-msgstr "15 mars 1997"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
# type: TH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:2
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - lance ou arrête des démons système"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|--start I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and "
"exemplaires présents d'un processus en fonctionnement."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does "
"passé tel quel au programme qui doit être lancé."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
"Avec l'action B<--stop,> B<start-stop-daemon> vérifie aussi l'existence d'un "
"s'est bien terminé."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter qu'à moins de spécifier B<--pidfile>, le programme B<start-"
"stop-daemon> se comporte comme B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> recherche "
"pidfile\\ »."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<exécutable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"proc/>I<pid>B</exe> )."
"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>I< ).>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr ""
"Cherche les processus dont les identifiants sont précisés dans I<pid-file.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<nomdutilisateur>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
msgstr ""
"I<nomdutilisateur> ou I<uid.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr "Modifie le I<group> ou le I<gid> au début du processus."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nomdeprocessus>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
">I<pid>B</stat>)."
">I<pid>B</stat>I< ).>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"(default 15)."
"doit être arrêté (par défaut\\ : signal 15)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<durée>|I<action-prévue>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"Avec l'action B<--stop,> B<start-stop-daemon> doit vérifier que les "
"l'action-prévue."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
"signal indiqué par B<--signal.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
"demande de répéter constamment le reste de action-prévue, si nécessaire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
"ignoré."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr "I<-a | --startas chemin/nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
"rien n'est précisé, c'est par défaut l'argument donné à B<--exec.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"no action."
"retour, mais ne fait rien."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"Retourne un code de sortie égal à 0 au lieu de 1 si rien n'est ou ne sera "
"fait."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr ""
"N'affiche pas de messages d'information ; affiche seulement les messages "
"d'erreur."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c> |B<--chuid> I<utilisateur>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"génériques comme «\\ nobody\\ »)."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
"racine."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
"Change de répertoire pour I<chemin> avant de commencer le processus. Cela "
"chroot> est demandée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
"transformable pour leur ajouter cette fonctionnalité."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:225
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "Cela modifie la priorité du processus avant qu'il ne soit lancé."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
"habituellement utile que combinée avec l'option B<--background.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "Affiche des messages prolixes en renseignements."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr "Affiche une aide et se termine."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version et se termine."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTEURS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
"d'une version faite par Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
"Ian Jackson."
msgstr ""
"Page de manuel par Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partiellement "
"reformattée par Ian Jackson."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "15th March 1997"
+#~ msgstr "15 mars 1997"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 16:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-05 10:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. This man page is copyright 1997 Charles Briscoe-Smith
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:8
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
-msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "update-alternatives"
+msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:8
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
-msgid "19 January 1998"
-msgstr "19 janvier 1998"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:8
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projet Debian"
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:8
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:9
+#: update-alternatives.8:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:11
msgid ""
"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
msgstr ""
"par défaut de certaines commandes"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:19
+#: update-alternatives.8:20
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."
"[B<--slave> I<altern>]..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:24
+#: update-alternatives.8:25
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<nom chemin>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:29
+#: update-alternatives.8:30
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:33
+#: update-alternatives.8:34
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:38
+#: update-alternatives.8:39
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:43
+#: update-alternatives.8:44
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:48
+#: update-alternatives.8:49
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<nome>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:53
+#: update-alternatives.8:54
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:59
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<nom chemin>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:62
+#: update-alternatives.8:64
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
"alternatives\\ »."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:70
+#: update-alternatives.8:72
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
"l'utilisateur n'a pas fait de choix précis."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:92
+#: update-alternatives.8:94
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
-"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system "
-"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> "
-"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until "
-"explicitly requested to do so."
+"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
+"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
+"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
+"to do so."
msgstr ""
"Le système Debian des «\\ alternatives\\ » essaie de résoudre ce problème. "
"Tous les fichiers qui proposent des fonctions interchangeables se servent "
"explicitement de le faire."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:102
+#: update-alternatives.8:104
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
"le FHS (lisez-le) donne de Bonnes Raisons de faire ainsi."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:114
+#: update-alternatives.8:116
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
"scripts B<postinst> et B<prerm> des paquets Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:133
+#: update-alternatives.8:135
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>"
"et ses liens secondaires associés composent un I<groupe> de I<liens.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:141
+#: update-alternatives.8:143
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
"décisions."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:150
+#: update-alternatives.8:152
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
"groupe en mode manuel."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:157
+#: update-alternatives.8:159
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
"celle qui possède la priorité la plus élevée."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:174
+#: update-alternatives.8:176
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
-"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
+"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest "
"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for which of the choices to "
"use for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no "
"pour revenir au mode automatique."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:180
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"instead (see below)."
"l'option I<--set> (voyez ci-dessous)."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr "TERMINOLOGIE"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"specific terms will help to explain its operation."
"quelques termes qui faciliteront l'explication."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "generic name"
msgstr "nom générique"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"to one of a number of files of similar function."
"fonctions similaires."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "symlink"
msgstr "lien symbolique"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
msgid ""
"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to "
"établir."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative"
msgstr "alternative"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"via a generic name using the alternatives system."
"accessible, via un nom générique, avec le système des «\\ alternatives\\ »."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr "répertoire des alternatives "
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr ""
"C'est le répertoire qui contient les liens symboliques\\ ; il s'agit par "
"défaut de I</etc/alternatives.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr "répertoire administratif"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"alternatives>' state information."
"alternatives.> Il s'agit par défaut de I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr "groupe de liens"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr ""
"C'est un ensemble de liens symboliques corrélés, de manière qu'on puisse les "
"mettre à jour en une seule fois."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr "lien principal"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
msgid ""
"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group "
"are configured."
"les autres liens du groupe."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr "lien secondaire («\\ slave\\ »)"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
msgid ""
"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link."
msgstr ""
"principal."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr "mode automatique"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternatives "
"l'alternative possédant la priorité la plus élevée dans ce groupe."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr "mode manuel "
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:235
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"any changes to the system administrator's settings."
"\\ » ne modifie pas le paramétrage de l' administrateur système."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:243
+#: update-alternatives.8:247
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
"de manuel."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:249
+#: update-alternatives.8:253
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:"
"paramétrage actuel, on peut utiliser l'action I<--display :>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:252
+#: update-alternatives.8:256
msgid "update-alternatives --display vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:258
+#: update-alternatives.8:262
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"then select a number from the list:"
"commande en tant que super-utilisateur et choisir un nombre dans la liste :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:261
+#: update-alternatives.8:265
msgid "update-alternatives --config vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:266
+#: update-alternatives.8:270
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"as root:"
"commande en tant que super-utilisateur\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:269
+#: update-alternatives.8:273
msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:270
+#: update-alternatives.8:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
msgid ""
"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform "
"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified "
"nombre d'options."
# type: SS
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS COMMUNES"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:276
+#: update-alternatives.8:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr "produit plus de commentaires sur ce que fait B<update-alternatives.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
msgid ""
"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet "
"implemented."
"n'est pas encore implémentée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
msgid ""
"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not "
"yet implemented."
"option n'est pas encore implémentée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
msgid ""
"Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-alternatives> "
"this is)."
"alternatives).>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
msgid ""
"Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is (and give some usage "
"information)."
"l'utilisation."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<répertoire>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"default."
"défaut."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<répertoire>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"the default."
"défaut."
# type: SS
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "ACTIONS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:310
+#: update-alternatives.8:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."
msgstr "B<--install> I<gen lien altern priorité> [B<--slave> I<gen lien altern>] ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:325
+#: update-alternatives.8:330
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name "
"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the "
"zéro ou plusieurs options B<--slave> chacune suivie par trois arguments."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
msgid ""
"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's "
"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives "
"jour et pointent vers les alternatives nouvellement ajoutées."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--set> I<nom chemin>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
"script."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--remove> I<nom chemin>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
-"which I<name> could be linked.
If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
+"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or "
"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will "
"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently "
"l'alternative sont supprimées."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
"a name in the alternatives directory."
"I<nom> est un nom dans le répertoire des alternatives."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr "B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
msgstr "Appelle B<--config> sur toutes les alternatives."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
msgid ""
"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this "
"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority "
"et pointent vers les alternatives avec les priorités les plus élevées."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--display> I<nom>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master "
"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), "
"la plus élevée."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--list> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr "Affiche toutes les cibles du groupe de liens."
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--config> I<lien>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:406
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
-"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
+"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
"out of I<auto> mode."
msgstr ""
"Affiche les alternatives disponibles pour un groupe de liens et autorise "
"est mise à jour et le mode automatique I<auto> est désactivé."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:407
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:402
+#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"option."
"l'option B<--altdir.>"
# type: TP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:420
msgid ""
"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
"admindir> option."
"admindir>"
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "ÉTAT DE SORTIE"
# type: IP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:415
+#: update-alternatives.8:422
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr "L'action demandée s'est correctement déroulée."
# type: IP
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:427
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"action."
"bien pendant l'exécution de l'action."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:437
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its "
"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs "
"n'est pas le cas, veuillez faire un rapport de bogue."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:432
+#: update-alternatives.8:441
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, "
"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly."
"directement à l'auteur."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:446
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the "
"soit dans la documentation\\ ; faites un rapport."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:447
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:441
+#: update-alternatives.8:451
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
+"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
-"conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Le programme de Debian «\\ update-alternatives\\ » est sous copyright 1995 "
"Ian Jackson. C'est un logiciel libre\\ ; Voyez la «\\ GNU General Public "
"a AUCUNE garantie."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:445
+#: update-alternatives.8:455
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
-"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
+"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel est sous copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. "
"C'est une documentation libre ; Voyez la «\\ GNU General Public Licence\\ » "
"garantie."
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:457
msgid ""
"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
"system."
"tous les systèmes Debian."
# type: SH
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:458
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
# type: Plain text
-#: ../C/update-alternatives.8:449
+#: update-alternatives.8:460
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr ""
"B<ln>(1), FHS, le standard pour l'organisation des systèmes de fichiers."
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "19 January 1998"
+#~ msgstr "19 janvier 1998"
+
# type: Plain text
#~ msgid "C."
#~ msgstr "C."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-21 11:44+0100\n"
"Language-Team: hu\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n"
"X-Poedit-Country: HUNGARY\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
-msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "deb-control"
+msgstr "kontroll"
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "2000 január"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "dpkg eszközök"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian"
+msgstr "Debian Project"
# type: SH
#: deb-control.5:4
msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fõ kontroll fájl formátum"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SZINOPSZIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:9
msgid "control"
msgstr "kontroll"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "LEÍRÁS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:21
-msgid "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see below)."
-msgstr "Minden Debian csomag tartalmaz egy `control' fájlt, mely mezõkbõl áll. Minden mezõ egy tag-gel kezdõdik, pl. B<Package> vagy B<Version>, melyet a mezõtörzs követ. A mezõket csak a mezõ tag-ek választják el. Vagyis, a mezõ szövege több sorból is állhat, de a telepítõ eszközök általában összefûzik ezeket egy mezõtörzs feldolgozásakor (kivéve a B<Description> mezõt, l. alább)."
+#: deb-control.5:23
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
+"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
+"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
+"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
+"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
+"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
+"B<Description> field, see below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Minden Debian csomag tartalmaz egy `control' fájlt, mely mezõkbõl áll. "
+"Minden mezõ egy tag-gel kezdõdik, pl. B<Package> vagy B<Version>, melyet a "
+"mezõtörzs követ. A mezõket csak a mezõ tag-ek választják el. Vagyis, a mezõ "
+"szövege több sorból is állhat, de a telepítõ eszközök általában összefûzik "
+"ezeket egy mezõtörzs feldolgozásakor (kivéve a B<Description> mezõt, l. "
+"alább)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "KÖTELEZÕ MEZÕK"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:22
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Package: >E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:25
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>csomagnévE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:26
-msgid "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate file names by most installation tools."
-msgstr "E mezõ értéke adja meg a csomag nevét, melybõl a legtöbb telepítõ eszköz fájlneveket állít elõ."
+#: deb-control.5:29
+msgid ""
+"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
+"file names by most installation tools."
+msgstr ""
+"E mezõ értéke adja meg a csomag nevét, melybõl a legtöbb telepítõ eszköz "
+"fájlneveket állít elõ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:26
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Version: >E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>verzióE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:33
-msgid "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are seperated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not have a hyphen in its version number."
-msgstr "Ez általában az eredeti csomag verzió szám, a program szerzõje által használt formában. Debian revízió számot is tartalmazhat (nem-natív csomagoknál). Ha mindkettõ meg van adva, elválasztásuk kötõjellel történik, `-'. Ezért az eredeti változat nem tartalmazhat kötõjelet verziószámában."
+#: deb-control.5:36
+msgid ""
+"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
+"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
+"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are "
+"seperated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not "
+"have a hyphen in its version number."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez általában az eredeti csomag verzió szám, a program szerzõje által "
+"használt formában. Debian revízió számot is tartalmazhat (nem-natív "
+"csomagoknál). Ha mindkettõ meg van adva, elválasztásuk kötõjellel történik, "
+"`-'. Ezért az eredeti változat nem tartalmazhat kötõjelet verziószámában."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:33
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:36
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:38
-msgid "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of the software that was packaged."
-msgstr "Formája ilyen lehet: `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', és általában nem a szoftver szerzõjét hanem a csomag készítõjét tartalmazza."
+#: deb-control.5:41
+msgid ""
+"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
+"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
+"the software that was packaged."
+msgstr ""
+"Formája ilyen lehet: `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', és általában "
+"nem a szoftver szerzõjét hanem a csomag készítõjét tartalmazza."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:38
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Description: >E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:41
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>rövid leírásE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:44
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:47
-msgid "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines can be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long desription must contain a single '.' following the preceding space."
-msgstr "A csomagleírás formátuma egy rövid összefoglaló az 1. sorban (a \"Description\" tag után). A következõ sorok hosszabb leírásra használhatók. A hosszú leírás minden sora szóközzel kell kezdõdjön, és a hosszú leírás üres sorai egy '.'-t kell tartalmazzanak a vezetõ szóköz után."
+#: deb-control.5:50
+msgid ""
+"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
+"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines can be used as a "
+"longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must be "
+"preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long desription must contain a "
+"single '.' following the preceding space."
+msgstr ""
+"A csomagleírás formátuma egy rövid összefoglaló az 1. sorban (a \"Description"
+"\" tag után). A következõ sorok hosszabb leírásra használhatók. A hosszú "
+"leírás minden sora szóközzel kell kezdõdjön, és a hosszú leírás üres sorai "
+"egy '.'-t kell tartalmazzanak a vezetõ szóköz után."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "LEHETSÉGES MEZÕK"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:48
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:52
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:53
-msgid "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' etc."
-msgstr "Ez egy általános mezõ, mely a csomagot egy témakörhöz (szakaszhoz) társítja, például ilyenekhez: `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' stb."
+#: deb-control.5:57
+msgid ""
+"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
+"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
+"`text', `x11' etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez egy általános mezõ, mely a csomagot egy témakörhöz (szakaszhoz) társítja, "
+"például ilyenekhez: `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' stb."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:53
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Priority: >E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:57
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>elsõbbségE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
-msgid "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
-msgstr "Megadja e csomag fontosságát a rendszer egészében. Ilyenek például: `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' (kötelezõ, szokásos...) stb."
+#: deb-control.5:61
+msgid ""
+"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
+"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Megadja e csomag fontosságát a rendszer egészében. Ilyenek például: "
+"`required', `standard', `optional', `extra' (kötelezõ, szokásos...) stb."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:67
-msgid "In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these can be obtained from the latest version of B<debian-policy> package."
-msgstr "A Debianban a B<Section> és B<Priority> mezõk a Policy Manual-ban megadott értékeket vehetik fel. Ezek adják meg egy csomag elhelyezkedését az archívumban. Ezek megtekinthetõk a B<debian-policy> csomag legutóbbi verziójában."
+#: deb-control.5:71
+msgid ""
+"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
+"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
+"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these can be obtained from "
+"the latest version of B<debian-policy> package."
+msgstr ""
+"A Debianban a B<Section> és B<Priority> mezõk a Policy Manual-ban megadott "
+"értékeket vehetik fel. Ezek adják meg egy csomag elhelyezkedését az "
+"archívumban. Ezek megtekinthetõk a B<debian-policy> csomag legutóbbi "
+"verziójában."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:67
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:71
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:74
-msgid "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
-msgstr "E mezõ általában csak akkor kell, ha válasz `yes' (igen). Ez a csomagot a rendszer helyes mûködéséhez lényegesnek írja le. A dpkg vagy más telepítõ eszköz alapértelmezetten nem hajtja végre az B<Essential> (lényeges) csomagok eltávolítását (csak kényszerítõ lehetõségekkel)."
+#: deb-control.5:78
+msgid ""
+"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
+"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
+"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed "
+"(at least not without using one of the force options)."
+msgstr ""
+"E mezõ általában csak akkor kell, ha válasz `yes' (igen). Ez a csomagot a "
+"rendszer helyes mûködéséhez lényegesnek írja le. A dpkg vagy más telepítõ "
+"eszköz alapértelmezetten nem hajtja végre az B<Essential> (lényeges) "
+"csomagok eltávolítását (csak kényszerítõ lehetõségekkel)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:74
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:78
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:82
-msgid "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture independent. Some examples of this are shell or Perl scripts, or documentation."
-msgstr "Az architektúra megadja, hogy e csomag mely géptípusra fordított. A leggyakoriabbaktól indulva `i386', `amd64', `powerpc', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', stb. Az B<all> lehetõség a gépfüggetlen csomagokat jelenti. Például ilyenek a Perl parancsfájlok, dokumentációk, stb."
+#: deb-control.5:86
+msgid ""
+"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
+"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
+"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture "
+"independent. Some examples of this are shell or Perl scripts, or "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Az architektúra megadja, hogy e csomag mely géptípusra fordított. A "
+"leggyakoriabbaktól indulva `i386', `amd64', `powerpc', `m68k', `sparc', "
+"`alpha', stb. Az B<all> lehetõség a gépfüggetlen csomagokat jelenti. Például "
+"ilyenek a Perl parancsfájlok, dokumentációk, stb."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:82
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Source: >E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:86
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
-msgid "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if different than the name of the package itself."
-msgstr "Annak a forrás csomagnak a neve, ahonnan e bináris is származik, ha eltér."
+#: deb-control.5:90
+msgid ""
+"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
+"different than the name of the package itself."
+msgstr ""
+"Annak a forrás csomagnak a neve, ahonnan e bináris is származik, ha eltér."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:90
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>csomaglistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:96
-msgid "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before."
-msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyek szükségesek egy csomag rendes mûködéséhez. A csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi a telepítést a B<Depends> mezõben megadott csomagok telepítése nélkül (csak kényszerítõ lehetõségekkel), és lefuttatja a postinst és prerm parancsfájlokat."
+#: deb-control.5:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
+"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
+"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
+"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will "
+"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those "
+"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before."
+msgstr ""
+"Azon csomagok listája, melyek szükségesek egy csomag rendes mûködéséhez. A "
+"csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi a telepítést a B<Depends> mezõben "
+"megadott csomagok telepítése nélkül (csak kényszerítõ lehetõségekkel), és "
+"lefuttatja a postinst és prerm parancsfájlokat."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:96
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:100
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>csomaglistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:103
-msgid "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package requires another package for running its preinst script."
-msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyek telepítése B<és> konfigurálása kötelezõ ennek telepítése elõtt. Általában akkor használatos, ha e csomag a telepítés elõtti (preinst) parancsfájl lefuttatásához egy másik csomagot igényel "
+#: deb-control.5:107
+msgid ""
+"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
+"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
+"requires another package for running its preinst script."
+msgstr ""
+"Azon csomagok listája, melyek telepítése B<és> konfigurálása kötelezõ ennek "
+"telepítése elõtt. Általában akkor használatos, ha e csomag a telepítés "
+"elõtti (preinst) parancsfájl lefuttatásához egy másik csomagot igényel "
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:103
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Recommends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:107
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>csomaglistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:110
-msgid "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
-msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyeket e csomaggal mindig együtt szokás használni, kivéve egyes, szokásostól eltérõ telepítéseket. A csomagkarbantartó szoftver figyelmezteti a felhasználót, ha a B<Recommends> mezõben lévõ csomagok kijelölése nélkül telepít."
+#: deb-control.5:114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
+"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
+"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
+msgstr ""
+"Azon csomagok listája, melyeket e csomaggal mindig együtt szokás használni, "
+"kivéve egyes, szokásostól eltérõ telepítéseket. A csomagkarbantartó szoftver "
+"figyelmezteti a felhasználót, ha a B<Recommends> mezõben lévõ csomagok "
+"kijelölése nélkül telepít."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:114
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>csomag\\ listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:115
-msgid "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly reasonable."
-msgstr "Azon csomagok listája, melyek ennek képességeit növelhetik, de melyek mellõzhetõk."
+#: deb-control.5:119
+msgid ""
+"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
+"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
+"reasonable."
+msgstr ""
+"Azon csomagok listája, melyek ennek képességeit növelhetik, de melyek "
+"mellõzhetõk."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:127
-msgid "The syntax of B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
-msgstr "A B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> és B<Suggests> mezõk szintaxisa más csomagok csoportjainak listája. Minden csoport egy függõleges vonalakkal (ún. `pipa', `|' jelekkel) elválasztott csomaglista. A csoportok vesszõkkel vannak elválasztva. A vesszõ `ÉS'-t, a pipa `VAGY'-ot jelent, akár nagyobb kötésekkel. Minden elem egy csomagnév, melyet a verziószám megadása követhet zárójelben."
+#: deb-control.5:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
+"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
+"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
+"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
+"pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed "
+"by a version number specification in parentheses."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> és B<Suggests> mezõk "
+"szintaxisa más csomagok csoportjainak listája. Minden csoport egy függõleges "
+"vonalakkal (ún. `pipa', `|' jelekkel) elválasztott csomaglista. A csoportok "
+"vesszõkkel vannak elválasztva. A vesszõ `ÉS'-t, a pipa `VAGY'-ot jelent, "
+"akár nagyobb kötésekkel. Minden elem egy csomagnév, melyet a verziószám "
+"megadása követhet zárójelben."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:133
-msgid "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision (separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
-msgstr "A verziószám kezdõdhet így: `E<gt>E<gt>', ekkor bármely késõbbi verzió megfelel, és megadhat Debian csomag revíziót (kötõjellel elválasztva). Elfogadott verzióviszonyok: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" nagyobb mint, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" kisebb mint, \"E<gt>=\" nagyobb vagy egyenlõ, \"E<lt>=\" kisebb vagy egyenlõ, és \"=\" egyenlõ."
+#: deb-control.5:137
+msgid ""
+"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
+"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
+"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
+"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than "
+"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
+msgstr ""
+"A verziószám kezdõdhet így: `E<gt>E<gt>', ekkor bármely késõbbi verzió "
+"megfelel, és megadhat Debian csomag revíziót (kötõjellel elválasztva). "
+"Elfogadott verzióviszonyok: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" nagyobb mint, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" "
+"kisebb mint, \"E<gt>=\" nagyobb vagy egyenlõ, \"E<lt>=\" kisebb vagy "
+"egyenlõ, és \"=\" egyenlõ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:133
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:137
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>csomaglistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:141
-msgid "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
-msgstr "Ütközõ csomagok, például azonos nevû fájlokat tartalmazók. A csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi ezek egyidejû telepítését. 2 ütközõ csomag 1-1 B<Conflicts> mezõben hivatkozik egymásra."
+#: deb-control.5:145
+msgid ""
+"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
+"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
+"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
+"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
+msgstr ""
+"Ütközõ csomagok, például azonos nevû fájlokat tartalmazók. A "
+"csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi ezek egyidejû telepítését. 2 ütközõ "
+"csomag 1-1 B<Conflicts> mezõben hivatkozik egymásra."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Replaces: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:145
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>csomaglistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:149
-msgid "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
-msgstr "Az e csomag által lecserélt csomag fájlok listája. Ez lehetõvé teszi e csomagnak más csomag fájljainak felülírását és általában a <Conflicts> mezõvel használatos a másik csomag törlésére, ha ez azonos nevû fájlt tartalmaz, mint az ütközõ csomag."
+#: deb-control.5:153
+msgid ""
+"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
+"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
+"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
+"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
+msgstr ""
+"Az e csomag által lecserélt csomag fájlok listája. Ez lehetõvé teszi e "
+"csomagnak más csomag fájljainak felülírását és általában a <Conflicts> "
+"mezõvel használatos a másik csomag törlésére, ha ez azonos nevû fájlt "
+"tartalmaz, mint az ütközõ csomag."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:149
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:153
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>csomag\\ listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:159
-msgid "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisy the dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate the list."
-msgstr "Ez egy e csomag által adott virtuális csomaglista. Általában eltérõ csomagok által nyújtott hasonló szolgáltatás esetén használt. Például a sendmail és exim levelezõkiszolgálók, így egy általános csomagot adnak (`mail-transport-agent'), meytõl más csomagok függhetnek. Így a sendmail vagy exim érvényes függõségként szolgálhat. Így a csomagoknak nem kell ismerniük az összes levelezõkiszolgálót egy `|'-kkal elválasztott listában."
+#: deb-control.5:163
+msgid ""
+"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
+"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
+"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
+"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. "
+"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisy the "
+"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
+"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate "
+"the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez egy e csomag által adott virtuális csomaglista. Általában eltérõ csomagok "
+"által nyújtott hasonló szolgáltatás esetén használt. Például a sendmail és "
+"exim levelezõkiszolgálók, így egy általános csomagot adnak (`mail-transport-"
+"agent'), meytõl más csomagok függhetnek. Így a sendmail vagy exim érvényes "
+"függõségként szolgálhat. Így a csomagoknak nem kell ismerniük az összes "
+"levelezõkiszolgálót egy `|'-kkal elválasztott listában."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:174
-msgid "The syntax of B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
-msgstr "A B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> és B<Provides> szintaxisa egy vesszõkkel (és tetszõleges helykitöltõkkel) elválasztott csomagnév lista. A B<Conflicts> mezõben, a vesszõ `VAGY'. A verzió szintén megadható a már ismert módon."
+#: deb-control.5:178
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
+"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
+"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be "
+"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> "
+"fields."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> és B<Provides> szintaxisa egy vesszõkkel (és "
+"tetszõleges helykitöltõkkel) elválasztott csomagnév lista. A B<Conflicts> "
+"mezõben, a vesszõ `VAGY'. A verzió szintén megadható a már ismert módon."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "PÉLDA"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:196
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:201
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
-" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
+" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
# type: SH
-#. .RE
-#: deb-control.5:198
+#: deb-control.5:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "LÁSD MÉG"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:207
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "2000 január"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "dpkg eszközök"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-21 12:04+0100\n"
"Language-Team: hu\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DEB"
-msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+msgid "dpkg-deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "1st June 1996"
-msgstr "1996 június 1"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
-msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archívum könyvtár>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archívum könyvtár>"
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:33
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:39
-msgid "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
-msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt róluk."
+msgid ""
+"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt "
+"róluk."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:43
msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
-msgstr "Csomagok telepítéséhez és eltávolításához a rendszerbõl a B<dpkg> programot kell használni."
+msgstr ""
+"Csomagok telepítéséhez és eltávolításához a rendszerbõl a B<dpkg> programot "
+"kell használni."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:53
-msgid "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> and run it for you."
-msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> a B<dpkg>-val is hívható minden lehetéséggel, melyet át akarsz adni a B<dpkg-deb>-nek. A B<dpkg> látja, hogy a B<dpkg-deb>-et akarod és el fogja indítani."
+msgid ""
+"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
+"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
+"and run it for you."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<dpkg-deb> a B<dpkg>-val is hívható minden lehetéséggel, melyet át akarsz "
+"adni a B<dpkg-deb>-nek. A B<dpkg> látja, hogy a B<dpkg-deb>-et akarod és el "
+"fogja indítani."
# type: SH
#: dpkg-deb.1:53
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:66
-msgid "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
-msgstr "Létrehoz egy Debian archívumot a I<könyvtár>-ban lévõ fájlokból. A I<könyvtár> egy B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtár kell legyen, mely egyaránt tartalmazza az ellenõrzõ információs fájlokat és az ellenõrzõ fájlt magát. E könyvtár I<nem> jelenik meg a bináris csomag fájlrendszer archívumában, a benne lévõ fájlok a bináris csomag ellenõrzõ információs területére kerülnek."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
+"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
+"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
+"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
+"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
+msgstr ""
+"Létrehoz egy Debian archívumot a I<könyvtár>-ban lévõ fájlokból. A "
+"I<könyvtár> egy B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtár kell legyen, mely egyaránt tartalmazza "
+"az ellenõrzõ információs fájlokat és az ellenõrzõ fájlt magát. E könyvtár "
+"I<nem> jelenik meg a bináris csomag fájlrendszer archívumában, a benne lévõ "
+"fájlok a bináris csomag ellenõrzõ információs területére kerülnek."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:72
-msgid "You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
-msgstr "A B<-z#> lehetõséggel megadható a tömörítási szint. A B<dpkg-deb> átadja ezt a gzip-nek.."
+msgid ""
+"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. "
+"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<-z#> lehetõséggel megadható a tömörítási szint. A B<dpkg-deb> átadja ezt "
+"a gzip-nek.."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:84
-msgid "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
-msgstr "A B<--nocheck> megadása nélkül, a B<dpkg-deb> elolvassa és értelmezi a B<DEBIAN/control> fájlt. Nyelvtani és más hibákat ellenõriz és kiírja a bináris csomag nevét. A B<dpkg-deb> ellenõrzi a karbantartói szkriptek jogait és a B<DEBIAN> ellenõrzõ információs könyvtárban lévõ más fájlokat."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
+"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
+"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
+"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
+"control information directory."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<--nocheck> megadása nélkül, a B<dpkg-deb> elolvassa és értelmezi a "
+"B<DEBIAN/control> fájlt. Nyelvtani és más hibákat ellenõriz és kiírja a "
+"bináris csomag nevét. A B<dpkg-deb> ellenõrzi a karbantartói szkriptek "
+"jogait és a B<DEBIAN> ellenõrzõ információs könyvtárban lévõ más fájlokat."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:91
-msgid "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into the file I<directory>B<.deb>."
-msgstr "Ha nincs I<archívum> megadva, a B<dpkg-deb> a csomagot a I<directory>B<.deb> fájlba készíti el."
+msgid ""
+"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
+"the file I<directory>B<.deb>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha nincs I<archívum> megadva, a B<dpkg-deb> a csomagot a I<directory>B<.deb> "
+"fájlba készíti el."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:93
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:109
-msgid "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
-msgstr "Ha a második argumentum egy könyvtár, a B<dpkg-deb> a I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<_>I<architektúra>B<.deb>, vagy ha nincs B<Architecture> mezõ a csomag ellenõrzõ fájlban, a I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<.deb> fájlba ír. Ha nem fájl, hanem célkönyvtár van megadva, a B<--nocheck> lehetõség nem használható (mivel a B<dpkg-deb>-nek el kell olvasni csomag ellenõrzõ fájlt a fájlnév meghatározásához)."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
+"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
+"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
+"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
+"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
+"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a második argumentum egy könyvtár, a B<dpkg-deb> a "
+"I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<_>I<architektúra>B<.deb>, vagy ha nincs "
+"B<Architecture> mezõ a csomag ellenõrzõ fájlban, a I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<."
+"deb> fájlba ír. Ha nem fájl, hanem célkönyvtár van megadva, a B<--nocheck> "
+"lehetõség nem használható (mivel a B<dpkg-deb>-nek el kell olvasni csomag "
+"ellenõrzõ fájlt a fájlnév meghatározásához)."
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:109
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:117
-msgid "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of the contents of the package as well as its control file."
-msgstr "Ha nincs megadva I<ellenõrzõ-fájl-név>, kiírja a csomag és ellenõrzõ fájlja tartalmát"
+msgid ""
+"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
+"the contents of the package as well as its control file."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha nincs megadva I<ellenõrzõ-fájl-név>, kiírja a csomag és ellenõrzõ fájlja "
+"tartalmát"
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:125
-msgid "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status 2."
-msgstr "Ha meg van adva I<ellenõrzõ-fájl-név>, a B<dpkg-deb> a megadott sorrendben mutat rájuk, és ha bármely összetevõ hiányzik, azokról hibaüzenetet küld a stderr-re és kilép 2-es kóddal."
+msgid ""
+"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
+"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
+"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
+"2."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha meg van adva I<ellenõrzõ-fájl-név>, a B<dpkg-deb> a megadott sorrendben "
+"mutat rájuk, és ha bármely összetevõ hiányzik, azokról hibaüzenetet küld a "
+"stderr-re és kilép 2-es kóddal."
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:125
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:131
-msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified by the B<--showformat> argument."
-msgstr "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat a B<--showformat> argumentumban megadott formátumban."
+msgid ""
+"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
+"by the B<--showformat> argument."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat a B<--showformat> "
+"argumentumban megadott formátumban."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:137
-msgid "This argument is a string that may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same package."
-msgstr "Ez az argumentum egy szöveg, mely a \"${I<field-name>}\" formát használó bármely állapotmezõre hivatkozhat, az érvényes mezõk listája könnyen elõállítható a B<-I>-lel ugyanazon csomagon."
+msgid ""
+"This argument is a string that may reference any status field using the "
+"\"${I<field-name>}\" form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced "
+"using B<-I> on the same package."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez az argumentum egy szöveg, mely a \"${I<field-name>}\" formát használó "
+"bármely állapotmezõre hivatkozhat, az érvényes mezõk listája könnyen "
+"elõállítható a B<-I>-lel ugyanazon csomagon."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:139
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:146
-msgid "If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole control file."
-msgstr "Ha nincsenek B<ellenõrzõ-fájl-mezõk>k megadva, kiírja az egész ellenõrzõ fájlt."
+msgid ""
+"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole "
+"control file."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha nincsenek B<ellenõrzõ-fájl-mezõk>k megadva, kiírja az egész ellenõrzõ "
+"fájlt."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:155
-msgid "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field name (and a colon and space)."
-msgstr "Ha vannak, a B<dpkg-deb> kiírja tartalmukat az ellenõrzõ fájlban megadott sorrendben. Ha több, mint 1 B<ellenõrzõ-fájl-mezõ> került megadásra, a B<dpkg-deb> mezõnevükkel (és egy kettõsponttal és szóközzel) azonosítja õket."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
+"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
+"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
+"name (and a colon and space)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha vannak, a B<dpkg-deb> kiírja tartalmukat az ellenõrzõ fájlban megadott "
+"sorrendben. Ha több, mint 1 B<ellenõrzõ-fájl-mezõ> került megadásra, a "
+"B<dpkg-deb> mezõnevükkel (és egy kettõsponttal és szóközzel) azonosítja õket."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:157
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:163
-msgid "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s verbose listing."
-msgstr "Kilistázza a csomag archívum fájlrendszer fa archívum részét. Jelenleg a B<tar> részletes lista formátumban teszi meg ezt."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
+"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
+"verbose listing."
+msgstr ""
+"Kilistázza a csomag archívum fájlrendszer fa archívum részét. Jelenleg a "
+"B<tar> részletes lista formátumban teszi meg ezt."
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:163
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:167
-msgid "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified directory."
-msgstr "Kibontja egy csomag archívum fájlrendszer fáját egy megadott könyvtárba."
+msgid ""
+"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
+"directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Kibontja egy csomag archívum fájlrendszer fáját egy megadott könyvtárba."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:172
-msgid "B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs."
-msgstr "A B<--vextract> (B<-X>) kiírja a kibontásra került fájlokat, a B<--extract> (B<-x>) csak hibánál ír."
+msgid ""
+"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, "
+"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<--vextract> (B<-X>) kiírja a kibontásra került fájlokat, a B<--extract> "
+"(B<-x>) csak hibánál ír."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:178
-msgid "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a correct installation ! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
-msgstr "Egy csomag kibontása I<not> ad helyes telepítést! A B<dpkg> vagy valamely felülete használható csomagok telepítésére."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
+"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy csomag kibontása I<not> ad helyes telepítést! A B<dpkg> vagy valamely "
+"felülete használható csomagok telepítésére."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:181
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:189
-msgid "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used to extract a particular file from a package archive."
-msgstr "Kibontja a fájlrendszer fa adatokat egy bináris csomagból és a szabvány kimenetre küldi B<tar> formátumban. A B<tar>(1)-ral együtt egyes fájlok kibontására használható egy csomag archívumból."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
+"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
+"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kibontja a fájlrendszer fa adatokat egy bináris csomagból és a szabvány "
+"kimenetre küldi B<tar> formátumban. A B<tar>(1)-ral együtt egyes fájlok "
+"kibontására használható egy csomag archívumból."
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:189
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:193
-msgid "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the specified directory."
-msgstr "Kiszedi a csomag információs fájlokat egy csomag archívumból a megadott könyvtárba."
+msgid ""
+"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
+"specified directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiszedi a csomag információs fájlokat egy csomag archívumból a megadott "
+"könyvtárba."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:197
-msgid "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current directory is used."
-msgstr "Ha nincs megadva könyvtár a jelen könyvtár B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtárát fogja használni."
+msgid ""
+"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
+"directory is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha nincs megadva könyvtár a jelen könyvtár B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtárát fogja "
+"használni."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:200
-msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
+msgid ""
+"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
msgstr "Létrehozza a célkönyvtárat (de szüleit nem), ha szükséges."
# type: TP
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:205
-msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and their uses."
-msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> használatát, megadva lehetõségei és azok használata összefoglalóját."
+msgid ""
+"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
+"their uses."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> használatát, megadva lehetõségei és azok használata "
+"összefoglalóját."
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:205
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:217
-msgid "Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
-msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> szerzõi jogi információit, a felhasználói engedélyt (licenc) és a garancia hiányát. (Az amerikai B<--license> helyesírás is támogatott.) "
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> szerzõi jogi információit, a felhasználói engedélyt "
+"(licenc) és a garancia hiányát. (Az amerikai B<--license> helyesírás is "
+"támogatott.) "
# type: SH
#: dpkg-deb.1:217
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:223
-msgid "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr "`Új' formátumú archívum használata. Ez az alap."
# type: TP
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:231
-msgid "Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
-msgstr "Elõírja, hogy a B<dpkg-deb> a `régi' formátumú archívumba írjon. E régi archívum formátumot nehezebben értik nem-Debian eszközök és elavult; egyetlen használata olyan csomagok készítése, mely a 0.93.76-nál (1995 szeptember) régebbi verziójú dpkg számára is érthetõ, mely csak i386 a.out-ként volt kiadva."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
+"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
+"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
+"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
+msgstr ""
+"Elõírja, hogy a B<dpkg-deb> a `régi' formátumú archívumba írjon. E régi "
+"archívum formátumot nehezebben értik nem-Debian eszközök és elavult; "
+"egyetlen használata olyan csomagok készítése, mely a 0.93.76-nál (1995 "
+"szeptember) régebbi verziójú dpkg számára is érthetõ, mely csak i386 a.out-"
+"ként volt kiadva."
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:231
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:237
-msgid "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
-msgstr "Tiltja egy tervezett archívum tartalom szokásos B<dpkg-deb --build> ellenõrzését. Így bármilyen archívum készíthetõ, vagyis nem számít, milyen hibákat tartalmaz."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
+"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiltja egy tervezett archívum tartalom szokásos B<dpkg-deb --build> "
+"ellenõrzését. Így bármilyen archívum készíthetõ, vagyis nem számít, milyen "
+"hibákat tartalmaz."
# type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:237
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:240
-msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr "Hibajavító kimenet engedélyezése. Nem túl érdekes."
# type: SH
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:245
-msgid "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
+msgid ""
+"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<csomag1>B<.deb> I<csomag2>B<.deb> hibát okoz."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:249
-msgid "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a straightforward checksum."
-msgstr "Nincs hitelesítés a B<deb> fájlokhoz; illetve nincs ellenõrzõ összeg. (Ez megoldva - a fordító)"
+msgid ""
+"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
+"straightforward checksum."
+msgstr ""
+"Nincs hitelesítés a B<deb> fájlokhoz; illetve nincs ellenõrzõ összeg. (Ez "
+"megoldva - a fordító)"
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:256
-msgid "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software ! You must use B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
-msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> önmagában nem használható telepítésre! A B<dpkg> programot kell használni annak biztosításához, hogy minden fájl a helyére kerüljön, a csomagok szkriptjei lefussanak és állapotuk és tartalmuk rögzítésre kerüljön."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
+"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
+"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<dpkg-deb> önmagában nem használható telepítésre! A B<dpkg> programot "
+"kell használni annak biztosításához, hogy minden fájl a helyére kerüljön, a "
+"csomagok szkriptjei lefussanak és állapotuk és tartalmuk rögzítésre kerüljön."
# type: SH
#: dpkg-deb.1:256
msgstr "SZERZÕ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-deb.1:270
-msgid "B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are Copyright (C)1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
-msgstr "A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzõje Ian Jackson. Õ adta hozzá a Copyright (C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence alatt; NINCS GARANCIA. Lásd a B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért."
+#: dpkg-deb.1:269
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
+"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</"
+"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzõje Ian Jackson. Õ adta hozzá a Copyright "
+"(C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence alatt; NINCS "
+"GARANCIA. Lásd a B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és B</usr/share/common-"
+"licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "1st June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "1996 június 1"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-21 12:05+0100\n"
"Language-Team: hu\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG.CFG"
-msgstr "DPKG.CFG"
+msgid "dpkg.cfg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
-msgstr "2002 Február"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
msgstr "dpkg.cfg - dpkg konfigurációs fájl"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:4
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "LEÍRÁS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:10
-msgid "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
-msgstr "E fájl tartalmazza a dpkg alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetõséget tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetõségeknek kivéve a vezetõ kötõjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek."
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:11
+msgid ""
+"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
+"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
+"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed "
+"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
+msgstr ""
+"E fájl tartalmazza a dpkg alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetõséget "
+"tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetõségeknek "
+"kivéve a vezetõ kötõjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor "
+"elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:10
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FÁJLOK"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> ~/.dpkg.cfg"
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> ~/.dpkg.cfg"
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:13
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "SZERZÕ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
-msgid "See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to B<dpkg> ."
-msgstr "Lásd a B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dpkg> program elkészítését segítõ személyek listája található."
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:20
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dpkg>."
+msgstr ""
+"Lásd a B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dpkg> program "
+"elkészítését segítõ személyek listája található."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "LÁSD MÉG"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:17
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)"
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG.CFG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG.CFG"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "February 2002"
+#~ msgstr "2002 Február"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-21 12:06+0100\n"
"Language-Team: hu\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT.CFG"
-msgstr "DSELECT.CFG"
+msgid "dselect.cfg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
-msgstr "2002 Február"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:4
+#: dselect.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "LEÍRÁS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:10
-msgid "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
-msgstr "E fájl tartalmazza a dselect alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetõséget tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetõségeknek kivéve a vezetõ kötõjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek."
+#: dselect.cfg.5:11
+msgid ""
+"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
+"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect "
+"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed "
+"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
+msgstr ""
+"E fájl tartalmazza a dselect alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetõséget "
+"tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetõségeknek "
+"kivéve a vezetõ kötõjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor "
+"elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:10
+#: dselect.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FÁJLOK"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> ~/.dselect.cfg"
+#: dselect.cfg.5:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> ~/.dselect.cfg"
+# type: Plain text
+#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
+msgstr "B<dselect>(1)"
+
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:13
+#: dselect.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "SZERZÕ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:16
-msgid "See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to B<dselect> ."
-msgstr "Lásd a B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dselect> program elkészítését segítõ személyek listája található."
+#: dselect.cfg.5:20
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dselect>."
+msgstr ""
+"Lásd a B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dselect> program "
+"elkészítését segítõ személyek listája található."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#: dselect.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "LÁSD MÉG"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:17
-msgid "B<dselect>(1)"
+#: dselect.cfg.5:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr "B<dselect>(1)"
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DSELECT.CFG"
+#~ msgstr "DSELECT.CFG"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "February 2002"
+#~ msgstr "2002 Február"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-JP\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "822-DATE"
-msgstr "822-DATE"
+msgid "822-date"
+msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "14th August 1996"
-msgstr "14th August 1996"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2008-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
msgstr "822-date - RFC822¥Õ¥©¡¼¥Þ¥Ã¥È¤ÎÆüÉդȻþ´Ö¤Î°õ»ú"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:6
+#: 822-date.1:7
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<822-date>"
msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in "
"¿ô»ú¤Ë ¤è¤ë¥¿¥¤¥à¥¾¡¼¥ó¥ª¥Õ¥»¥Ã¥È¤ò»È¤Ã¤Æ¸½ºß¤ÎÆüÉդȻþ´Ö¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:15
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options."
msgstr "B<822-date> ¤Ë¤Ï°ú¿ô¡¢¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï¤¢¤ê¤Þ¤»¤ó¡£"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "¥Ð¥°"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:22
#, fuzzy
-msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1),"
+msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)."
msgstr "¤³¤Îµ¡Ç½¤Ï¼ÂºÝ¤Ë¤Ï B<date>(1) ¤Î°ìÉô¤Ç¤¢¤ë¤Ù¤¤Ç¤¹¡£"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:23
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:21
+#: 822-date.1:26
#, fuzzy
msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
msgstr ""
"Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages)> (RFC822),"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:24
+#: 822-date.1:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) "
"5.2.14 Àá,"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<date>(1)."
msgstr "B<date>(1)"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:29
+#: 822-date.1:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
+"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
"placed by him into the public domain."
msgstr ""
"B<822-date> ¤È ¤³¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Ï Ian Jackson ¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤Æ¤«¤«¤ì¡¢Èà¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤Æ "
"public domain ¤Ê¤â¤Î¤È¤·¤Æ¤³¤³¤Ë´Þ¤Þ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "822-DATE"
+#~ msgstr "822-DATE"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "14th August 1996"
+#~ msgstr "14th August 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "CLEANUP-INFO"
-msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "cleanup-info"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "November 1999"
-msgstr "November 1999"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: cleanup-info.8:1
msgstr "cleanup-info - install-info ¤Î¸í¤Ã¤¿ÍøÍѤˤè¤ëº®Íð¤Î¾Ãµî"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:4
+#: cleanup-info.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:9
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] [I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
+"B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] "
+"[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
msgstr ""
"B<cleanup-info> [--help] [--unsafe] [--version] [--] [I<E<lt>¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê̾"
"E<gt>>]"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:7
+#: cleanup-info.8:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:12
+#: cleanup-info.8:15
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus "
"ʸ»ú¤Î¶è ÊÌ¡¢¤¢¤È¤Ë³¤¯¥³¥í¥ó/¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤Ë´Ø¤·¤Æ¤â¸¤¯½èÍý¤·¤è¤¦¤È¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:15
+#: cleanup-info.8:18
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank "
"¤½¤Î¾¡¢¶õ¤Î¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤Î½üµî¡¢¶õ¹Ô¤Î°µ½Ì(¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¡¼¥Ñ¡¼¥È¤Î¤ß)¤â ¹Ô¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:18
+#: cleanup-info.8:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). "
"¤â¤Î¤Î°ÌÃ֤ˤʤë)¡£ ¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥óÆâ¤Ç¤Î¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤Î½ç½ø¤âÊݸ¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:26
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be "
"»È¤¦Á°¤Ë¥Ð¥Ã¥¯¥¢¥Ã¥×¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò ¤È¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¤¹¤Ù¤¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:23
+#: cleanup-info.8:27
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:24
+#: cleanup-info.8:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:27
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully."
msgstr "¥Ø¥ë¥×¤òɽ¼¨¤·¡¢Àµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:27
+#: cleanup-info.8:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--unsafe>"
+msgid "B<--unsafe>"
msgstr "I<--unsafe>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:30
+#: cleanup-info.8:34
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options."
msgstr "¤¤¤¯¤Ä¤«¤ÎÉÕ²ÃŪ¤Ê¤ª¤½¤é¤¯ÍÍѤǤ¢¤í¤¦¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò¥»¥Ã¥È¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:32
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>"
msgstr ""
"B<·Ù¹ð: `--unsafe' ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ÏÀµ¤·¤¤¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò²þã⤷¤Æ¤·¤Þ¤¦¤«¤â¤·¤ì¤Þ¤»¤ó!>"
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:32
+#: cleanup-info.8:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "I<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output version and exit successfully."
msgstr "¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤òɽ¼¨¤·¡¢Àµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:35
+#: cleanup-info.8:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë"
# type: TP
-#: cleanup-info.8:36
+#: cleanup-info.8:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I</usr/info/dir or E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
+msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
msgstr "I</usr/info/dir ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï E<lt>¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê̾E<gt>/dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" "
"¤¿¤â¤Î¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:39
+#: cleanup-info.8:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "¥Ð¥°"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probably many."
msgstr "¤ª¤½¤é¤¯¤¿¤¯¤µ¤ó¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:41
+#: cleanup-info.8:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: cleanup-info.8:44
+#: cleanup-info.8:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:46
+#: cleanup-info.8:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."
# type: Plain text
-#: cleanup-info.8:48
+#: cleanup-info.8:55
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CLEANUP-INFO"
+#~ msgstr "CLEANUP-INFO"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "November 1999"
+#~ msgstr "November 1999"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-JP\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
-msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+msgid "deb-control"
+msgstr "control"
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "January 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "dpkg utilities"
+msgid "Debian"
+msgstr "Debian Project"
# type: SH
#: deb-control.5:4
"deb-control - Debian ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥Þ¥¹¥¿¡¼¥³¥ó¥È¥í¡¼¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥©¡¼¥Þ¥Ã¥È"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:7
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "control"
msgstr "control"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields.
Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
+"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
+"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
"B<Description> field, see below)."
"B<Description> ¥Õ¥£¡¼¥ë¥É¤ÏÎã³°¤Ç¤¢¤ë)"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "ɬ¿Ü¥Õ¥£¡¼¥ë¥É"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:22
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Package: >E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸Ì¾E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"¤¬¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤òÀ¸À®¤¹¤ë¤Î¤Ë¤â»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Version: >E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥óʸ»úÎóE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"¤Ë¥Ï¥¤¥Õ¥ó¤ò»È¤¦¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>̾Á° emailE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"¥¢¥É¥ì¥¹¤ò»È¤¦¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Description: >E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>û¤«¤¤ÀâÌÀE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>Ť¤ÀâÌÀE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"Ì£¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Î¥Õ¥£¡¼¥ë¥É"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:48
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥óE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"`x11'¤Ê¤É¤¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Priority: >E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>Í¥ÀèÅÙE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"¤Æ¤Ï `required'¡¢`standard'¡¢`optional'¡¢`extra'¤Ê¤É¤¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"¥±¡¼¥¸¤ÎÃæ¤Ë´Þ¤Þ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"¤òµö¤µ¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"¤¬ architecture ¤¬ all ¤È¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Source: >E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>¥½¡¼¥¹Ì¾E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"¥Ê¥ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î̾Á°¤È¥½¡¼¥¹¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î̾Á°¤¬°ã¤¦»þ¤Ë»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
-"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
+"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will "
"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those "
"¤¬prerm¥¹¥¯¥ê¥×¥È¤ò¼Â¹Ô¤·¤è¤¦¤È¤¹¤ëÁ°¤Ë ¼Â¹Ô¤·¤è¤¦¤È¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"¾¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò preinst¤ÇÍøÍѤ¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Recommends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
-"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
+"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""
";Äø¤Î¤³¤È¤¬¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¤³¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤È¤È¤â¤Ë¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤µ¤ì¤ë¤Ù¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ ¤Î"
"¤È¤¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:115
+#: deb-control.5:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"¤ï¤Ê¤¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:127
+#: deb-control.5:131
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
-"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
-"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
-"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', "
-"with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally "
-"followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
+"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
+"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
+"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
+"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
+"pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed "
+"by a version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""
"B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends ,> B<Suggests> ¥Õ¥£¡¼¥ë¥É¤Ï¡¢ÂåÂØ"
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤Çɽ¸½¤¹¤ë¡£ ³Æ¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Ç¤Ï¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò½ÄËÀ (¤â¤·"
"¥¸¥ç¥ó°Í¸¤Î ¾ðÊó¤Çɽ¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"\"=\"¤¬Æ±¤¸ ¤¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"¤¤¤ò B<Conflicts> ¤Ë½ñ¤¤¤Æ¤ª¤¯¤Ù¤¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Replaces: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"¤È¤Ç¾¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¶¯À©Åª¤Ëºï½ü¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤ò »Ø¼¨¤¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Ë»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides: >E<lt>¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:159
+#: deb-control.5:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"»È¤Ã¤ÆÎóµó¤¹¤ëɬÍפ⠤ʤ¯¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
-"package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
-"B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
-"can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
-"B<Replaces> fields."
+"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
+"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
+"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be "
+"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> "
+"fields."
msgstr ""
"B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces ,> B<Provides> ¤Ï¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸Ì¾¤ò¥³¥ó¥Þ¤Ç¶èÀڤäÆɽµ"
"¤¹¤ë(¶õÇò¤Ï¤¢¤Ã¤Æ¤â¤«¤Þ¤ï¤Ê¤¤)¡£ B<Conflicts> ¥Õ¥£¡¼¥ë¥É¤ÎÃæ¤Ç¤Ï¡¢¥³¥ó¥Þ¤Ï "
"¥É¤ÈƱ¤¸É½µ¤Ç¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤â»ØÄꤹ¤ë¤³¤È¤¬ ¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "Îã"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:196
+#: deb-control.5:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: grep\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
-" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
+" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
# type: SH
-#. .RE
-#: deb-control.5:198
+#: deb-control.5:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "January 2000"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "dpkg utilities"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-OLD"
-msgstr "DEB-OLD"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "deb-old"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "January 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
msgstr "deb-old - Debian ¥Ð¥¤¥Ê¥ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸µì·Á¼°¥Õ¥©¡¼¥Þ¥Ã¥È"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:4
+#: deb-old.5:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
-"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
+"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
+"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
"(5) for details of the new format."
msgstr ""
"B<.deb> ¥Õ¥©¡¼¥Þ¥Ã¥È¤Ï Debian ¥Ð¥¤¥Ê¥ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë·Á¼°¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ ¤³¤Î¥Þ"
"·Á¼°¤Î¾ÜºÙ¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï B<deb>(5) ¤ò»²¾È¤µ¤ì¤¿¤¤¡£"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT"
msgstr "¥Õ¥©¡¼¥Þ¥Ã¥È"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:18
+#: deb-old.5:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
"tar ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬Â³¤¯¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:22
+#: deb-old.5:25
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
"¤¹¤Ù¤Æ B<0.939000> ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:25
+#: deb-old.5:28
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
"¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:27
+#: deb-old.5:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
msgstr "¤½¤ì¤¾¤ì¤Î¹Ô¤Î½ª¤ï¤ê¤Ï²þ¹Ôʸ»ú¤Ò¤È¤Ä¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:32
+#: deb-old.5:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
-"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
+"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
"information."
msgstr ""
"1 ÈÖÌܤΠtar ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï¡¢À©¸æ¾ðÊó¤òʿʸ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë·²¤È¤·¤Æ´Þ¤à¡£¾ÜºÙ¤Ï I<Debian "
"¤Ç¤¢¤ê¡¢Ãæ¿´¤È¤Ê¤ëÀ©¸æ¾ðÊó¤ò´Þ¤à¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:43
+#: deb-old.5:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
-"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
-"entry for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
+"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
+"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
msgstr ""
"Èó¾ï¤Ë¸Å¤¤¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤Ç¤Ï¡¢ control tar ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ëÃæ¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬ B<DEBIAN> ¥µ¥Ö"
"¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Ë¤¢¤ë¤³¤È¤â¤¢¤ë¡£¤³¤Î¾ì¹ç¡¢ control tar ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë¤â B<DEBIAN> "
"¤Ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò´Þ¤à¤³¤È¤â¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
-"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
+"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
"pathnames do not have leading slashes."
msgstr ""
"2 ÈÖÌܤΰµ½Ì tar ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤Ç¤¢¤ê¡¢ ¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤µ"
"¥¹¥é¥Ã¥·¥å(/)¤Ï¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:50
+#: deb-old.5:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Debian Packaging Manual>."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DEB-OLD"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-OLD"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "January 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB"
-msgstr "DEB"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "January 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
-"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
+"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz .> It is a gzipped tar "
"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain "
"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core "
-"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry "
-"for `B<.>', the current directory."
+"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for "
+"`B<.>', the current directory."
msgstr ""
"2 ÈÖÌܤËÍ×ÀÁ¤µ¤ì¤ë¥á¥ó¥Ð¡¼¤Ï B<control.tar.gz> ¤È¤¤¤¦¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤ò»ý¤Ä°µ½Ì "
"tar ·Á¼°¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤Ï¡¢ ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸À©¸æ¾ðÊó¤ò¥Æ¥¥¹¥È¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë·²¤È¤·¤Æ´Þ¤à¡£ "
#: deb.5:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
-"should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members "
-"may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
-"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar."
-"gz> and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
+"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
+"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be "
+"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
+"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> "
+"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'."
msgstr ""
"¤³¤ì¤é¤Î¥á¥ó¥Ð¡¼¤Ï¾å¤Ë¼¨¤·¤¿½ç½ø¤Ç¸½¤ì¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¤Ê¤é¤Ê¤¤¡£¾Íè¡¢ Äɲåá¥ó¥Ð¡¼¤¬"
msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), I<Debian Packaging Manual>."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "January 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-JP\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
-msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
+msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<¥³¥ó¥È¥í¡¼¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë>]"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2001"
-msgstr "February 2001"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Debian project"
# type: TH
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- ¥Ó¥ë¥É°Í¸¤È¾×ÆͤΥÁ¥§¥Ã¥¯"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<control-file>]"
+msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<¥³¥ó¥È¥í¡¼¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë>]"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
-"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
+"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
msgstr ""
"¤³¤Î¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤Ï¥³¥ó¥È¥í¡¼¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ëÃæ¤Ë¥ê¥¹¥È¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¥Ó¥ë¥É°Í¸¤È ¥Ó¥ë¥É¾×"
"¤òÊÖ¤·¤Æ½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
+"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
"be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
"¥Ç¥£¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç¤Ï¡¢B<debian/control> ¤¬Æɤޤì¤ë¤¬¡¢Ê̤Υ³¥ó¥È¥í¡¼¥ë ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾"
"¤ò¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¥é¥¤¥ó¤Ë»ØÄꤹ¤ë¤³¤È¤â¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<-B>"
+msgid "B<-B>"
msgstr "I<-B>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ignore Build-Depends-Indep lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
+"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
"built."
msgstr ""
"Build-Depends-Indep ¹Ô¤ò̵»ë¤¹¤ë¡£¥¢¡¼¥¥Æ¥¯¥Á¥ã¤ËÈó°Í¸¤Ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ ¤¬¥Ó¥ë¥É"
"¤µ¤ì¤Ê¤¤»þ¤ËÍøÍѤ¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "ºî¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
# type: UR
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:26
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
+msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "February 2001"
+#~ msgstr "February 2001"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DEB"
-msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "1st June 1996"
-msgstr "1st June 1996"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
-"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
+"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
-"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and "
-"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
-"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
-"B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
+"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
+"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
+"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
+"control information directory."
msgstr ""
"B<--nocheck> ¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤¤¤«¤®¤ê¡¢ B<dpkg-deb> ¤Ï B<DEBIAN/control> ¤òÆɤߡ¢²ò"
"ÀϤ¹¤ë¡£ dpkg-deb ¤Ï¡¢Ê¸Ë¡¥¨¥é¡¼¤ä¤½¤Î¾¤ÎÌäÂê¤Î¥Á¥§¥Ã¥¯¤ò¤·¡¢ ¤½¤·¤Æ¡¢¹½ÃÛÃæ"
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
-"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
+"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
-"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
+"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
-"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
+"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤Ë´Þ¤Þ¤ì¤ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¥·¥¹¥Æ¥àÌڤΠÆâÍƤΰìÍ÷¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£¸½ºß"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
-"correct installation ! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
+"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""
"¥ë¡¼¥È¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Ç¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òŸ³«¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤ÏÀµ¤·¤¤¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤Ë¤Ï I<¤Ê¤é¤Ê"
"¤¤> ¤³¤È¤ËÃí°Õ¤¹¤ë¤³¤È! ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤Ë¤Ï B<dpkg> ¤ò»È¤¦¤Ù¤¤Ç¤¢"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
-"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
+"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
msgstr ""
"¥Ð¥¤¥Ê¥ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤«¤é¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¥·¥¹¥Æ¥àÌÚ¤òŸ³«¤·¡¢É¸½à½ÐÎÏ¤Ë B<tar> ·Á¼°¤Ç½Ð"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> ¤ÎÃøºî¸¢¤È̵Êݾڤ˴ؤ¹¤ë¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë(¥¢¥á¥ê¥«¼°¤ÎÄÖ¤ê¤Ç¤¢¤ë "
"B<--license> ¤â¥µ¥Ý¡¼¥È¤·¤Æ¤¤¤ë)¡£"
#: dpkg-deb.1:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
+"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> ¤Ë¡Æ¿·¤·¤¤¡Ç·Á¼°¤Î¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤Ç¹½ÃÛ¤µ¤»¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤Ï¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤ÎÆ°ºî"
"¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
#: dpkg-deb.1:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive "
-"format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its "
-"only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older "
-"than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
+"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
+"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
+"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
+"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> ¤Ë¡Æ¸Å¤¤¡Ç·Á¼°¤Î¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤ò¹½ÃÛ¤µ¤»¤ë¡£¤³¤Î¸Å¤¤¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö·Á¼°"
"¤Ï¡¢ ¿·¤·¤¤·Á¼°¤è¤ê¤âÈó Debian ¥Ä¡¼¥ë¤Ç½èÍý¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬Æñ¤·¤¯¡¢¸½ºß¤Ï »ÈÍѤµ¤ì"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
-"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
+"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb --build> ¤Î¤È¤¤Ë¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤ÎÃæ¿È¤ò³Îǧ¤µ¤»¤Ê¤¤¡£¤³¤ì¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤Æ¡¢ "
"¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤ÎÃæ¿È¤Ë¤É¤Î¤è¤¦¤ËÌäÂ꤬¤¢¤Ã¤Æ¤â¡¢Ë¾¤ó¤ÀÄ̤ꥢ¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤ò¹½ÃÛ¤¹¤ë ¤³"
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:240
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
+msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr "¥Ç¥Ð¥Ã¥°½ÐÎϤò͸ú¤Ë¤¹¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤Ï¤¢¤Þ¤êÌò¤ËΩ¤¿¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: SH
#: dpkg-deb.1:256
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software ! You must use "
+"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-deb.1:270
+#: dpkg-deb.1:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
-"Copyright (C)1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</"
+"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</"
"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> ¤È¤³¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Ï Ian Jackson ¤¬ºîÀ®¤·¤¿¡£¤³¤ì¤é¤ÎÃøºî¸¢¤Ï"
"Èà¤Ë ¤¢¤ê(Copyright (C)1995-1996)¡¢GNU °ìÈ̸øÍ»ÈÍѵöÂú¤Ë¤è¤êÈÒÉÛ¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ ¤³"
"¤ì¤é¤Ï̵ÊݾڤǤ¢¤ë¡£¾ÜºÙ¤Ï B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> ¤È B</usr/share/"
"common-licenses/GPL> ¤ò»²¾È¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "1st June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "1st June 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DIVERT"
-msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-divert"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "December 1999"
-msgstr "December 1999"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
msgstr "dpkg-divert -- ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î¥ª¡¼¥Ð¡¼¥é¥¤¥É"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:4
+#: dpkg-divert.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:8
+#: dpkg-divert.8:10
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] [--add] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] [--add] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:12
+#: dpkg-divert.8:15
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:17
+#: dpkg-divert.8:20
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --list I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --list I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:21
+#: dpkg-divert.8:25
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --truename I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [options] --truename I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:22
+#: dpkg-divert.8:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:30
+#: dpkg-divert.8:34
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File `diversions' are a way of forcing dpkg not to install a file into its "
"¤¦¤Ë¤¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Ë diversion ¤ò »È¤¦¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
"diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and "
-"listing diversions. The options are --add, --remove, and --list, "
+"listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--list>, "
"respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a diverted "
-"file with --truename. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
+"file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also be specified."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-divert> ¤Ï diversions ¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤òÀßÄê¡¢¹¹¿·¤¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Î¥æ¡¼¥Æ¥£¥ê¥Æ¥£¤Ç¤¢"
"¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤Ï 3 ¤Ä¤Î´ðËܥ⡼¥É¤Îµ¡Ç½¤ò¤â¤Ã¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£diversion ¤ÎÄɲᢺï½ü¡¢¥ê¥¹¥È"
"¥·¥ç¥ó¤â»ØÄꤹ¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:37
+#: dpkg-divert.8:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:38
+#: dpkg-divert.8:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:41
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set the dpkg data directory to E<lt>directoryE<gt> (default: /var/lib/dpkg)."
+"Set the dpkg data directory to I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> (default: I</var/lib/"
+"dpkg>)."
msgstr ""
"dpkg ¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤ò E<lt>directoryE<gt> ¤ËÀßÄꤹ¤ë¡£(¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È: /var/"
"lib/dpkg)"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:41
+#: dpkg-divert.8:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--divert E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--divert E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:44
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E<lt>divert-toE<gt> is the name used by other packages' versions."
+msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions."
msgstr "E<lt>divert-toE<gt> ¤Ï¾¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Ç»È¤ï¤ì¤ë̾Á°¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:44
+#: dpkg-divert.8:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:47
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Output the version and the short usage instructions, and exit successfully."
msgstr "¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤È´Êñ¤ÊÍøÍÑË¡¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤ÆÀµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:47
+#: dpkg-divert.8:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--local>"
+msgid "B<--local>"
msgstr "I<--local>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:50
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted."
msgstr "Á´¤Æ¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òÂàÈò¤¹¤ëÂоݤˤ¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:50
+#: dpkg-divert.8:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--package E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--package E<lt>packageE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:53
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"E<lt>packageE<gt> is the name of a package whose copy of E<lt>fileE<gt> will "
-"not be diverted."
+"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> is the name of a package whose copy of "
+"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> will not be diverted."
msgstr ""
"E<lt>packageE<gt> ¤Ï E<lt>fileE<gt> ¤¬ÂàÈò¤µ¤ì¤ë¤³¤È¤Î¤Ê¤¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î̾Á°¤Ç"
"¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:53
+#: dpkg-divert.8:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "I<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:56
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
msgstr "ÀŤ«¤Ê¥â¡¼¥É¡£¤Ä¤Þ¤ê̵Â̤ʽÐÎϤò¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:56
+#: dpkg-divert.8:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--rename>"
+msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr "I<--rename>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:60
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in "
"¸ºß¤·¤Æ¤¤¤ë¤ÈÆ°ºî¤òÃæÃǤ¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:60
+#: dpkg-divert.8:66
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--test>"
+msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "I<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:63
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
msgstr ""
"¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:63
+#: dpkg-divert.8:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--version>"
+msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "I<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully."
msgstr "¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à̾¤È¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤ÆÀµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:66
+#: dpkg-divert.8:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "Ãí°Õ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:69
+#: dpkg-divert.8:77
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When adding, default is --local and --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib. "
-"When removing, --package or --local and --divert must match if specified."
+"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>."
+"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must "
+"match if specified."
msgstr ""
"Äɲ乤ë»þ¤Ï¡¢¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï --local ¤È --divert E<lt>originalE<gt>.distrib ¤Ç"
"¤¢¤ë¡£ ºï½ü¤¹¤ëÌä¤Ï¡¢--package ¤â¤·¤¯¤Ï --local ¤È --divert ¤Ï»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ì"
"¤Ð Äɲä·¤¿»þ¤È°ìÃפ·¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¤¤¤±¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:71
+#: dpkg-divert.8:79
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Directories can't be diverted with dpkg-divert."
+msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
msgstr "dpkg-divert ¤Ç¤Ï¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤ÏÂàÈò¤Ç¤¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, ldconfig (8) creates a "
-"symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. Because "
-"ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a diverted library has "
-"the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may end up pointing at the "
-"diverted library."
+"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig> (8) "
+"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
+"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), if a "
+"diverted library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one the symlink may "
+"end up pointing at the diverted library."
msgstr ""
"¶¦Í¥é¥¤¥Ö¥é¥ê¤òÂàÈò¤¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¡¢Ãí°Õ¤¹¤Ù¤¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ldconfig(8)¤Ï ¥é¥¤¥Ö¥é¥ê¤ËËä"
"¤á¹þ¤Þ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë DT_SONAME ¥Õ¥£¡¼¥ë¥É¤Ë´ð¤Å¤¤¤Æ¡¢ ¥·¥ó¥Ü¥ê¥Ã¥¯¥ê¥ó¥¯¤òºîÀ®¤¹"
"¥ó¥Ü¥ê¥Ã¥¯¥ê¥ó¥¯¤ÏÂàÈò¤·¤¿ ¥é¥¤¥Ö¥é¥ê¤ò»Ø¤¹¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:77
+#: dpkg-divert.8:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXAMPLES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:80
+#: dpkg-divert.8:89
msgid ""
"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example.foo> to I</usr/bin/example>, "
"performing the rename if required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:82
+#: dpkg-divert.8:91
msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example --rename /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:84 dpkg-divert.8:94
+#: dpkg-divert.8:93 dpkg-divert.8:103
msgid "To remove that diversion:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:86
+#: dpkg-divert.8:95
msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example.foo"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:90
+#: dpkg-divert.8:99
msgid ""
"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:92
+#: dpkg-divert.8:101
msgid ""
"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
"example"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:105
msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:96
+#: dpkg-divert.8:106
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:97
+#: dpkg-divert.8:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:102
+#: dpkg-divert.8:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
"¥ë `status' ¤ä `available' ¤¬¤¢¤ë dpkg ¤Î´ÉÍý¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Ë¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Note: dpkg-divert preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-old"
-"\", before replacing it with the new one."
+"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-"
+"old\", before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""
"Ãí°Õ: dpkg-divert ¤Ï¤³¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò¹¹¿·¤¹¤ë»þ¤Ë¡¢¸Å¤¤¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤ò \"-old\" ¤È"
"¤¤¤¦Ì¾Á°¤ò¤Ä¤±¤¿¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë¥³¥Ô¡¼¤·¤Æ¤ª¤¯¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:105
+#: dpkg-divert.8:116
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(8)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-divert.8:107
+#: dpkg-divert.8:118
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:109
+#: dpkg-divert.8:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-divert.8:111
+#: dpkg-divert.8:122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DIVERT"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DIVERT"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "December 1999"
+#~ msgstr "December 1999"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: dpkg-name.1:6
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir [dir]] [-"
-"c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-k|--symlink] [-"
-"[--] [files]"
+"B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|B<--"
+"subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|B<--"
+"version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-name> [-a|--no-architecture] [-o|--overwrite] [-s|--subdir [dir]] [-"
"c|--create-dir] [-h|--help] [-v|--version] [-l|--license] [-k|--symlink] [-"
"[--] [files]"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:14
+#: dpkg-name.1:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:25
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> sh script which provides an easy "
"E<gt> ¤ÎÉôʬ¤Ï¡¢¸µ¡¹¤Î¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¾ðÊó¤Ë¥Ï¥¤¥Õ¥ó¡¢¤½¤·¤Æ¥ê¥Ó¥¸¥ç¥ó ¾ðÊó¤¬Â³¤¤¤¿"
"¤â¤Î¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
-# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:25
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "EXAMPLES"
-msgstr "Îã"
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:26
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
-msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:31
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
-"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
-"of `bar-foo.deb')."
-msgstr ""
-"¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë `bar-foo.deb' ¤¬ bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb ¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ê´¶¤¸¤ËÊѹ¹¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ "
-"(¼ÂºÝ¤Ë¤É¤¦¤Ê¤ë¤«¤Ï `bar-foo.deb' ¤ÎÃæ¤Î control ¤Î¾ðÊó¤Ë°Í¸¤¹¤ë)"
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:31
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
-msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:36
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
-"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
-"architecture information."
-msgstr ""
-"¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê /root/debian °Ê²¼¤Ë¤¢¤ê³ÈÄ¥»Ò¤¬ `deb' ¤ÎÁ´¤Æ¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò dpkg-"
-"name ¤ò»È¤Ã¤Æ¥¢¡¼¥¥Æ¥¯¥Á¥ã¾ðÊó¤Ê¤·¤Î̾Á°¤ËÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¡£"
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:36
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
-msgstr "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:42
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
-"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
-msgstr ""
-"B<¤ä¤Ã¤Æ¤Ï¤¤¤±¤Ê¤¤!> ¿¤¯¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Ï¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¾ðÊó¤ò¤â¤Ã¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¤Î¤Ç¡¢¤¢¤Ê"
-"¤¿¤Î¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤Ï ¤°¤Á¤ã¤°¤Á¤ã¤Ë¤Ê¤Ã¤Æ¤·¤Þ¤¦¤À¤í¤¦¡£ B<¤ä¤Ã¤Æ¤Ï¤¤¤±¤Ê¤¤!>"
-
-# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:42
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
-msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
-
-# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:45
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
-msgstr "¤³¤ì¤Ï¿·¤·¤¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òºî¤ë»þ¤Ë»È¤¦¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
-
# type: SS
-#: dpkg-name.1:45
+#: dpkg-name.1:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:46
+#: dpkg-name.1:34
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a, --no-architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
#, fuzzy
msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
msgstr "Êѹ¹¸å¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤Ë¥¢¡¼¥¥Æ¥¯¥Á¥ã¾ðÊó¤ò´Þ¤Þ¤»¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:49
+#: dpkg-name.1:37
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k, --symlink>"
msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
msgstr "°ÜÆ°¤¹¤ë¤«¤ï¤ê¤Ë¥·¥ó¥Ü¥ê¥Ã¥¯¥ê¥ó¥¯¤òºî¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:52
+#: dpkg-name.1:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o, --overwrite>"
msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:56
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
msgstr "Êѹ¹¸å¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤ÈƱ̾¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬¤¢¤ì¤Ð¡¢¤½¤ì¤ò¾å½ñ¤¤·¤Æ¤·¤Þ¤¦¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:56
+#: dpkg-name.1:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-s, --subdir [dir]>"
+msgid "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]"
msgstr "B<-s, --subdir [dir]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Files will be moved into subdir. If directory given as argument exists the "
"¤Þ¤¦¤À¤í¤¦¡£¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»È¤¦»þ¤Ï Ãí°Õ¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£Ìñ²ð¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:68
+#: dpkg-name.1:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c, --create-dir>"
msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory "
"¥ê¤¬¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¡¢¼«Æ°Åª¤ËºîÀ®¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ B<¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»È¤¦»þ¤ÏÃí°Õ¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:73
+#: dpkg-name.1:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h, --help>"
msgstr "B<-h, --help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully."
msgstr "ÍøÍÑÊýË¡¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤ÆÀµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:76
+#: dpkg-name.1:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v, --version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr "¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤ÆÀµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-name.1:79
+#: dpkg-name.1:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l, --license>"
msgstr "B<-l, --license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information and "
msgstr "Ãøºî¸¢¾ðÊ󡢥饤¥»¥ó¥¹¾ðÊó(GNU ¤Ø¤Î»²¾È)¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤ÆÀµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:83
+#: dpkg-name.1:71
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "Îã"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:72
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
+msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
+"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
+"of `bar-foo.deb')."
+msgstr ""
+"¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë `bar-foo.deb' ¤¬ bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb ¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ê´¶¤¸¤ËÊѹ¹¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ "
+"(¼ÂºÝ¤Ë¤É¤¦¤Ê¤ë¤«¤Ï `bar-foo.deb' ¤ÎÃæ¤Î control ¤Î¾ðÊó¤Ë°Í¸¤¹¤ë)"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:77
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
+msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
+"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
+"architecture information."
+msgstr ""
+"¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê /root/debian °Ê²¼¤Ë¤¢¤ê³ÈÄ¥»Ò¤¬ `deb' ¤ÎÁ´¤Æ¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò dpkg-"
+"name ¤ò»È¤Ã¤Æ¥¢¡¼¥¥Æ¥¯¥Á¥ã¾ðÊó¤Ê¤·¤Î̾Á°¤ËÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¡£"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:82
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
+msgstr "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
+"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<¤ä¤Ã¤Æ¤Ï¤¤¤±¤Ê¤¤!> ¿¤¯¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Ï¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¾ðÊó¤ò¤â¤Ã¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¤Î¤Ç¡¢¤¢¤Ê"
+"¤¿¤Î¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤Ï ¤°¤Á¤ã¤°¤Á¤ã¤Ë¤Ê¤Ã¤Æ¤·¤Þ¤¦¤À¤í¤¦¡£ B<¤ä¤Ã¤Æ¤Ï¤¤¤±¤Ê¤¤!>"
+
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-name.1:88
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
+msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
+msgstr "¤³¤ì¤Ï¿·¤·¤¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òºî¤ë»þ¤Ë»È¤¦¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
+
+# type: SH
+#: dpkg-name.1:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "¥Ð¥°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some packages don't follow the name structure "
"¥È¡¼¥ë¥Ä¡¼¥ë¤Ë ¤è¤Ã¤Æ¤Ï±Æ¶Á¤¬¤¢¤ë¤«¤â¤·¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:89
+#: dpkg-name.1:97
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-name.1:96
+#: dpkg-name.1:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-name.1:102
+#: dpkg-name.1:110
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; see "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
-"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
+"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
"are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have "
"to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing "
"filename expansion. For example this will list all package names starting "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars "
-"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
+"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives."
msgstr ""
"»ØÄꤷ¤¿¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬¤É¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤«¤é¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤µ¤ì¤¿¤«¤òõ¤¹¡£ ¥Ñ¥¿¡¼¥ó¤Ë"
#: dpkg-query.1:102
msgid ""
"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
-"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
+"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty. (»²¹ÍÌõ: ¤³¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤Ï¥Õ"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
-msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-scanpackages"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. This manpage is copyright (C) 1996 Michael Shields <shields@crosslink.net>.
#. License along with dpkg; if not, write to the Free Software
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "1996-07-08"
-msgstr "1996-07-08"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. This manpage is copyright (C) 1996 Michael Shields <shields@crosslink.net>.
#. Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Debian project"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>archE<gt>>] [I<-m>] I<binarydir> "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> "
"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<-u>] [I<-aE<lt>archE<gt>>] I<binarydir> "
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
"creates a Packages file, used by B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the user what "
-"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
-"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
+"packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same "
+"as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B<dpkg-"
"scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to install on "
"a cluster of machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If I<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
+msgid "If B<-u> is specified, then scan for *.udeb, instead of *.deb."
msgstr "I<-u> ¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ï¡¢*.deb ¤ÎÂå¤ï¤ê¤Ë *.udeb ¤ò¥¹¥¥ã¥ó¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When -aI<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
+"When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for all "
"debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used."
msgstr ""
"-aI<E<lt>archE<gt>> ¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ï¡¢¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤Î deb ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò¥¹¥¥ã¥ó¤¹¤ëÂå¤ï"
"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
"architecture only the first one found is used. You can override this "
-"behaviour with the I<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
+"behaviour with the B<-m> switch. If given, all found packages are included "
"in the output."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
+"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"override ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï´Êñ¤Ê¶õÇò¤Ç¶èÀÚ¤é¤ì¤¿·Á¼°¤Ë¤Ê¤Ã¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£¥³¥á¥ó¥È¤â µö¤µ¤ì"
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
+"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
"packages not found in the binary tree are ignored."
msgstr ""
"I<package> ¤Ï¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸Ì¾¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£override ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë¤¢¤ë¤¬¥Ð¥¤¥Ê¥ê¥Ä¥ê¡¼¤Ë¤Ï "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; these "
-"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
+"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a "
"subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against I<section>."
msgstr ""
"I<priority> ¤È I<section> ¤Ï¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¥ê¥ê¡¼¥¹¥Ä¥ê¡¼¤Ç¤É¤³¤ËÃÖ¤¯¤«¤ò»ØÄꤹ"
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
+"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(8), B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-SCANPACKAGES"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "1996-07-08"
+#~ msgstr "1996-07-08"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-JP\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
-msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
+msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î½ê͸¢¤ä¥â¡¼¥É¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:6
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
-"E<lt>modeE<gt> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
+"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
"E<lt>modeE<gt> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:8
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:10
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --list I<[E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --list I<[E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:10
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:17
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:26
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell dpkg to use a different owner or mode "
"for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' here, "
"but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, "
-"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
+"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only "
"executable by a certain group."
msgstr ""
"Äê¤Î¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Î¤ß¤Ë¼Â¹Ôµö²Ä¤òÍ¿¤¨¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¤·¤¿¤ê¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> ¤Ï stat override ¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤ò´ÉÍý¤¹¤ë¥æ¡¼¥Æ¥£¥ê¥Æ¥£¤Ç¤¢"
"¤ë¡£ override ¤òÄɲᦺï½ü¡¦É½¼¨¤¹¤ë¤È¤¤¤¦¡¢3 ¤Ä¤Î´ðËܵ¡Ç½¤¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:22
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:29
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to "
"`B<#>' ʸ»ú¤ò¤Ä¤±¤¿¿ô»ú (Î㤨¤Ð B<#0> ¤È¤« B<#65534> ¤È¤«) ¤Ç¤â»ØÄê¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
msgid ""
"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set "
"to the new owner and mode."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--remove E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--remove E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is "
msgstr "B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> ¤Î override ¤òºï½ü¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--list [E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr "I<--list [E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
"¤Ò¤È¤Ä¤â¤Ê¤«¤Ã¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ï¡¢ B<dpkg-statoverride> ¤Ï½ªÎ»¥³¡¼¥É 1 ¤Ç½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--force>"
+msgid "B<--force>"
msgstr "I<--force>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
"¤¦¡£´û¸¤Î override ¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Ï¡¢ ¤³¤ì¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ëɬÍפ¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--update>"
+msgid "B<--update>"
msgstr "I<--update>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists."
"¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤Ï I<--add> ¤Î¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Î¤ß¹Ô¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "I<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
msgstr "Æ°ºî¤ò̵¸ý¤Ë¹Ô¤¦¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show version, copyright and usage information."
msgstr "¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¡¦Ãøºî¸¢¡¦ÍøÍÑÊýË¡¤Ë´Ø¤¹¤ë¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>"
msgstr "I<--admindir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:69
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is "
-"also stored. Defaults to /var/lib/dpkg."
+"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"dpkg ¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤Î¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¡£ statoverride ¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤â¤³¤³¤ËÊÝ"
"¸¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ ¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï /var/lib/dpkg¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:60
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
"¤¤¤Ã¤·¤ç¤ËÃÖ¤«¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
"\"-old\" ¤òÄɲä·¤¿Ì¾Á°¤ÇÊݸ¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(8)"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: UR
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:74
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:77
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "November 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
-msgstr "DPKG"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸´ÉÍý¼Ô¤Ï¡¢B<dpkg> ¤¬¤É¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë ¤¹¤ë¤Î¤«¤òÍý"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> ¤Ï¡¢¤¤¤¯¤Ä¤«¤ÎÍøÍѲÄǽ¤Ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Ë´Ø¤¹¤ëÍÍѤʾðÊó¤ò ´ÉÍý¤·¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£"
"¤³¤Î¾ðÊó¤Ï¡¢B<¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¾õÂÖ>¡¢B<¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ÁªÂò¾õÂÖ>¡¢ ¤½¤·¤ÆB<¥Õ¥é¥°>¤Î3¤Ä¤Ë"
#: dpkg.1:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"Ÿ³«ºÑ¤ß¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òºÆÀßÄꤹ¤ë¡£¤â¤·¡¢B<-a> ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï B<--pending> ¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤¿"
#: dpkg.1:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> ¤ä B<dselect> ¤¬´ÉÍý¤¹¤ëÍøÍѲÄǽ¤Ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¾ðÊó¤ò¹¹¿·¤¹¤ë¡£ B<--"
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> ¤ä B<dselect> ¤¬´ÉÍý¤¹¤ëÍøÍѲÄǽ¤Ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¾ðÊó¤ò¡¢ "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤¬´°Î»¤·¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òõ¤¹¡£B<dpkg> ¤Ï¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤ò ´°Î»¤µ"
"¤»¤ë¤¿¤á¤Ë¤É¤¦¤¹¤ì¤Ð¤è¤¤¤«¤òÄó°Æ¤¹¤ë¡£"
#: dpkg.1:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ÁªÂò¥ê¥¹¥È¤òɸ½àÆþÎϤ«¤éÆɤ߹þ¤ó¤ÇÀßÄꤹ¤ë¡£"
#: dpkg.1:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
" I</var/lib/dpkg/available> ¤Ë¤¢¤ë I<package> ¤Î¾ÜºÙ¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£\n"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"(ºÇ½é¤Ë B<#> ¤Ç»Ï¤Þ¤ë) ¤Ç¹½À®¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr "dpkg ¤Î½èÍý¤òÃæÃǤµ¤»¤ë¥¨¥é¡¼¿ô¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï 50 ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"¤·¤Æ¤¤¤ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ÎÀßÄê¤ò¼è¤ê¾Ã¤¹¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"¥Ç¥Ð¥Ã¥°¥â¡¼¥É¤Ë¤¹¤ë¡£ I<octal> ¤Ï¡¢°Ê²¼¤Î°ìÍ÷¤«¤é˾¤àÃͤò¥Ó¥Ã¥È¤´¤È¤ÎÏÀÍýÏÂ"
"¤ÇÁȤ߹ç¤ï¤»¤¿ ¤â¤Î¤Ç¤¢¤ë(¤³¤ì¤é¤ÎÃͤϡ¢¾Íè¤Î¥ê¥ê¡¼¥¹¤Ç¤ÏÊѹ¹¤µ¤ì¤ë²ÄǽÀ¤¬"
"¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
" 2000 Àµµ¤¤Ç¤Ê¤¤¤Û¤É¤ÎÂçÎ̤ξðÊó\n"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"¤Ï¡¢¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç¶¯À©¼Â¹Ô¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"¤Þ¤¦¤«¤â ¤·¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>: Á´¤Æ¤Î¶¯À©¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë(no¤Ê¤é¤Ð»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤¤)¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"ÁªÂò¤Ë¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"¤¬¤¹¤Ç¤Ë ¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Æ¤â¡¢¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤ò¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
"I<·Ù¹ð: ¸½ºß¤Î dpkg ¤Ï¡¢¥À¥¦¥ó¥°¥ì¡¼¥É»þ¤Ë¤¤¤«¤Ê¤ë°Í¸´Ø·¸¤Î¥Á¥§¥Ã¥¯¤â¤·¤Ê"
"ÍѤ¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"¤Þ¤ÀÀßÄꤵ¤ì¤Æ ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤â°ì½ï¤ËÀßÄê¤ò¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr ""
"B<hold>: ¤¿¤È¤¨ ¡Èhold¡É ¤È°õ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Æ¤â¡¢¤½¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î½èÍý¤ò¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: ²õ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Æ¡¢ºÆ¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤¬É¬ÍפÀ¤È°õ¤ò¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤¿¤È¤·¤Æ"
"¤â¡¢¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò ºï½ü¤¹¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤Ë¤è¤ê¡¢Î㤨¤Ð¡¢¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î°ìÉô¤¬ B<dpkg> ¤Ë"
"´ÉÍý¤µ¤ì¤Ê¤¤ ¤Ç»Ä¤ë¤Ê¤É¤ÎÌäÂ꤬¤ª¤³¤ë¤«¤â¤·¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"¤·¤Æºï½ü¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr "B<depends>: ¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤Î°Í¸ÌäÂê¤ò·Ù¹ð¤ËÊѤ¨¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr "B<depends-version>: °Í¸´Ø·¸¤Î³Îǧ¤ò¤¹¤ë¤È¤¡¢¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤ò̵»ë¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò ¾å½ñ¤¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¤¿¤á¡¢´í¸±¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"¤Ï¡¢ Êѹ¹(¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤òºï½ü¤·¤¿¤³¤È)¤òÊݸ¤·¤Ê¤¤¤¿¤á¡¢´í¸±¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"¤·¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ï¡¢¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤ÎÆ°ºî¤¬Í¥À褵¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"¤Ï¡¢¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤ÎÆ°ºî¤¬Í¥À褵¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"¤µ¤ì¤¿¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤ÆºÇ½ªÅª¤ÊÆ°ºî¤¬·è¤Þ¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr ""
"¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ç¾å½ñ¤¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
"¤ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ç¾å½ñ¤¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
"¤¤)ÈǤΥե¡¥¤¥ë ¤Ç¾å½ñ¤¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr ""
"B<architecture>: ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤¬´Ö°ã¤Ã¤¿¥¢¡¼¥¥Æ¥¯¥Á¥ãÍѤǤ¢¤Ã¤Æ¤â½èÍý¤ò¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
"µ¯¤¤ë ²ÄǽÀ¤Ï¹â¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr ""
"¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"¤·¡¢¶¥¹ç¤ËÂФ·¤Æ·Ù¹ð¥á¥Ã¥»¡¼¥¸¤ò½Ð¤·¤Æ¡¢¥¢¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò¼Â¹Ô¤¹¤ë)¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
"¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"¤Ï B<dpkg-deb>(1) ¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"¤ë¤¿¤á¤Î¤â¤Î¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"foo ¤¬ ËÜÅö¤Ë purge ¤µ¤ì¡¢¼¡¤Ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ --no-act ¤¬ purge ¤µ¤ì¤ë¤³¤È¤Ë¤Ê¤ë)"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"¤½¤·¤Æ B<--avail> ¥¢¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤È¤È¤â¤Ë»È¤¦¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"¤¤¡£¤³¤ì¤Ï B<--refuse-downgrade> ¤ÎÊÌ̾¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë(¤Þ¤¿¤Ïºï½ü)ºî¶È¤ò¤¹¤ë¤è¤¦¤ËÁªÂò¤·¤¿¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¤ß¤ò½èÍý¤¹¤ë¡£ ¼Â"
"½ü¤µ¤ì¤ë¤Î¤Ï¡¢¤½¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤¬ºï½ü¤µ¤ì¤ë¤è¤¦ ÁªÂò¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¤È¤¤¤¦¤³¤È¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
"¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ëµ½Ò»Ò I<E<lt>nE<gt>>¤Ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¾õÂ֤ξðÊó¤òÁ÷¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤ÏÊ£¿ôÍ¿¤¨¤ë¤³"
"¤È¤¬ ¤Ç¤¤ë¡£¾õÂ֤ξðÊó¤Ï `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'¤Î·Á¼°"
"¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg.cfg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Î¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥ÈÃͤòµ½Ò¤¹¤ëÀßÄê¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"¤È¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "»ÈÍѤǤ¤ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î°ìÍ÷¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"¥±¡¼¥¸¤Ë´Ø¤¹¤ë¾ðÊó> ¤Î¹à¤ò»²¾È¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"°Ê²¼¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï¥Ð¥¤¥Ê¥ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¹½À®¤¹¤ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£¤³¤ì¤é¤Î ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë"
"¤Ë´Ø¤¹¤ë¤¯¤ï¤·¤¤¾ðÊó¤Ï¡¢B<deb>(5) ¤ò»²¾È¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"(suspend)¤¹¤ë¤Î¤Ç¤Ï¤Ê¤¯¡¢¿·¤·¤¤¥·¥§¥ë¤òµ¯Æ°¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr "B<dpkg> ¤¬¿·¤·¤¤¥·¥§¥ë¤òµ¯Æ°¤¹¤ë¤È¤¤Ë¡¢¼ÂºÝ¤Ëµ¯Æ°¤¹¤ë¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg>¤¬À°·Á¥Æ¥¥¹¥È¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë»þ¤Ë»²¾È¤¹¤ë¥³¥é¥à¿ô¡£ ¸½ºß¤Ï -l ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ç"
"¤Î¤ß»²¾È¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"¤Æ¡¢¸Å¤¤ÀßÄê¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤¬ÀßÄꤵ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"¤Æ¡¢¿·¤·¤¤ÀßÄê¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤¬ÀßÄꤵ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "Îã"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr "vi ¥¨¥Ç¥£¥¿¤Ë´ØÏ¢¤Î¤¢¤ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î°ìÍ÷¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr "2 ¤Ä¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î I</var/lib/dpkg/available> ¤Ë¤¢¤ë¹àÌܤòɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
#, fuzzy
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr "¼«Ê¬¤Ç¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤«¤é¸¡º÷¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "elvis ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òºï½ü¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤¹¤ë¤Ë¤Ï¡¢¤Þ¤º¤½¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¥¢¡¼¥«¥¤¥Ö¤ä CDROM¤«¤é"
"¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ë°¤·¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary-i386/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ÁªÂò¾õ¶·¤Î¥³¥Ô¡¼¤òºîÀ®¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
msgstr "¤³¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò¤Û¤«¤Î¥³¥ó¥Ô¥å¡¼¥¿¤ËžÁ÷¤·¤Æ¡¢¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
"¤³¤ì¤Ï¼ÂºÝ¤Ë¤Ï¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤âºï½ü¤â¤·¤Ê¤¤¤³¤È¤ËÃí°Õ¡£¤³¤ì¤Ïñ¤Ë Í׵ᤷ¤Æ¤¤¤ë"
"B<dselect> ¤òµ¯Æ°¤·¤Æ¡¢¡ÈƳÆþ(Install)¡É¤òÁª¤Ù¤Ð¤è¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5)"
# type: SH
msgstr "¥Ð¥°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr "B<--no-act> ¤ÎÄ󶡤¹¤ë¾ðÊó¤Ï¤¿¤¤¤Æ¤¤¤Î¾ì¹ç¡¢ÉÔ½¼Ê¬¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:621
+#: dpkg.1:620
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg>¤Ë¹×¸¥¤·¤¿¿Í¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤Ï B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz>¤Ë\n"
"µó¤²¤Æ¤¢¤ë¡£\n"
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "April 12, 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-JP\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: SS
#: dselect.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT"
-msgstr "DSELECT"
+msgid "dselect"
+msgstr "select"
# type: TH
#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr "dselect - Debian ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸´ÉÍý¥Õ¥í¥ó¥È¥¨¥ó¥É"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:4
+#: dselect.1:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence "
-"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>fileE<gt>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] "
-"[--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
+"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] "
+"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-"
+"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> "
+"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]"
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence "
"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>fileE<gt>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] "
"[--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:17
+#: dselect.1:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dselect>\n"
"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
-"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
+"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
" - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
" - ¿·µ¬¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤ä¿·¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤Ø¤Î¹¹¿·¡£\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:29
+#: dselect.1:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg(1)>, the low-level debian "
-"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
+"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
+"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
"¤¹¤ë¥¢¥¯¥»¥¹Êý¼°¤Ï¡¢B<apt> ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ÇÄ󶡤¹¤ë I<apt> ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
-"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
-"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
+"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
+"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
+"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
"or show additional information about the program."
msgstr ""
"¤¤ò½¤Àµ¤·¤¿¤ê¡¢ ¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤ÎÊä¾ðÊó¤ò¼¨¤¹¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:41
+#: dselect.1:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> "
"B<#> ¤Ç»Ï¤Þ¤ë¾ì¹ç) ¤òµ½Ò¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:42
+#: dselect.1:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Changes the directory where the dpkg `status', `available' and similar files "
-"are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there shouldn't "
-"be any need to change it."
+"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
+"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
+"shouldn't be any need to change it."
msgstr ""
"dpkg ¤¬»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë `status' ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ä `available' ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ê¤É¤ò ÃÖ¤¯¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È"
"¥ê¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¡£ ¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï I</var/lib/dpkg> ¤Ç¡¢Ä̾ïÊѹ¹¤¹¤ëɬÍפϤʤ¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--debug E<lt>fileE<gt> | -DE<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--debug E<lt>fileE<gt> | -DE<lt>fileE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>."
msgstr "¥Ç¥Ð¥Ã¥°¤ò͸ú¤Ë¤¹¤ë¡£¥Ç¥Ð¥Ã¥°¾ðÊó¤Ï I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> ¤ËÁ÷¤é¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--expert>"
msgstr "B<--expert>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
msgstr "¥¨¥¥¹¥Ñ¡¼¥È¥â¡¼¥É¤ò͸ú¤Ë¤¹¤ë¡£¤Ä¤Þ¤ê¡¢¤¦¤ë¤µ¤¤¥Ø¥ë¥×¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
+msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]"
msgstr "B<--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:61
+#: dselect.1:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
"(¾å¤«¤é²¼¤Þ¤Ç) ¤ÎÉô°Ì¤Ï¼¡¤Î¤È¤ª¤ê:"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:62
+#: dselect.1:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<title>"
msgstr "B<title>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "The screen title."
msgstr "²èÌÌ¥¿¥¤¥È¥ë"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<listhead>"
msgstr "B<listhead>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥È¤Î¾å¤Î¥Ø¥Ã¥À¥é¥¤¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr "B<list>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥È¤Î¥¹¥¯¥í¡¼¥ëÎΰè (¥Ø¥ë¥×¤âɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë)"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<listsel>"
msgstr "B<listsel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selected item in the list."
msgstr "¥ê¥¹¥ÈÆâ¤ÎÁªÂò¹Ô"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstate>"
msgstr "B<pkgstate>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈÃæ¡¢¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¸½ºß¾õ¶·É½¼¨Éô"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥ÈÃæ¡¢ÁªÂò¤·¤¿¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¸½ºß¾õ¶·É½¼¨Éô"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infohead>"
msgstr "B<infohead>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
msgstr "ÁªÂòÃæ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¾õ¶·É½¼¨Éô¤Î¥Ø¥Ã¥À¹Ô"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infodesc>"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package's short description."
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Îû¤¤ÀâÌÀʸ"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<info>"
msgstr "B<info>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ÎÀâÌÀ¤Ê¤É¤Î¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¾ðÊóɽ¼¨Éô"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infofoot>"
msgstr "B<infofoot>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ÁªÂò»þ¤Î²èÌ̺Dz¼¹Ô"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<query>"
msgstr "B<query>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used to display query lines"
msgstr "Í×µá¹Ôɽ¼¨Éô"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<helpscreen>"
msgstr "B<helpscreen>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:100
+#: dselect.1:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Color of help screens."
msgstr "¥Ø¥ë¥×²èÌ̤ο§"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:105
+#: dselect.1:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
"¿§¡¢ÇØ·Ê¿§¤¢¤ë¤¤¤ÏξÊý¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ ɸ½à curses ¿§Ì¾¾Î¤ò»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
"reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
msgstr "´Êñ¤Ê¥Ø¥ë¥×¤òɽ¼¨¤·¡¢Àµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--licence | --license>"
+msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
msgstr "B<--licence | --license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits "
msgstr "B<dselect> ¤ÎÃøºî¸¢¾ðÊó¤È¥é¥¤¥»¥ó¥¹¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤·¡¢Àµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr "¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤·¡¢Àµ¾ï½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:132
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr "»ÈÍÑÊýË¡"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of "
"¤ËÄ󼨤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "access"
msgstr "access"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:128
+#: dselect.1:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
msgstr ""
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥Ý¥¸¥È¥ê¤Ë¥¢¥¯¥»¥¹¤¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Î¡¢¥¢¥¯¥»¥¹Êý¼°¤òÁªÂò¡¦ÀßÄꤹ¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:134
+#: dselect.1:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, "
"I<multi_cd> ¤Ï B<dpkg-multicd> ¤ÇÄ󶡤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:136
+#: dselect.1:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
msgstr "I<apt> ¥¢¥¯¥»¥¹Êý¼°¤Î»ÈÍѤò¡¢¶¯¤¯¿ä¾©¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:137
+#: dselect.1:148
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "update"
msgstr "update"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:139
+#: dselect.1:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
msgstr "ÍøÍѲÄǽ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤ò¥ê¥Õ¥ì¥Ã¥·¥å¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:146
+#: dselect.1:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
-"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
+"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
-"
B<Packages> or B<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
-"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
+"
I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
+"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""
"ÍøÍѲÄǽ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¥ê¥¹¥È¤ò¡¢¸½ºßÀßÄꤷ¤Æ¤¤¤ë¥¢¥¯¥»¥¹Êý¼°¤Ç¡¢ ¥Ñ¥Ã"
"¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥Ý¥¸¥È¥ê¤«¤é¼èÆÀ¤·¡¢dpkg ¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤ò¹¹¿·¤¹¤ë¡£ ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¥ê¥¹¥È"
"ÍѤ·¤Æ¡¢ ¤³¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤òÀ¸À®¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:149
+#: dselect.1:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"¤Ïñ½ã¤Ç¡¢¥æ¡¼¥¶¤ÎÆþÎϤòɬÍפȤ·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:150
+#: dselect.1:161
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "select"
msgstr "select"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:152
+#: dselect.1:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ÎÁªÂò¤ä°Í¸´Ø·¸¤Îɽ¼¨¡¦´ÉÍý¤ò¹Ô¤¦¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:158
+#: dselect.1:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
-"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
+"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
+"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
-"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
+"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
"changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
msgstr ""
"¤³¤ì¤¬ B<dselect> ¤Î¥á¥¤¥óµ¡Ç½¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ ÁªÂò¤·¤¿²èÌ̤ǡ¢Á´ÍøÍѲÄǽ¡¦¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼"
"Ï¢¤·¤Æµ¯¤³¤ë ¾¤Î°Í¸¡¦¶¥¹ç¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤âƱÍͤËÄÉÀפ¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:165
+#: dselect.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
-"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
+"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
-"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
-"B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
-"that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
+"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
+"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
+"the unresolved depends or conflicts."
msgstr ""
"¶¥¹ç¤ä°Í¸¤Î¼ºÇÔ¤ò¸¡½Ð¤¹¤ë¤È¡¢°Í¸´Ø·¸²ò·è¥µ¥Ö²èÌ̤ò¥æ¡¼¥¶¤ËÄ󼨤¹¤ë¡£ ¤³¤Î²è"
"Ì̤Ǥϡ¢¶¥¹ç¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ä°Í¸¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¡¢¤½¤ÎÍýͳ¤È¤È¤â¤Ëɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ ¥æ¡¼¥¶"
"·«¤êÊÖ¤¹¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:168
+#: dselect.1:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
msgstr "ÂÐÏÃŪ¤Ê¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ÁªÂò´ÉÍý²èÌ̤ξܺ٤ʻȤ¤Êý¤ò¸å½Ò¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:169
+#: dselect.1:180
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "install"
msgstr "install"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:171
+#: dselect.1:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installs selected packages."
msgstr "ÁªÂò¤·¤¿¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ò¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:177
+#: dselect.1:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
"¥¹Êý¼°¤Ë¤è¤ê¡¢ºï½ü¥Þ¡¼¥¯¤ò¤Ä¤±¤¿¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Îºï½ü¤ò¹Ô¤¦¾ì¹ç¤â¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:185
+#: dselect.1:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
-"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
-"problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
-"investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
-"bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://"
-"bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug(1)> or B<reportbug"
-"(1)>, if these are installed."
+"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
+"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
+"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
+"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian."
+"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
+"these are installed."
msgstr ""
"¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ëÃæ¤Ë¥¨¥é¡¼¤¬È¯À¸¤·¤¿¾ì¹ç¡¢¤â¤¦°ìÅÙ install ¤ò¹Ô¤¦¤è¤¦Â¥¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ "
"¤½¤Î¾ì¹ç¤Ç¤â¡¢¤Û¤È¤ó¤ÉÌäÂ꤬ȯÀ¸¤·¤Ê¤¤¤«¡¢²ò·èºÑ¤ß¤È¤Ê¤Ã¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£ ÌäÂ꤬»Ä¤Ã¤¿"
"ʸ½ñ¤ò»²¾È¤Î¤³¤È¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:192
+#: dselect.1:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
-"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer "
-"scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf(1)> "
-"library, allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
+"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
+"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, "
+"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
msgstr ""
"install ¥¢¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤Î¾ÜºÙ¤Ï¥¢¥¯¥»¥¹Êý¼°¤Î¼ÂÁõ¤Ë°Í¸¤¹¤ë¡£ ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥¤¥ó¥¹"
"¥È¡¼¥ë¡¢ÀßÄê¡¢ºï½üÃæ¤Ë¡¢¥æ¡¼¥¶¤ËÃí°Õ¤òÂ¥¤·¤¿¤ê¡¢ ÆþÎϤòÍ׵᤹¤ë²ÄǽÀ¤â¤¢"
"¥È¥¢¥Ã¥×¤¬²Äǽ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:193
+#: dselect.1:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "config"
msgstr "config"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:195
+#: dselect.1:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
msgstr ""
"¤¹¤Ç¤Ë¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ëºÑ¤ß¤À¤¬¡¢ ÀßÄ꤬´°Î»¤·¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤ÎÀßÄê¤ò¹Ô¤¦¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:196
+#: dselect.1:207
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "remove"
msgstr "remove"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:198
+#: dselect.1:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
msgstr "ºï½ü¥Þ¡¼¥¯¤ò¤Ä¤±¤¿¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ëºÑ¤ß¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¡¢ºï½ü¡¦´°Á´ºï½ü¤ò¹Ô¤¦¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:199
+#: dselect.1:210
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "quit"
msgstr "quit"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:201
+#: dselect.1:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
msgstr "B<dselect> ¤ò½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:203
+#: dselect.1:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
msgstr "¥¨¥é¡¼¥³¡¼¥É 0 (À®¸ù) ¤Ç¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤ò½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:204
+#: dselect.1:216
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Package selections management"
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ÁªÂò´ÉÍý"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:206
+#: dselect.1:218
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "ÆþÌç"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:222
+#: dselect.1:234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
-"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
+"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
-"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
-"B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
-"only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
-"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
+"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
+"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
+"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
+"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
-"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg(1)> manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
+"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
"contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> ÂçÎ̤ÎÁê¸ß°Í¸´Ø·¸¤ò»ý¤Ä¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸·²¤Î´ÉÍý¤¹¤ëÊ£»¨¤µ¤Ë¡¢´ÉÍý¼Ô¤Ïľ"
"¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤ä¡¢Debian ¥Ý¥ê¥·¡¼¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤ò »²¾È¤·¤Æ¤Û¤·¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:228
+#: dselect.1:240
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
-"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
+"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
"invoked with the B<'?'> key."
"¾©¤á¤¹¤ë¡£ ¥ª¥ó¥é¥¤¥ó¥Ø¥ë¥×²èÌ̤ϡ¢¤¤¤Ä¤Ç¤â B<'\\ '> ¥¡¼¤Çɽ¼¨¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:229
+#: dselect.1:241
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Screen layout"
msgstr "²èÌ̥쥤¥¢¥¦¥È"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:237
+#: dselect.1:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
-"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
+"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
-"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
+"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
"is displayed can be varied."
msgstr ""
"¥¤¥×¤Ï¡¢Êѹ¹¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:240
+#: dselect.1:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¾ÜºÙ¤Î³ÈÂç¡¢²èÌ̤ζÑÅùʬ³ä¤òÀÚ¤êÂؤ¨¤ë¡£\n"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:241
+#: dselect.1:253
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Package details view"
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¾ÜºÙɽ¼¨"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:250
+#: dselect.1:262
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
-"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
+"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
"alternates between:\n"
" - the extended description\n"
" - the control information for the installed version\n"
" - ÍøÍѲÄǽ¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤Î¥³¥ó¥È¥í¡¼¥ë¾ðÊó\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:254
+#: dselect.1:266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
"¤â¤Ëɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë²ÄǽÀ¤¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:255
+#: dselect.1:267
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Packages status list"
msgstr "¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¾õ¶·¥ê¥¹¥È"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:260
+#: dselect.1:272
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
-"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
+"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
"and packages known from the available packages database."
msgstr ""
"¥á¥¤¥óÁªÂò²èÌ̤ϡ¢ Debian ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸´ÉÍý¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¤¬ÃΤäƤ¤¤ëÁ´¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤òɽ"
"¥±¡¼¥¸¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤¬ÃΤäƤ¤¤ë¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤¬´Þ¤Þ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:268
+#: dselect.1:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
"installed and available versions, the package name and its short "
-"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of "
-"the installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
+"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
+"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
msgstr ""
"Âؤ¨¤ë¡£ ´Êάɽ¼¨¤¬¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:274
+#: dselect.1:286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
"¾õ¶·¤òɽ¤·¡¢ ¤½¤Î¸å¤Î 2 ¤Ä¤Ï¥æ¡¼¥¶¤¬¥»¥Ã¥È¤·¤¿ÁªÂò¾õ¶·¤òɽ¤·¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:292
+#: dselect.1:304
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
-" Error flag: \n"
+" Error flag:\n"
" I<empty> no error\n"
" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
-" Installed state: \n"
+" Installed state:\n"
" I<empty> not installed;\n"
" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n"
" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
" B<n> ¿·µ¬¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Ç¤Þ¤À¥Þ¡¼¥¯ÉÕ¤±¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤\n"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:293
+#: dselect.1:305
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
msgstr "¥«¡¼¥½¥ë¤ª¤è¤Ó²èÌÌ°ÜÆ°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:298
+#: dselect.1:310
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
"Áàºî¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:315
+#: dselect.1:327
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n"
-" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down \n"
+" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n"
" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n"
" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n"
" B<^f> ɽ¼¨¤ò 1 ʸ»ú±¦¤Ë¥¹¥¯¥í¡¼¥ë\n"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:316
+#: dselect.1:328
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Searching and sorting"
msgstr "¸¡º÷¤ÈʤÙÂؤ¨"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:330
+#: dselect.1:342
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
+"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the "
"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
"¥È¤ÎºÇ¸å¤Þ¤Ç㤹¤ë¤È¡¢ÀèƬ¤ËÌá¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:337
+#: dselect.1:349
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The list sort order can be varied by pressing \n"
+"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
" alphabet available status\n"
" ¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó+Í¥ÀèÅÙ ÍøÍѲÄǽ+¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó ¾õ¶·+¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:340
+#: dselect.1:352
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
"¾åµ¥ê¥¹¥È¤Ë¤ÏÌÀµ¤·¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¤¬¡¢ ºÇ¸å¤Ë¥¢¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥Ù¥Ã¥È½ç¤Ç¥½¡¼¥È¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:341
+#: dselect.1:353
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Altering selections"
msgstr "ÁªÂò¤ÎÊѹ¹"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:350
+#: dselect.1:362
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The requested selection state of individual packages may be \n"
+"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
"altered with the following commands:\n"
" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n"
" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n"
" B<_> ºï½ü¤·¤ÆÀßÄê¤â¾Ã¤¹\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:354
+#: dselect.1:366
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"This will be further explained below."
msgstr ""
"Êѹ¹Í×µá¤Î·ë²Ì¡¢°Í¸¤òËþ¤·¤Ê¤«¤Ã¤¿¤ê¶¥¹ç¤·¤¿¾ì¹ç¡¢ B<dselect> °Í¸´Ø·¸²ò·è"
"²èÌ̤òÄ󼨤¹¤ë¡£ ¤³¤ì¤Ï¸å¤Û¤ÉÀâÌÀ¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:359
+#: dselect.1:371
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
-"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
+"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
msgstr ""
"¤µ¤é¤Ë¡¢¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¥Ø¥Ã¥À¾å¤Ë¥«¡¼¥½¥ë¥Ð¡¼¤ò°ÜÆ°¤·¤Æ¡¢ ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸ÁªÂò¤Î¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Ë"
"¸½ºß¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤Î¥½¡¼¥È½çÀßÄê¤Ë°Í¸¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:365
+#: dselect.1:377
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
-"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
+"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
"operations are useful when applied to groups."
msgstr ""
"°ìÅÙ¤ËÂçÎ̤Î̤²ò·è°Í¸¡¦¶¥¹ç¤òȯÀ¸¤µ¤»¤ë¤¿¤á¡¢ Ãæ¿È¤¬Â礤¤¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë"
"ÍѤʤΤϡ¢ÊÝα¤äÊÝα²ò½ü¤Î»þ¤°¤é¤¤¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:366
+#: dselect.1:378
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
msgstr "°Í¸¡¦¶¥¹ç²ò·è"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:371
+#: dselect.1:383
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
msgstr ""
"ÁªÂò¾õ¶·¤òÊѹ¹¤·¤Æ̤²ò·è°Í¸¡¦¶¥¹ç¤¬È¯À¸¤·¤¿¾ì¹ç¡¢ B<dselect> ¤Ï°Í¸´Ø·¸²ò·è"
"²èÌ̤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ ½é¤á¤Æ¤Î¾ì¹ç¤Ï¡¢¤½¤ÎÁ°¤Ë¥Ø¥ë¥×²èÌ̤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:378
+#: dselect.1:390
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î°Í¸¤ä¶¥¹ç¤Î¸¶°ø¤ò¡¢ ¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Çɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:384
+#: dselect.1:396
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency "
-"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
+"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
"suggestions made by B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥µ¥Ö¥ê¥¹¥È¤¬½é´üɽ¼¨¤µ¤ì¤¿¤È¤¡¢ B<dselect> ¤Ï¡¢°Í¸´Ø·¸²ò·è²èÌÌ"
"ÎɤǤ¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:392
+#: dselect.1:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
-"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
+"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
"¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ ºÇ½ªÅª¤Ë B<'U'> ¤ò²¡¤¹¤³¤È¤Ç¡¢¼«Æ°Äó°Æ¤ò¥»¥Ã¥È¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:393
+#: dselect.1:405
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
msgstr "ÁªÂòÍ×µá¤Î³ÎÄê"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:400
+#: dselect.1:412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
-"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
-"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
-"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
-"dependency resolution screen."
+"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
+"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
+"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
+"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
+"resolution screen."
msgstr ""
"B<enter> ¤ò²¡¤¹¤È¡¢¸½ºßɽ¼¨¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ëÁªÂò¥»¥Ã¥È¤Ç³ÎÄꤹ¤ë¡£ ÁªÂòÍ×µá¤Î·ë²Ì¡¢"
"̤²ò·è°Í¸¤¬¸¡½Ð¤µ¤ì¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¡¢ B<dselect> ¤Ï¿·¤·¤¤ÁªÂò¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¡£ ¤·¤«¤·¡¢¤¤"
"¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:406
+#: dselect.1:418
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
-"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
-"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
+"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
+"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
"this unless you've read the fine print."
msgstr ""
"̤²ò·è°Í¸¡¦¶¥¹ç¸ºß¤¹¤ëÁªÂò¾õ¶·¤Ç¡¢B<dselect> ³ÎÄê¤ò¶¯À©¤¹¤ë¤Ë¤Ï¡¢ B<'Q'>"
"¤òÆɤó¤Ç¤¤¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¡¢¤³¤ì¤ò¤·¤Ê¤¤¤³¤È¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:413
+#: dselect.1:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
-"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
+"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
"the last established settings."
msgstr ""
"¸å¤Ë³ÎÄꤷ¤¿ÁªÂò¤ËÌ᤹¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:414
+#: dselect.1:427
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "¥Ð¥°"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:419
+#: dselect.1:432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
"¤È¤³¤í¤Ç¤Ï¡¢·Ð¸³¤òÀѤó¤À¥«¡¼¥Í¥ë³«È¯¼Ô¤Ç¤¹¤é¡¢¤³¤ì¤òò¤¤¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:421
+#: dselect.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "The documentation is lacking."
msgstr "ʸ½ñ¤¬Â¤ê¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:423
+#: dselect.1:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
msgstr "¥á¥¤¥ó¥á¥Ë¥å¡¼¤Ë¥Ø¥ë¥×¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤¬¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:425
+#: dselect.1:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
msgstr "ÍøÍѲÄǽ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î¥ê¥¹¥Èɽ¼¨¤ò¸º¤é¤»¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:442
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
-"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not "
-"broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
+"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
+"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
msgstr ""
"Æ⢥¢¥¯¥»¥¹Êý¼°¤Ç¤Ï¡¢¤â¤Ï¤ä¸½ºß¤ÎÉʼÁ´ð½à¤òËþ¤¿¤»¤Ê¤¤¡£ apt ¤¬Ä󶡤¹¤ë¥¢¥¯¥»"
"¥¹Êý¼°¤òÍøÍѤ¹¤ì¤Ð¡¢²õ¤ì¤Ê¤¤¤À¤±¤Ç¤Ê¤¯¡¢ Æ⢥¢¥¯¥»¥¹Êý¼°¤è¤êô£¤«¤Ë½ÀÆð¤Ç¤¢"
"¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:443
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
msgstr ""
"¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:449
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:438
+#: dselect.1:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list "
"¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤Ø¤ÎÁ´¹×¸¥¼Ô°ìÍ÷¤Ï `dselect --license' ¤Ç»²¾È¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:441
+#: dselect.1:456
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, "
"¤³¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤Ï Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt> ¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤Æ½ñ¤«"
"¤ì¡¢ Josip Rodin, Joost kooij ¤¬¹¹¿·¤·¤¿¡£"
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DSELECT"
+#~ msgstr "DSELECT"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "July 2001"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "INSTALL-INFO"
-msgstr "INSTALL-INFO"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "install-info"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Install-info and this manpage are Copyright 1994 by Ian Jackson.
#. This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "29th November 1995"
-msgstr "29th November 1995"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28 "
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Install-info and this manpage are Copyright 1994 by Ian Jackson.
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian Project"
+msgid "Debian"
msgstr "Debian Project"
# type: TH
#. or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty.
#: install-info.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "dpkg utilities"
+msgid "Project\""
+msgstr "Debian Project"
# type: SH
#: install-info.8:6
msgstr "install-info - Info ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Ë¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤òºîÀ®¤·¤¿¤ê¹¹¿·¤·¤¿¤ê¤¹¤ë"
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:8
+#: install-info.8:9
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:15
+#: install-info.8:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> [--version] [--help] [--debug] [--maxwidth=nnn] [--section "
-"regexp title] [--infodir=xxx] [--align=nnn] [--quiet] [--menuentry=xxx] [--"
-"description=xxx] [--remove | --remove-exactly ] [--] filename"
+"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--"
+"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] "
+"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--"
+"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>"
msgstr ""
"B<install-info> [--version] [--help] [--debug] [--maxwidth=nnn] [--section "
"regexp title] [--infodir=xxx] [--align=nnn] [--quiet] [--menuentry=xxx] [--"
"description=xxx] [--remove | --remove-exactly ] [--] filename"
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:15
+#: install-info.8:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:23
+#: install-info.8:32
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
+"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
"description from the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
"»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤«¤Ã¤¿¤é¡¢ ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ÎÃæ¿È¤«¤éÀâÌÀʸ¤ò¿ä¬¤·¤è¤¦¤È¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:30
+#: install-info.8:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the "
"section> ¤Îµ½Ò¤ò¸«¤é¤ì¤è¡£"
# type: SS
-#: install-info.8:30
+#: install-info.8:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:31
+#: install-info.8:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:48
+#: install-info.8:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, "
-"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> "
+"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> "
"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or "
"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of "
"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR "
-"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to "
+"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to "
"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same "
"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)."
msgstr ""
"infodir> ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»²¾È¤»¤è¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:57
+#: install-info.8:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
"¤¬Â¸ºß¤¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ï¡¢Âؤï¤ê¤Ë I<filename>B<.gz> ¤¬»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:62
+#: install-info.8:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
"¤«¤â¤·¤ì¤Ê¤¤ ¤Ï»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤¿¥Ñ¥¹¤Ë¸ºß¤·¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¤Ê¤é¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:62
+#: install-info.8:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove>"
msgstr "B<--remove>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:67
+#: install-info.8:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by "
"¥È¥ê¤ÏºîÀ®¤â¤·¤¯¤Ï¹¹¿·¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:77
+#: install-info.8:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
-"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
+"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
"ºï½ü¤Î·ë²Ì¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤¬¶õ¤Ã¤Ý¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¾ì¹ç¡¢ ¤³¤ì¤¬¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ÎºÇ¸å¤Î¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ç¤Ê"
"½Ò¤ò¸«¤é¤ì¤è¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:82
+#: install-info.8:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
"¥´¥ê¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Î¤â¤Î¤¬ºï½ü¤µ¤ì¡¢ »Ä¤ê¤Ï̵»ë¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:88
+#: install-info.8:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> "
"¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:94
+#: install-info.8:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> "
"calign> ¤ÎÀ°·Á¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï̵»ë¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:94
+#: install-info.8:103
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-exactly>"
msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:112
+#: install-info.8:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> "
"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an "
-"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that "
+"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that "
"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--"
"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than "
-"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause "
+"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause "
"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")."
msgstr ""
"¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï´ðËÜŪ¤Ë¤Ï B<--remove> ¤ÈƱ¤¸¤À¤¬¡¢¤¿¤À¤· I<filename> ¤òºï½ü"
"info> ¤Ï \"emacs-20/emacs\" ¤Ç¤Ï¤Ê¤¯ \"emacs\" ¤òÂоݤȤ¹¤ë)¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:112
+#: install-info.8:121
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>"
msgstr "B<--section >I<regexp title>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:126
+#: install-info.8:135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"¤â¤Î¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ ¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤ÎÀèƬ¹Ô¤Ï¥¿¥¤¥È¥ë¤È¤·¤Æ°·¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:133
+#: install-info.8:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
"¿·¤¿¤Ê¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤òºî¤ë¤È¤¡¢ B<install-info> ¤Ï¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤ÎÃæ¤Ç¥¢¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥Ù¥Ã¥È½ç"
"¤Ë¤½¤ì¤òÁÞÆþ¤·¤è¤¦¤È¤¹¤ë¡£ ¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥óÃæ¤Î¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤¬¤¢¤é¤«¤¸¤á¥½¡¼¥È¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Ê"
"Êѹ¹¤µ¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:139
+#: install-info.8:148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
+"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
"ÉÕ¤±¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¤Ê¤é¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:142
+#: install-info.8:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
"¥ó¥È¥ê¤ËÃÖ¤´¹¤¨¤é¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:145
+#: install-info.8:154
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
"¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
"¤Î½ª¤ï¤ê¤Î Miscellaneous ¤È¤¤¤¦¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤È¤ÎξÊý¤òºî¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:160
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"I<infodir> ¤Ë¤¢¤ë¤³¤È¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï B</usr/info> ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:169
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [Èó¿ä¾©]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
-"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
+"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
-"more. The default is 27."
+"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
"ÀâÌÀʸ¤ÎºÇ½é¤Î¹Ô¤ò¾¯¤Ê¤¯¤È¤â I<nnn> »ú¤À¤±»ú²¼¤²¤¹¤Ù¤¤â¤Î¤È»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£Í¾Ê¬¤Ê"
"¶õÇò¤¬É¬Íפʤâ¤Î¤È¤·¤Æ²Ã¤¨¤é¤ì¤ë¡£ B<dir> ¤Î¥á¥Ë¥å¡¼¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤Î¾ÜºÙ¤ÎŤµ¤Î¤¿"
"¤á¡¢ ¤è¤ê¿¤¯¤Î¥ª¥Õ¥»¥Ã¥È¤¬É¬Íפ«¤â¤·¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï 27 ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:178
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [Èó¿ä¾©]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:175
+#: install-info.8:184
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
-"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
+"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
"ÀâÌÀʸ¤ÎÆó¹ÔÌܰʹߤιԤò¾¯¤Ê¤¯¤È¤â I<nnn> ¤À¤±»ú²¼¤²¤¹¤Ù¤¤â¤Î¤È»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£¥Ç"
"¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï 29 ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:175
+#: install-info.8:184
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [Èó¿ä¾©]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:181
+#: install-info.8:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"¤ë¡£ ¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï 79 ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:181
+#: install-info.8:190
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:186
+#: install-info.8:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
"¥·¥ç¥ó¤ÎºîÀ®¡¦ºï½ü¤Î°ÆÆâ¤Î¥á¥Ã¥»¡¼¥¸¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:186
+#: install-info.8:195
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:191
+#: install-info.8:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr "B<install-info> ¤Î»ÈÍÑË¡¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤Æ½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:191
+#: install-info.8:200
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:196
+#: install-info.8:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
msgstr "B<install-info> ¤Î¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤ÈÃøºî¸¢¤Î¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤Æ½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:196
+#: install-info.8:205
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:203
+#: install-info.8:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¼«¿È¤ÎÃæ¤Ç»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤¿Ãͤò»È¤¦¡£¤³¤ì¤Ï"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:207
+#: install-info.8:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:209
+#: install-info.8:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY> ¤È¤¤¤¦·Á¼°¤Î¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤òõ¤¹¤³¤È¤Ç¸«¤Ä¤±¤é¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
-"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
+"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--"
-"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
-"options are ignored."
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
+"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
+"ignored."
msgstr ""
"Info ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë¸«¤Ä¤«¤Ã¤¿¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¼«¿È¤¬¤½¤ì¤À¤±¤Ç¿ô¹Ô¤ËÅϤꡢ ¤½¤ì¤¾¤ì¤Ë¥á"
"¥Ë¥å¡¼¤Î¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤¬¤¢¤ë¾ì¹ç¡¢ ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ÎÃæ¤Ë¸«¤Ä¤«¤Ã¤¿¥Æ¥¥¹¥È¤¬¤½¤Î¤Þ¤Þ»È¤ï¤ì"
"B<--calign> , B<--menuentry> ¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï̵»ë¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:225
+#: install-info.8:234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
"»ú¤Ë¤·¤Æ¤½¤ì¤ò»È¤¦¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr "¤³¤ì¤é¤ÎÊýË¡¤ÇÀâÌÀʸ¤òÆÀ¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤Ê¤«¤Ã¤¿¤é¥¨¥é¡¼¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:231
+#: install-info.8:240
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
"¤»¤é¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:231
+#: install-info.8:240
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
"¤ì¤¿¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:247
+#: install-info.8:256
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
"¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤òºï½ü¤¹¤ë¤È¤¡¢ B<--menuentry> ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ÎÃͤϡ¢ºï½ü¤µ¤ì¤ë¥á¥Ë¥å¡¼"
"menuentry> ¤ò¾Êά¤·¤¿¤È¤¤Ï¡¢¥á¥Ë¥å¡¼¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤Î¥Á¥§¥Ã¥¯¤Ï¹Ô¤ï¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:247
+#: install-info.8:256
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--keep-old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:251
+#: install-info.8:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
msgstr "¸½Â¸¤¹¤ë¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤ÎÃÖ´¹¤ä¶õ¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤Îºï½ü¤ò¹Ô¤ï¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:255
+#: install-info.8:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
"¤Ï¤¤¤º¤ì¤â¿·µ¬ºîÀ®¤µ¤ì¤¿¤â¤Î¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤ÆÃÖ¤´¹¤¨¤é¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"¤Ê¤¤¤¬¡¢ B<--keep-old> ¤Ï¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¸«½Ð¤·¤òºï½ü¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:269
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:263
+#: install-info.8:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
msgstr "¥Æ¥¹¥È¥â¡¼¥É¤ò͸ú¤Ë¤·¡¢¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò¹¹¿·¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:263
+#: install-info.8:272
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:267
+#: install-info.8:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
msgstr "¥Ç¥Ð¥Ã¥°¥â¡¼¥É¤ò͸ú¤Ë¤·¡¢ÆâÉô¤Î½èÍý¥¹¥Æ¥Ã¥×¤ò¤¤¤¯¤é¤«É½¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:267
+#: install-info.8:277
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
#, fuzzy
-msgid "emacs(1), info(1), gzip(1)"
+msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "emacs(1), info(1), gzip(1)"
# type: SH
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "Ãøºî¸¢"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:275
+#: install-info.8:287
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
-"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
+"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
"I<no> warranty."
msgstr ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
"I<no> warranty."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "INSTALL-INFO"
+#~ msgstr "INSTALL-INFO"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "29th November 1995"
+#~ msgstr "29th November 1995"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "dpkg utilities"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-JP\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
-msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
+msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
-msgstr "15th March 1997"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - ¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¥Ç¡¼¥â¥ó¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤Îµ¯Æ°¡¢Ää»ß"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"»ØÄꤹ¤ë¤³¤È¤Ç¡¢¼Â¹ÔÃæ¤Î¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤ò¸«¤Ä¤±¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"¤½¤Î¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤¬½ªÎ»¤·¤¿¤«¤É¤¦¤«¤ò ³Îǧ¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
"B<--stop> ¤ò»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¤È¡¢ B<start-stop-daemon> ¤Ï»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤¿¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤¬Â¸ºß¤¹¤ë"
"¥é¡¼¥¹¥Æ¡¼¥¿¥¹ 1 ¤òÊÖ¤·¤Æ½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë( B<--oknodo> ¤¬»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ï 0 ¤òÊÖ¤¹)¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"( B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe> ¤Ë¤è¤ê)»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤¿ executable ¤Î¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤òÄ´¤Ù¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr "I<pid-file> ¤Ç»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤ë¥×¥í¥»¥¹ ID ¤ò»ý¤Ä¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤òÄ´¤Ù¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
"I<username> ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï I<uid> ¤Ç»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤ë¥æ¡¼¥¶¤¬½êͤ¹¤ë¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤òÄ´¤Ù¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr "¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤ò³«»Ï¤¹¤ë»þÅÀ¤Ç¡¢I<group> ¤ä I<gid> ¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
"¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"¤ë (¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï 15)¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"Ʊ»þ¤Ë B<--stop> ¤¬Í¿¤¨¤é¤ì¤ë¤È B<start-stop-daemon> ¤Ï¤É¤Î¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤ò½ªÎ»¤µ¤»"
"B<--signal> ¤Ç»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤ë¥·¥°¥Ê¥ë¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"¤³¤È¤ò°ÕÌ£¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"¤¬»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤Ê¤¤¾ì¹ç¡¢ B<--exec> ¤ËÍ¿¤¨¤é¤ì¤ë°ú¿ô¤¬¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"¤Î½èÍý¤Ï¹Ô¤ï¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"1 ¤Î¤«¤ï¤ê¤Ë 0 ¤òÊÖ¤¹¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr "»²¹Í¾ðÊó¤ò½ÐÎϤ·¤Ê¤¤¡£¥¨¥é¡¼¥á¥Ã¥»¡¼¥¸¤Î¤ßɽ¼¨¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Î¤ß»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"chroot ¸å¤Ë¡¢½ñ¤½Ð¤µ¤ì¤ë¤³¤È ¤ËÃí°Õ¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
"¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤ò³«»Ï¤¹¤ëÁ°¤Ë¡¢ I<path> ¤Ë chdir ¤¹¤ë¡£ B<-r>|B<--chroot> ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
"¤òƱ»þ¤Ë»ØÄꤷ¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ï¡¢ chroot ¤Î¤¢¤È¤Ë chdir ¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"¤Î¤ß¤Ç¤Î»ÈÍÑ ¤ò°Õ¿Þ¤·¤Æ¤¤¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤ò³«»Ï¤¹¤ëÁ°¤Ë¥×¥í¥»¥¹¤Î¥×¥é¥¤¥ª¥ê¥Æ¥£¤òÊѹ¹¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"¤Ë¤Î¤ßÍÍѤǤ¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "¾Ü¤·¤¤»²¹Í¾ðÊó¤ò½ÐÎϤ¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr "¥Ø¥ë¥×¾ðÊó¤ò½ÐÎϤ·¤Æ½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr "¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¾ðÊó¤ò½ÐÎϤ·¤Æ½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"À®¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
msgstr ""
"¤³¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤Ï Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt> ¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤Æ½ñ¤«¤ì¤¿¡£ °ìÉô "
"Ian Jackson ¤Ë¤è¤ëÀ°·Á¡£"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "15th March 1997"
+#~ msgstr "15th March 1997"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-l10n-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-JP\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. This man page is copyright 1997 Charles Briscoe-Smith
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
-msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+msgid "update-alternatives"
+msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "19 January 1998"
-msgstr "19 January 1998"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
"¤¹¤ë"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:12
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "½ñ¼°"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:19
+#: update-alternatives.8:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
"[B<--slave> I<link name> I<path>]..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:24
+#: update-alternatives.8:25
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:29
+#: update-alternatives.8:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:33
+#: update-alternatives.8:34
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:38
+#: update-alternatives.8:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:43
+#: update-alternatives.8:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:48
+#: update-alternatives.8:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:53
+#: update-alternatives.8:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ÀâÌÀ"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:62
+#: update-alternatives.8:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"¥ó¥¯¤ò À¸À®¡¦ºï½ü¡¦´ÉÍý¤·¤¿¤ê¡¢¥ê¥ó¥¯¤Î¾ðÊó¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤¿¤ê¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:70
+#: update-alternatives.8:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"¤òÊú¤¨¤ë¤³¤È¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:92
+#: update-alternatives.8:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
-"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system "
-"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> "
-"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until "
-"explicitly requested to do so."
+"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
+"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
+"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
+"to do so."
msgstr ""
"Debian ¤Î alternatives ¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¤Ï¡¢¤³¤ÎÌäÂê¤ò²ò·è¤¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Î¤â¤Î¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ Ʊ¤¸"
"µ¡Ç½¤òÄ󶡤·¡¢¸ß¤¤¤ËÃÖ¤´¹¤¨²Äǽ¤ÊÁ´¤Æ¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï¡¢ ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¥·¥¹¥Æ¥àÃæ¤Î¡Ö°ì"
"alternatives ¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¤Ï¤½¤ÎÀßÄê¤òÊѹ¹¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:102
+#: update-alternatives.8:104
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
"¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:114
+#: update-alternatives.8:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"Debian ¥Ñ¥Ã¥±¡¼¥¸¤Î B<postinst> ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï B<prerm> ¥¹¥¯¥ê¥×¥È¤«¤é¸Æ¤Ó½Ð¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:133
+#: update-alternatives.8:135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"¤ì¤Ë´ØÏ¢¤Å¤±¤µ¤ì¤¿ slave ¤È¤Ï¡¢ I<¥ê¥ó¥¯¥°¥ë¡¼¥×> ¤ò·ÁÀ®¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:141
+#: update-alternatives.8:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"¤ÈÊݸ¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:150
+#: update-alternatives.8:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"manual ¥â¡¼¥É¤ËÀڤ괹¤ï¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:157
+#: update-alternatives.8:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
"¤¹¤ëÁªÂò»è¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:174
+#: update-alternatives.8:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
-"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
+"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest "
"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for which of the choices to "
"use for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no "
"Ì᤹¤Ë¤Ï¡¢ I<--auto> ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤òÍѤ¤¤ëɬÍפ¬¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"¾È)¡£"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:181
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr "ÍѸì"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"ÌÀ¤·¡¢ Æ°ºî¤ÎÍý²ò¤Î½õ¤±¤È¤·¤¿¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "generic name"
msgstr "°ìÈÌ̾ (generic name)"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"»ý¤ÄÊ£¿ô¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î¤É¤ì¤«¤Ò¤È¤Ä¤ò»²¾È¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "symlink"
msgstr "symlink"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
"¥¯¤ò°ÕÌ£¤¹¤ë¡£¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à´ÉÍý¼Ô¤¬Ä´À°¤ÎÂоݤȤ¹¤ë¤â¤Î¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "alternative"
msgstr "ÁªÂò»è (alternative)"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"¤é¥¢¥¯¥»¥¹¤µ¤ì¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr "alternatives ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr "symlink ¤òÊÝ»ý¤¹¤ë¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï I</etc/alternatives>¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr "administrative ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"lib/dpkg/alternatives>¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr "¥ê¥ó¥¯¥°¥ë¡¼¥×"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¤¹¤ë symlink ¤Î¥»¥Ã¥È¡£¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤´¤È¹¹¿·¤¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Î¤â¤Î¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr "master ¥ê¥ó¥¯"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group "
"¥ê¥ó¥¯¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Ë°¤¹¤ë¥ê¥ó¥¯¤Ç¡¢ ¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Î¾¤Î¥ê¥ó¥¯¤ÎÀßÄê¤ò·èÄꤹ¤ë¤â¤Î¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr "slave ¥ê¥ó¥¯"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link."
"¥ê¥ó¥¯¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Ë°¤¹¤ë¥ê¥ó¥¯¤Ç¡¢ master ¥ê¥ó¥¯¤ÎÀßÄê¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤ÆÀ©¸æ¤µ¤ì¤ë¤â¤Î¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr "automatic ¥â¡¼¥É"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"Ä´À°¤Ï alternatives ¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¤¬¼«Æ°Åª¤Ë¹Ô¤¦¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr "manual ¥â¡¼¥É"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"´ÉÍý¼Ô¤ÎÀßÄê¤ò°ìÀÚÊѹ¹¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:236
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "Îã"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:243
+#: update-alternatives.8:247
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"¥ó¥¯¤È¡¢´ØÏ¢¤¹¤ë man ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Î¥ê¥ó¥¯¤¬´Þ¤Þ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:249
+#: update-alternatives.8:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»È¤¦¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:252
+#: update-alternatives.8:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "update-alternatives --display vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:258
+#: update-alternatives.8:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"¿ô»ú¤òÁª¤Ö¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:261
+#: update-alternatives.8:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "update-alternatives --config vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:266
+#: update-alternatives.8:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:269
+#: update-alternatives.8:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:270
+#: update-alternatives.8:275
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform "
"¤Ë¡¢¤¤¤¯¤Ä¤Ç¤â»ØÄꤷ¤Æ¤«¤Þ¤ï¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "¶¦ÄÌ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:276
+#: update-alternatives.8:281
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr ""
"¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet "
"¥¨¥é¡¼°Ê³°¤Î¥³¥á¥ó¥È¤ò½Ð¤µ¤Ê¤¤¡£ ¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï¤Þ¤À¼ÂÁõ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not "
"Áõ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-alternatives> "
"ÍøÍÑË¡¤Ë´Ø¤¹¤ëɽ¼¨¤ò¹Ô¤¦ (B<update-alternatives> ¤Î¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤âɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë)¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is (and give some usage "
"B<update-alternatives> ¤Î¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë(ÍøÍÑË¡¤Ë´Ø¤¹¤ëɽ¼¨¤â¹Ô¤¦)¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
msgstr "alternatives ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤ò¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤«¤éÊѤ¨¤¿¤¤¤È¤¤Ë»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
msgstr "administrative ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤ò¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤«¤éÊѤ¨¤¿¤¤¤È¤¤Ë»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£"
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "¥¢¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:310
+#: update-alternatives.8:315
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."
msgstr "B<--install> I<link gen path pri> [B<--slave> I<slink sgen spath>] ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:325
+#: update-alternatives.8:330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name "
"°ú¿ô¤Î¥»¥Ã¥È¤Ï¡¢ 0 ¸Ä°Ê¾å¤¤¤¯¤Ä¤Ç¤â»ØÄꤷ¤Æ¤è¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's "
"¤Ï¡¢ symlink ¤Ï¿·¤¿¤ËÄɲ䵤줿ÁªÂò»è¤ò»²¾È¤¹¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¹¹¿·¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--set> I<name path>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"¤¬¡¢¤³¤Á¤é¤ÏÈóÂÐÏÃŪ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¤¿¤á¡¢¥¹¥¯¥ê¥×¥È¸þ¤±¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--remove> I<name path>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
-"which I<name> could be linked.
If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
+"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or "
"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will "
"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently "
"¥ó¥¯¤ÎÊѹ¹¤Ï¹Ô¤ï¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£ ¤½¤ÎÁªÂò»è¤Î¾ðÊ󤬺ï½ü¤µ¤ì¤ë¤À¤±¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
"¤Ï¡¢alternative ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Î̾Á°¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr "B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
msgstr "B<--config> ¤ò¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤ÎÁªÂò»è¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¸Æ¤Ó½Ð¤¹¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this "
"alterantive ¤Î¤¦¤Á¡¢ ¤â¤Ã¤È¤â priority ¤Î¹â¤¤¤â¤Î¤ò»²¾È¤¹¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¹¹¿·¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--display> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master "
"¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ëÁªÂò»è¤Î¤¦¤Á¡¢ ¤â¤Ã¤È¤â priority ¤Î¹â¤¤¤â¤Î¡¢¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--list> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr "¥ê¥ó¥¯¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Î¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤Î¥¿¡¼¥²¥Ã¥È¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--config> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:406
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
-"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
+"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
"out of I<auto> mode."
msgstr ""
"¥ê¥ó¥¯¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤ÎÍøÍѲÄǽ¤Ê¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤ÎÁªÂò»è¤òɽ¼¨¤·¡¢ÂÐÏÃŪ¤ËÁªÂò»è¤Î 1 ¤Ä¤òÁª¤Ù"
"¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¤¹¤ë¡£¥ê¥ó¥¯¥°¥ë¡¼¥×¤Ï¹¹¿·¤µ¤ì¡¢ I<auto> ¥â¡¼¥É¤Ç¤Ï¤Ê¤¯¤Ê¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:407
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:402
+#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"¤¤ë¡£"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
"¹¹¤Ç¤¤ë¡£"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:421
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "½ªÎ»¥¹¥Æ¡¼¥¿¥¹"
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:415
+#: update-alternatives.8:422
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr "¥ê¥¯¥¨¥¹¥È¤µ¤ì¤¿¥¢¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤¬Àµ¤·¤¯¼Â¹Ô¤µ¤ì¤¿¡£"
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¥é¥¤¥ó¤Î²ò¼á¤ò¹Ô¤¦¤È¤¤«¡¢ ¥¢¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò¼Â¹Ô¤¹¤ë¤È¤¤ËÌäÂ꤬µ¯¤Ã¤¿¡£"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:428
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "¿ÇÃÇ¥á¥Ã¥»¡¼¥¸"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:437
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its "
"Æɤá¤Ð¤ï¤«¤ë¤Ï¤º¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ ¤â¤·¤ï¤«¤é¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¡¢¥Ð¥°¤È¤·¤ÆÊó¹ð¤·¤ÆÍߤ·¤¤¡£"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:438
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "¥Ð¥°"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:432
+#: update-alternatives.8:441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, "
"̵Íý¤Ê¤é¡¢Ãø¼Ô¤ËľÀÜÅŻҥ᡼¥ë¤ÇÁ÷¤Ã¤ÆÍߤ·¤¤¡£"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:446
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"¤Ð¡¢ ¼ÂÁõ¤«Ê¸½ñ¡¢¤É¤Á¤é¤«¤Î¥Ð¥°¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£¥ì¥Ý¡¼¥È¤ò¤ª´ê¤¤¤·¤¿¤¤¡£"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:447
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "Ãø¼Ô"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:441
+#: update-alternatives.8:451
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
+"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
-"conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
"conditions. There is NO warranty."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:445
+#: update-alternatives.8:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
-"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
+"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
"system."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:458
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:449
+#: update-alternatives.8:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "19 January 1998"
+#~ msgstr "19 January 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 18:45+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 18:45+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
+#
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/822-date.1:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "822-DATE"
-msgstr "822-DATE"
+#: 822-date.1:3
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "822-date"
+msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/822-date.1:3
+#: 822-date.1:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "14th August 1996"
-msgstr "14 sierpnia 1996"
+msgid "2008-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/822-date.1:3
+#: 822-date.1:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/822-date.1:3
+#: 822-date.1:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/822-date.1:4
+#: 822-date.1:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:6
+#: 822-date.1:6
msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC822 format"
msgstr "822-date - drukuje datê i czas w formacie RFC822"
# type: SH
-#: en/822-date.1:6
+#: 822-date.1:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:9
msgid "B<822-date>"
msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: SH
-#: en/822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:14
msgid ""
"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in "
"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123."
"RFC1123."
# type: SH
-#: en/822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:18
msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options."
msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji."
# type: SH
-#: en/822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "B£ÊDY"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:18
-msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1),"
+#: 822-date.1:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)."
msgstr "To polecenie powinno byæ czê¶ci± polecenia B<date>(1),"
# type: SH
-#: en/822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:21
+#: 822-date.1:26
msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:24
+#: 822-date.1:29
msgid ""
"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) "
"section 5.2.14,"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:31
msgid "B<date>(1)."
msgstr "B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: en/822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/822-date.1:29
+#: 822-date.1:35
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
+"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
"placed by him into the public domain."
msgstr ""
"B<822-date> oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson i udostêpni³ jako public "
"domain."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "822-DATE"
+#~ msgstr "822-DATE"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "14th August 1996"
+#~ msgstr "14 sierpnia 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 18:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 18:46+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DEB"
-msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+msgid "dpkg-deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "1st June 1996"
-msgstr "1 lipca 1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:1
+#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:2
+#: dpkg-deb.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:4
+#: dpkg-deb.1:4
msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
msgstr "dpkg-deb - narzêdzie obs³ugi plików archiwum Debiana (.deb)"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:4
+#: dpkg-deb.1:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:8
+#: dpkg-deb.1:8
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<katalog> [I<archiwum>|I<katalog>]"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:12
+#: dpkg-deb.1:12
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archiwum> [I<nazwa-pliku-kontrolnego> ..]"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:16
+#: dpkg-deb.1:16
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archiwum> [I<nazwa-pola-kontrolnego> ...]"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:20
+#: dpkg-deb.1:20
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archiwum>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:25
+#: dpkg-deb.1:25
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archiwum>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:29
+#: dpkg-deb.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archiwum katalog>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:33
+#: dpkg-deb.1:33
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<katalog archiwum>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:36
+#: dpkg-deb.1:36
msgid "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archiwum>"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:36
+#: dpkg-deb.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:39
+#: dpkg-deb.1:39
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:43
+#: dpkg-deb.1:43
msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
msgstr "Do instalowania i usuwania pakietów z systemu s³u¿y polecenie B<dpkg>."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:53
+#: dpkg-deb.1:53
msgid ""
"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
"deb> i wykona ¿±dan± operacjê."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:53
+#: dpkg-deb.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTION OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE DZIA£ANIA"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:54
+#: dpkg-deb.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>"
msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:66
+#: dpkg-deb.1:66
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
-"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
+"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:72
+#: dpkg-deb.1:72
msgid ""
"You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. "
"B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:84
+#: dpkg-deb.1:84
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
-"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and "
-"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
-"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
-"B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
+"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
+"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
+"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
+"control information directory."
msgstr ""
"Je¶li pominiêto opcjê B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> odczyta plik B<DEBIAN/"
"control> i sprawdzi, czy nie wystêpuj± w nim b³êdy sk³adniowe lub inne "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:91
+#: dpkg-deb.1:91
msgid ""
"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
"the file I<directory>B<.deb>."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:93
+#: dpkg-deb.1:93
msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
msgstr "Je¿eli taki pakiet ju¿ istnieje, zostanie on nadpisany."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:109
+#: dpkg-deb.1:109
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
-"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
+"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""
"plik kontrolny, aby rozpoznaæ nazwê i wersjê pakietu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:109
+#: dpkg-deb.1:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:112
+#: dpkg-deb.1:112
msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
msgstr "Dostarcza informacji o pakiecie."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:117
+#: dpkg-deb.1:117
msgid ""
"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
"the contents of the package as well as its control file."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:125
+#: dpkg-deb.1:125
msgid ""
"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
"b³êdu na stderr i program zakoñczy siê z kodem b³êdu 2."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:125
+#: dpkg-deb.1:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:131
+#: dpkg-deb.1:131
msgid ""
"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
"by the B<--showformat> argument."
"showformat>."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:137
+#: dpkg-deb.1:137
msgid ""
"This argument is a string that may reference any status field using the "
"\"${I<field-name>}\" form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced "
"³atwo wygenerowaæ, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-I> na tym samym pakiecie."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:139
+#: dpkg-deb.1:139
msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"."
msgstr "Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± tego pola jest \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:139
+#: dpkg-deb.1:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:142
+#: dpkg-deb.1:142
msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
msgstr "Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ pliku kontrolnego o nazwie control."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:146
+#: dpkg-deb.1:146
msgid ""
"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole "
"control file."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:155
+#: dpkg-deb.1:155
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
-"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
+"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:157
+#: dpkg-deb.1:157
msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
msgstr ""
"Dla nieodnalezionych pól kontrolnych nie wy¶wietlane s± komunikaty b³êdów."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:157
+#: dpkg-deb.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>"
msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:163
+#: dpkg-deb.1:163
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
-"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
+"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ archiwum. Wydruk jest podany w postaci, jak± generuje "
"polecenie B<tar>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:163
+#: dpkg-deb.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"
msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:167
+#: dpkg-deb.1:167
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
"directory."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:172
+#: dpkg-deb.1:172
msgid ""
"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes, "
"while B<--extract> (B<-x>) is silent unless an error occurs."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:178
+#: dpkg-deb.1:178
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
-"correct installation ! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
+"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""
"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e rozpakowanie pakietu w katalogu g³ównym I<nie> jest "
"odpowiednikiem zainstalowania pakietu! Do tego celu s³u¿y wy³±cznie "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:181
+#: dpkg-deb.1:181
msgid "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
msgstr "Je¶li wskazany I<katalog> nie istnieje, zostanie utworzony."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:181
+#: dpkg-deb.1:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:189
+#: dpkg-deb.1:189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
-"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
+"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
msgstr ""
"Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwum i wysy³a je na standardowe wyj¶cie w postaci "
"mo¿liwe jest rozpakowanie tylko wybranych plików z archiwum."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:189
+#: dpkg-deb.1:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:193
+#: dpkg-deb.1:193
msgid ""
"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
"specified directory."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:197
+#: dpkg-deb.1:197
msgid ""
"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
"directory is used."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:200
+#: dpkg-deb.1:200
msgid ""
"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
msgstr "W razie potrzeby, katalog docelowy bêdzie utworzony."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:200
+#: dpkg-deb.1:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:205
+#: dpkg-deb.1:205
msgid ""
"Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
"their uses."
"opcji."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:205
+#: dpkg-deb.1:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:210
+#: dpkg-deb.1:210
msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacje o numerze wersji B<dpkg-deb>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:210
+#: dpkg-deb.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--licence>"
msgstr "B<--licence>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:217
+#: dpkg-deb.1:217
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietla informacje o licencji B<dpkg-deb> oraz braku jego gwarancji. "
"(Obs³ugiwany jest tak¿e amerykañski sposób pisowni B<--license>.)"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:217
+#: dpkg-deb.1:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
msgstr "INNE OPCJE"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:218
+#: dpkg-deb.1:218
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new>"
msgstr "B<--new>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:223
+#: dpkg-deb.1:223
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
+"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Upewnia siê, ¿e B<dpkg-deb> utworzy ,,nowy'' format archiwum. Ta opcja jest "
"domy¶lna."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:223
+#: dpkg-deb.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:231
+#: dpkg-deb.1:231
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive "
-"format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its "
-"only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older "
-"than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
+"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
+"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
+"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
+"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
msgstr ""
"Wymusza utworzenie przez B<dpkg-deb> ,,starego'' formatu archiwum. Ten "
"format jest s³abo obs³ugiwany przez narzêdzia spoza dystrybucji Debiana i "
"by³a opublikowana jedynie dla i386 a.out."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:231
+#: dpkg-deb.1:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:237
+#: dpkg-deb.1:237
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
-"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
+"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""
"Powoduje, ¿e polecenie B<dpkg-deb --build> nie bêdzie sprawdzaæ zawarto¶ci "
"archiwum. W ten sposób mo¿na utworzyæ niepoprawny pakiet, je¶li zajdzie taka "
"potrzeba."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:237
+#: dpkg-deb.1:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:240
-msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
+#: dpkg-deb.1:240
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr "W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Nie jest to zbyt interesuj±ce."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:240
+#: dpkg-deb.1:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "B£ÊDY"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:245
+#: dpkg-deb.1:245
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:249
+#: dpkg-deb.1:249
msgid ""
"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
"straightforward checksum."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:256
+#: dpkg-deb.1:256
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software ! You must use "
+"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""
"potrzebne skrypty instalacyjne."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:256
+#: dpkg-deb.1:256
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:261
+#: dpkg-deb.1:261
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:261
+#: dpkg-deb.1:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-deb.1:270
+#: dpkg-deb.1:269
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
-"Copyright (C)1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</"
+"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</"
"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> i ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson ((C)1995-1996), "
"udostêpnione na Ogólnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BRAK JAKIEJKOLWIEK "
"GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y zobacz w B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> oraz B</usr/"
"share/common-licences/GPL>."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "1st June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "1 lipca 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 18:58+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 18:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:1
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-query"
msgstr "dpkg-query"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-11"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:1
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:1
+#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:2
+#: dpkg-query.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:4
+#: dpkg-query.1:4
msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
msgstr "dpkg-query - narzêdzie przepytywania bazy danych dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:5
+#: dpkg-query.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:9
+#: dpkg-query.1:9
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:13
+#: dpkg-query.1:13
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:17
+#: dpkg-query.1:17
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:21
+#: dpkg-query.1:21
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:25
+#: dpkg-query.1:25
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwy-pliku> ..."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:29
+#: dpkg-query.1:29
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:32
+#: dpkg-query.1:32
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:35
+#: dpkg-query.1:35
msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:36
+#: dpkg-query.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:39
+#: dpkg-query.1:39
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
"B<dpkg> database."
"wymienionych w bazie danych B<dpkg>."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:40
+#: dpkg-query.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr "POLECENIA"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:41
+#: dpkg-query.1:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:49
+#: dpkg-query.1:49
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
-"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
+"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
"are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have "
"to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing "
"filename expansion. For example this will list all package names starting "
"polecenie wypisze nazwy wszystkich pakietów zaczynaj±cych siê od ``libc6'':"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:53
+#: dpkg-query.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"
msgstr " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:59
+#: dpkg-query.1:59
msgid ""
"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
"wyj¶cia."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:59
+#: dpkg-query.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:66
+#: dpkg-query.1:66
msgid ""
"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
"zawieraj±ca jego nazwê oraz - po znaku tabulacji - zainstalowan± wersjê."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:66
+#: dpkg-query.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:70
+#: dpkg-query.1:70
msgid ""
"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the "
"installed package status database."
"informacje, które znajduj± siê w bazie danych pakietów."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:70
+#: dpkg-query.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:75
+#: dpkg-query.1:75
msgid ""
"List files installed to your system from B<package-name>. However, note "
"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed."
"zosta³y utworzone przez skrypty instalacyjne, nie bêd± podane."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:75
+#: dpkg-query.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..."
msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwy-pliku> ..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:81
+#: dpkg-query.1:81
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars "
-"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
+"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives."
msgstr ""
"Szukanie pliku o podanym wzorcu po¶ród zainstalowanych pakietów. Wzorzec "
"wy¶wietli alternatyw."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:81
+#: dpkg-query.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>"
msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<nazwa-pakietu>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:85
+#: dpkg-query.1:85
msgid ""
"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/"
"available>."
"I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:85
+#: dpkg-query.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--licence> | B<--license>"
msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:88
+#: dpkg-query.1:88
msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o licencji i prawach autorskich."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:88
+#: dpkg-query.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:91
+#: dpkg-query.1:91
msgid "Display version information."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o wersji."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:92
+#: dpkg-query.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:93
+#: dpkg-query.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<katalog>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:97
+#: dpkg-query.1:97
msgid ""
"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
"lib/dpkg>."
"Zmienia po³o¿enie bazy danych B<dpkg>. Domy¶lnie jest to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:97
+#: dpkg-query.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>"
msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:102
+#: dpkg-query.1:102
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
-"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
+"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
msgstr ""
"Opcja jest u¿ywana do podania formatu wyj¶cia produkowanego przez B<--show>. "
"Format jest ³añcuchem znaków, który bêdzie wy¶wietlony dla ka¿dego "
"listowanego pakietu."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:104
+#: dpkg-query.1:104
msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:"
msgstr "W ³añcuchu formatu, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq jest znakiem cytowania:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:110
+#: dpkg-query.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<\\en> newline\n"
" B<\\et> tabulacja\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:115
+#: dpkg-query.1:115
msgid ""
"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning "
"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<"
"\\(rq oraz \\(lqB<$>\\(rq."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:121
+#: dpkg-query.1:121
msgid ""
"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. "
"nastêpuj±ce I<pola>:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:152
+#: dpkg-query.1:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<Architecture>\n"
" B<Version>\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:157
+#: dpkg-query.1:157
msgid ""
"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. To "
"get the name of the dpkg maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
"mo¿na uruchomiæ:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:161
+#: dpkg-query.1:161
#, no-wrap
msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n"
msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:163
+#: dpkg-query.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr "¦RODOWISKO"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:164
+#: dpkg-query.1:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:168
+#: dpkg-query.1:168
msgid ""
"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the "
"width of its output."
"Zmienna ta wp³ywa na wyj¶cie polecenia B<--list>, zmieniaj±c jego szeroko¶æ."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:169
+#: dpkg-query.1:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:171
+#: dpkg-query.1:171
msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: UR
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:171
+#: dpkg-query.1:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:173
+#: dpkg-query.1:173
msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:177
+#: dpkg-query.1:177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Ten program jest wolnym oprogramowaniem, proszê zobaczyæ Licencjê Publiczn± "
"GNU w wersji 2 po warunki licencji. NIE MA ¿adnych gwarancji."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:178
+#: dpkg-query.1:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-query.1:180
+#: dpkg-query.1:180
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 19:00+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-split"
msgstr "dpkg-split"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
-msgid "23rd June 1996"
-msgstr "23 czerwca 1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:2
+#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:3
+#: dpkg-split.1:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:5
+#: dpkg-split.1:5
msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
msgstr "dpkg-split - narzêdzie dzielenia/³±czenia pakietów Debiana"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:5
+#: dpkg-split.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:9
+#: dpkg-split.1:9
msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-s>|B<--split> I<pe³ne-archiwum> [I<przedrostek>]"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:13
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part part >..."
+#: dpkg-split.1:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<czê¶æ czê¶æ >..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:17
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part part >..."
+#: dpkg-split.1:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<czê¶æ czê¶æ >..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:21
+#: dpkg-split.1:21
msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< complete-output part>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< pe³ne-archiwum czê¶æ>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:24
+#: dpkg-split.1:24
msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:28
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package package >...]"
+#: dpkg-split.1:28
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<pakiet pakiet >...]"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:28
+#: dpkg-split.1:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:33
+#: dpkg-split.1:33
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:37
+#: dpkg-split.1:37
msgid ""
"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
"options."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:45
+#: dpkg-split.1:45
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
-"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
+"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
"discard> options allow the management of the queue."
msgstr ""
"Mo¿liwe jest tak¿e wywo³anie automatyczne, poprzez u¿ycie opcji B<--auto>. "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:48
+#: dpkg-split.1:48
msgid ""
"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
"on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
"zignorowaæ."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:48
+#: dpkg-split.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTION OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE DZIA£AÑ"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:49
+#: dpkg-split.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--split>, B<-s>"
msgstr "B<--split>, B<-s>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:52
+#: dpkg-split.1:52
msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
msgstr "Rozdzielenie pojedynczego pakietu binarnego na poszczególne czê¶ci."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:60
+#: dpkg-split.1:60
msgid ""
"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:68
+#: dpkg-split.1:68
msgid ""
"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
"koñcówka B<.deb>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:68
+#: dpkg-split.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
msgstr "B<--join>, B<-j>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:72
+#: dpkg-split.1:72
msgid ""
"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
"as it was before it was split."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:76
+#: dpkg-split.1:76
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
-"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
+"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
msgstr ""
"Pliki podane jako argumenty musz± byæ czê¶ciami tego samego oryginalnego "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:81
+#: dpkg-split.1:81
msgid ""
"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:83
+#: dpkg-split.1:83
msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
msgstr ""
"Nazwy plików czê¶ci nie maj± znaczenia dla procesu odtworzenia pakietu."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:86
+#: dpkg-split.1:86
msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>."
msgstr "Domy¶lnie, odtworzony plik ma nazwê I<pakiet>B<->I<wersja>B<.deb>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:87
+#: dpkg-split.1:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:92
+#: dpkg-split.1:92
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
-"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
+"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
"saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietlanie informacji, podanych w formacie czytelnym dla cz³owieka, o "
"wy¶wietlenie informacji o tym fakcie na standardowym wyj¶ciu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:92
+#: dpkg-split.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>"
msgstr "B<--auto>, B<-a>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:95
+#: dpkg-split.1:95
msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
msgstr ""
"Automatyczne kolejkowanie czê¶ci i odtworzenie pakietu, gdy to jest mo¿liwe."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:100
+#: dpkg-split.1:100
msgid ""
"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:107
+#: dpkg-split.1:107
msgid ""
"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:113
+#: dpkg-split.1:113
msgid ""
"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
"not created."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:120
+#: dpkg-split.1:120
msgid ""
"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:127
+#: dpkg-split.1:127
msgid ""
"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
"pliku wyj¶ciowego.)"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:127
+#: dpkg-split.1:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>"
msgstr "B<--listq>, B<-l>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:130
+#: dpkg-split.1:130
msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
msgstr "Listowanie zawarto¶ci kolejki czê¶ci pakietu do odtworzenia."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:134
+#: dpkg-split.1:134
msgid ""
"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
"kolejce, ca³kowita liczba bajtów przechowywanych w kolejce."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:134
+#: dpkg-split.1:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
msgstr "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:138
+#: dpkg-split.1:138
msgid ""
"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
"of their packages."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:143
+#: dpkg-split.1:143
msgid ""
"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
"jest podana, usuwane s± tylko czê¶ci podanego pakietu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:143
+#: dpkg-split.1:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:148
+#: dpkg-split.1:148
msgid ""
"Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
"their uses."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacje o opcjach B<dpkg-split>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:148
+#: dpkg-split.1:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:153
+#: dpkg-split.1:153
msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacje o wersji B<dpkg-split>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:153
+#: dpkg-split.1:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--licence>"
msgstr "B<--licence>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:160
+#: dpkg-split.1:160
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietlenie informacje o licencji B<dpkg-split> oraz braku jego gwarancji. "
"(Obs³ugiwany jest tak¿e amerykañski sposób pisowni B<--license>.)"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:160
+#: dpkg-split.1:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
msgstr "POZOSTA£E OPCJE"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:161
+#: dpkg-split.1:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>"
msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< katalog>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:166
+#: dpkg-split.1:166
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
-"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
+"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Okre¶lenie alternatywnego katalogu dla kolejki czê¶ci pakietów do "
"zrekonstruowania. Domy¶lnym jest B</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:166
+#: dpkg-split.1:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< kbytes>"
msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< Kbajtów>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:170
+#: dpkg-split.1:170
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
+"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
"The default is 450Kb."
msgstr ""
"Okre¶lenie maksymalnego rozmiaru czê¶ci pakietu w kilobajtach (1024 "
"bajtów). Domy¶lnym jest 450KB."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:170
+#: dpkg-split.1:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--output>|B<-O>I< complete-output>"
msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< pe³ne-archiwum>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:173
+#: dpkg-split.1:173
msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
msgstr "Okre¶lenie nazwy pliku pe³nego archiwum."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:178
+#: dpkg-split.1:178
msgid ""
"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
"jest wymagana przy automatycznym odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--auto>)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:178
+#: dpkg-split.1:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
msgstr "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:189
+#: dpkg-split.1:189
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
-"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
+"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
msgstr ""
"informacji przez programy takie jak B<dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:189
+#: dpkg-split.1:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--msdos>"
msgstr "B<--msdos>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:194
+#: dpkg-split.1:194
msgid ""
"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:200
+#: dpkg-split.1:200
msgid ""
"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:205
+#: dpkg-split.1:205
msgid ""
"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
"postaæ I<przedrostekN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb..>"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:205
+#: dpkg-split.1:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "KODY B£ÊDU"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:211
+#: dpkg-split.1:211
msgid ""
"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other "
"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:217
+#: dpkg-split.1:217
msgid ""
"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the "
"I<part> file was not a binary package part."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:221
+#: dpkg-split.1:221
msgid ""
"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call "
"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a "
"wypadkach."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:221
+#: dpkg-split.1:221
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "B£ÊDY"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:225
+#: dpkg-split.1:225
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames "
"of Debian packages."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:228
+#: dpkg-split.1:228
msgid ""
"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
"digging into the queue directory yourself."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:231
+#: dpkg-split.1:231
msgid ""
"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
"part is one."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:235
+#: dpkg-split.1:235
msgid ""
"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the "
"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not "
"generowanej nazwy pliku."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:235
+#: dpkg-split.1:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "PLIKI"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:236
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
+#: dpkg-split.1:236
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:240
+#: dpkg-split.1:240
msgid ""
"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:245
+#: dpkg-split.1:245
msgid ""
"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
"nie s± u¿yteczne dla innych programów."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:245
+#: dpkg-split.1:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:250
-msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg-split.1:250
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:250
+#: dpkg-split.1:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg-split.1:259
+#: dpkg-split.1:260
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
+"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/"
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/"
"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-split> oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson Copyright (C) 1995-"
"1996 i udostêpni³ na Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BEZ JAKIEJKOLWIEK "
"GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y w B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> oraz B</usr/share/"
"common-licences/GPL>."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "23rd June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "23 czerwca 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 19:18+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 15:34+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
-msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+# type: TP
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
+msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-01-26"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:2
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:4
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4
msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - nadpisywanie w³a¶ciciela i praw plików"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:4
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:6
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
-"E<lt>modeE<gt> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> "
+"E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> [opcje] --add E<lt>u¿ytkownikE<gt> E<lt>grupaE<gt> "
"E<lt>trybE<gt> I<E<lt>plikE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:8
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --remove I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [opcje] --remove I<E<lt>plikE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:10
-msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [options] --list I<[E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:18
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> [opcje] --list I<[E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwyE<gt>]>"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:10
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:17
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:26
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell dpkg to use a different owner or mode "
"for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' here, "
"but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, "
-"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
+"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only "
"executable by a certain group."
msgstr ""
"pewn± grupê u¿ytkowników."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:30
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
+"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> jest narzêdziem u¿ytkowym do zarz±dzania list± nadpisañ "
"takich nadpisañ."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:21
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:22
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--add E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--add E<lt>u¿ytkownikE<gt> E<lt>grupaE<gt> E<lt>trybE<gt> E<lt>plikE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:29
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:39
msgid ""
"Add an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>. B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> does not need to "
"exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
"(na przyk³ad B<#0> lub B<#65534>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:32
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
msgid ""
"If --update is specified and B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> exists, it is immediately set "
"to the new owner and mode."
"w³a¶ciciel i prawa zostan± od razu ustawione."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--remove E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<--remove E<lt>plikE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:36
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
msgid ""
"Remove an override for B<E<lt>fileE<gt>>, the status of B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> is "
"left unchanged by this command."
"B<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:36
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--list [E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>]>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:46
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
msgstr "I<--list [E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwyE<gt>]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:41
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
msgid ""
"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the "
"statoverride> zakoñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 1."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:41
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--force>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:51
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--force>"
msgstr "I<--force>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:45
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
msgid ""
"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
"is necessary to override an existing override."
"tego zabroni³y. Jest to potrzebne, aby nadpisaæ istniej±ce nadpisanie."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:45
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--update>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--update>"
msgstr "I<--update>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:49
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
msgid ""
"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists."
msgstr ""
"Od razy próbuje zmieniæ w³a¶ciciela i prawa pliku, je¿eli ten plik istnieje."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:49
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--quiet>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "I<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:52
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
msgstr "Wy¶wietla mniej komunikatów o podejmowanych przez program akcjach."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:52
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--help>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "I<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:55
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
msgid "Show version, copyright and usage information."
msgstr "Pokazuje informacje o wersji, prawach autorskich i u¿ytkowaniu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:55
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "I<--admindir>"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--admindir>"
msgstr "I<--admindir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:69
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is "
-"also stored. Defaults to /var/lib/dpkg."
+"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Zmienia katalog bazy danych dpkg, w którym tak¿e jest przechowywany plik "
"statoverride. Domy¶lnie jest to /var/lib/dpkg."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:59
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "PLIKI"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:60
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:65
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:76
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
"takimi jak `status' lub `available'."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79
msgid ""
"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one."
"star± kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:68
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:70
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:70
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
# type: UR
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:72
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:74
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:87
msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg-statoverride.8:77
+#: dpkg-statoverride.8:90
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê "
"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o "
"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-STATOVERRIDE"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 10:44+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 19:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.1:1
+#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
-msgstr "DPKG"
+msgid "dpkg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+#: dpkg.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-11"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.1:1
+#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.1:1
+#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:2
+#: dpkg.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:4
+#: dpkg.1:4
msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
msgstr "dpkg - mened¿er pakietów Debiana"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:5
+#: dpkg.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:8
+#: dpkg.1:8
msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opcje>] I<dzia³anie>"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:9
+#: dpkg.1:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNING"
msgstr "UWAGA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:13
+#: dpkg.1:13
msgid ""
"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:18
+#: dpkg.1:18
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"Ten podrêcznik I<nie> wyja¶nia technicznych szczegó³ów, np. w jaki sposób "
"u¿ytkownika zupe³nie nieistotne."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:19
+#: dpkg.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:26
+#: dpkg.1:26
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:31
+#: dpkg.1:31
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> can be also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>. The following "
"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
"poni¿ej parametry zostan± przekazane z B<dpkg> do B<dpkg-deb>:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:40
+#: dpkg.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:42
+#: dpkg.1:42
msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
msgstr "Dzia³ania te s± opisane w osobnym podrêczniku do B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:43
+#: dpkg.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
msgstr "INFORMACJE O PAKIETACH"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:48
+#: dpkg.1:48
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> zarz±dza informacjami o dostêpnych pakietach. Informacje zosta³y "
"podzielone na trzy klasy: B<stan bie¿±cy>, B<stan wyboru> oraz B<flagê>. "
"Warto¶ci te mog± zostaæ zmienione za pomoc± programu B<dselect>."
# type: SS
-#: en/dpkg.1:48
+#: dpkg.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
msgstr "STAN BIE¯¡CY PAKIETÓW"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:49
+#: dpkg.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<installed>"
msgstr "B<installed (zainstalowany)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:52
+#: dpkg.1:52
msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK."
msgstr "Pakiet jest rozpakowany i poprawnie skonfigurowany."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:52
+#: dpkg.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-installed>"
msgstr "B<half-installed (wpó³zainstalowany)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:56
+#: dpkg.1:56
msgid ""
"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
"reason."
"Instalacja pakietu zosta³a rozpoczêta, ale niedokoñczona z pewnych powodów."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:56
+#: dpkg.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<not-installed>"
msgstr "B<not-installed (niezainstalowany)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:59
+#: dpkg.1:59
msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
msgstr "Pakiet nie jest zainstalowany w systemie."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:59
+#: dpkg.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<unpacked>"
msgstr "B<unpacked (rozpakowany)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:62
+#: dpkg.1:62
msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
msgstr "Pakiet jest rozpakowany, ale nie skonfigurowany."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:62
+#: dpkg.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-configured>"
msgstr "B<half-configured (wpó³skonfigurowany)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:66
+#: dpkg.1:66
msgid ""
"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
"completed for some reason."
"niedokoñczona z pewnych powodów."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:66
+#: dpkg.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<config-files>"
msgstr "B<config-files (pliki-konfiguracyjne)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:69
+#: dpkg.1:69
msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
msgstr "Tylko pliki konfiguracyjne pakietu zosta³y w systemie."
# type: SS
-#: en/dpkg.1:69
+#: dpkg.1:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
msgstr "STAN WYBORU PAKIETÓW"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:70
+#: dpkg.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<install>"
msgstr "B<install (instalacja)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:73
+#: dpkg.1:73
msgid "The package is selected for installation."
msgstr "Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do zainstalowania."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:73
+#: dpkg.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<deinstall>"
msgstr "B<deinstall (deinstalacja)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:77
+#: dpkg.1:77
msgid ""
"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
"files, except configuration files)."
"wszystkie pliki pakietu, oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:77
+#: dpkg.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<purge>"
msgstr "B<purge (wyczyszczenie)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:81
+#: dpkg.1:81
msgid ""
"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, "
"even configuration files)."
"wszystko, w³±cznie z plikami konfiguracyjnymi)."
# type: SS
-#: en/dpkg.1:81
+#: dpkg.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
msgstr "FLAGI PAKIETÓW"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:82
+#: dpkg.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<hold>"
msgstr "B<hold (wstrzymanie)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:86
+#: dpkg.1:86
msgid ""
"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced "
"to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
"chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji B<--force-hold>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:86
+#: dpkg.1:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<reinst-required>"
msgstr "B<reinst-required (konieczna-reinstalacja)>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:91
+#: dpkg.1:91
msgid ""
"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. "
"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:92
+#: dpkg.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "DZIA£ANIA"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:93
+#: dpkg.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..."
msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<plik_pakietu>..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:97
+#: dpkg.1:97
msgid ""
"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:99
+#: dpkg.1:99
msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "Instalacja sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:102
+#: dpkg.1:102
msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
msgstr "B<1.> Rozpakowanie plików kontrolnych nowego pakietu."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:106
+#: dpkg.1:106
msgid ""
"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:109
+#: dpkg.1:109
msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr "B<3.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<preinst>, je¶li pakiet go zawiera."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:113
+#: dpkg.1:113
msgid ""
"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so "
"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:120
+#: dpkg.1:120
msgid ""
"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:124
+#: dpkg.1:124
msgid ""
"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
"about how this is done."
"opisie parametru B<--configure>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:124
+#: dpkg.1:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<plik_pakietu> ..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:129
+#: dpkg.1:129
msgid ""
"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
"B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I<plik_pakietu> musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:129
+#: dpkg.1:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<pakiet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:134
+#: dpkg.1:134
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"Rekonfigurowanie rozpakowanego pakietu. Je¶li zamiast nazwy I<pakietu> "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:136
+#: dpkg.1:136
msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "Konfigurowanie sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:141
+#: dpkg.1:141
msgid ""
"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old "
"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:144
+#: dpkg.1:144
msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr "B<2.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<postinst>, je¶li pakiet go zawiera."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:144
+#: dpkg.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B< --purge >I<pakiet> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:155
+#: dpkg.1:155
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:157
+#: dpkg.1:157
msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "Usuniêcie pakietu sk³ada siê z nastêpuj±cych kroków:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:160
+#: dpkg.1:160
msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
msgstr "B<1.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<prerm>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:163
+#: dpkg.1:163
msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
msgstr "B<2.> Usuniêcie zainstalowanych plików"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:166
+#: dpkg.1:166
msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
msgstr "B<3.> Uruchomienie skryptu I<postrm>"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:167
+#: dpkg.1:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:176
+#: dpkg.1:176
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B<dpkg> oraz B<dselect> o dostêpnych "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:179
+#: dpkg.1:179
msgid ""
"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
"B<dselect update>."
"B<dselect update>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:179
+#: dpkg.1:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<plik_pakietu> ..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:185
+#: dpkg.1:185
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B<dpkg> oraz B<dselect> o dostêpnych "
"wybrany katalog."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:185
+#: dpkg.1:185
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:188
+#: dpkg.1:188
msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages."
msgstr ""
"Skasowanie informacji o wszystkich niezainstalowanych i niedostêpnych "
"pakietach."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:188
+#: dpkg.1:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:191
+#: dpkg.1:191
msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
msgstr "Skasowanie informacji o dostêpnych pakietach."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:191
+#: dpkg.1:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:196
+#: dpkg.1:196
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"Wyszukanie pakietów, które zainstalowane s± w systemie tylko czê¶ciowo. "
"B<dpkg> zasugeruje, co mo¿na zrobiæ z tymi pakietami, aby w pe³ni dzia³a³y."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:196
+#: dpkg.1:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu>...]"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:199
+#: dpkg.1:199
msgid "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout."
msgstr "Pobranie listy wybranych pakietów i wyrzucenie jej na stdout."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:199
+#: dpkg.1:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:205
+#: dpkg.1:205
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr ""
"Ustawia wybór pakietów u¿ywaj±c pliku przeczytanego ze standardowego "
"od '#'."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:205
+#: dpkg.1:205
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:209
+#: dpkg.1:209
msgid ""
"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
"still haven't been installed."
"powodów nie mog³y zostaæ zainstalowane."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:210
+#: dpkg.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:213
+#: dpkg.1:213
msgid "Print architecture of packages dpkg installs (for example, \"i386\")."
msgstr "Podanie wersji GNU docelowej architektury (na przyk³ad \"i386\")."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:213
+#: dpkg.1:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<wersja1 op wersja2>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:224
+#: dpkg.1:224
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"plikiem kontrolnym: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:224
+#: dpkg.1:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:229
+#: dpkg.1:229
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
"wykonywanych podczas tego samego przebiegu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:229
+#: dpkg.1:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:232
+#: dpkg.1:232
msgid "Display a brief help message."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie krótkiego komunikatu pomocy."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:232
+#: dpkg.1:232
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --force-help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:235
+#: dpkg.1:235
msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie opisu opcji B<--force->I<dzia³anie>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:235
+#: dpkg.1:235
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:238
+#: dpkg.1:238
msgid "Give help about debugging options."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie opisu opcji debuggera."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:238
+#: dpkg.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:241
+#: dpkg.1:241
msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie licencji B<dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:241
+#: dpkg.1:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:244
+#: dpkg.1:244
msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o wersji B<dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:244
+#: dpkg.1:244
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:247
+#: dpkg.1:247
msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr ""
"Zajrzyj do B<dpkg-deb>(1), aby poznaæ pe³ny opis nastêpuj±cych dzia³añ."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:267
+#: dpkg.1:267
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n"
" Rozpakowanie pakietu i podanie nazw plików, które zawiera pakiet.\n"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:269
+#: dpkg.1:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:272
+#: dpkg.1:272
msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr ""
"Proszê przeczytaæ B<dpkg-query>(8), aby uzyskaæ szczegó³owe informacje o "
"nastêpuj±cych dzia³aniach."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:285
+#: dpkg.1:285
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n"
" pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration "
"pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<liczba>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr ""
"Zmiana ilo¶ci b³êdów, po których dpkg zaprzestanie dzia³ania. Domy¶lna "
"warto¶æ to 50."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
"automatyczne dekonfigurowanie pakietów, które s± zale¿ne od usuwanego."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<oktal>B< | --debug=>I<oktal>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"W³±czenie trybu debuggera. I<oktal> jest liczb± ósemkow± zale¿n± od ¿±danych "
"opcji debuggera (te warto¶ci mog± ulec zmianie w przysz³o¶ci). Parametr B<-"
"Dh> lub B<--debug=help> wy¶wietla te warto¶ci."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
" 2000 Reszta szczegó³owych informacji\n"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<dzia³anie> | B<--no-force->I<dzia³anie> | B<--refuse->I<dzia³anie>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all> W³±cza (lub wy³±cza) wszystkie opcje typu \"force\"."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"remove them."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"installed."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
"I<Ostrze¿enie: W chwili obecnej dpkg nie sprawdza zale¿no¶ci podczas "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"which the current package depends."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr ""
"B<hold>: Dzia³anie obejmie tak¿e pakiety oznaczone jako \"wstrzymane"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest uszkodzony i "
"wymaga przeinstalowania. Mo¿e to spowodowaæ pozostawienie czê¶ci pakietu w "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr ""
"B<depends>: Zamiana wszystkich problemów z zale¿no¶ciami na ostrze¿enia."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite>: Nadpisanie plików z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy dany plik "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite-dir> Nadpisanie katalogów z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr "B<architecture>: Dzia³anie obejmie pakiety z niepoprawn± architektur±."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr ""
"B<not-root>: Próba (de)instalacji, gdy dpkg nie jest uruchamiany z konta "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
"B<bad-verify>: Instalowanie pakietu, nawet je¿eli nie powiedzie siê "
"sprawdzenie jego autentyczno¶ci."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pakiet>,..."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
"tylko ostrze¿enie)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
msgstr ""
"przes³ana do B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
"opcja jest przes³ana do B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"nie zrobi)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
"B<--install>, B<--unpack> oraz B<--avail>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade.>"
"Jest to dok³adnie to samo co B<--refuse-downgrade>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<katalog> | B<--admindir=>I<katalog> | B<--instdir=>I<katalog>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"I<katalog>, a katalogu B<admindir> na I<katalog>B</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"Dzia³anie obejmuje wy³±cznie pakiety wybrane do instalacji. Wybór mo¿e "
"wybrany do deinstalacji."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"installed."
"systemie."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
"Wysy³a do deskryptora pliku I<E<lt>nE<gt>> informacje o stanie pakietów. Ta "
"opcja mo¿e byæ podana wiele razy. Informacje przesy³ane s± w nastêpuj±cej "
"distedited'"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<nazwa-pliku>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
"install (instalacja nowej wersji), albo keep (zachowanie poprzedniej wersji)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr "Nie próbuje weryfikowaæ sygnatur pakietu."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "PLIKI"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cf>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "Plik konfiguracyjny zawieraj±cy domy¶lne opcje."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr "Domy¶lny plik logu (patrz I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) i opcja B<--log>)."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
"katalogów. Opcja B<--admindir> mo¿e zmieniæ lokalizacjê tych plików."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "Lista dostêpnych pakietów."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"Poni¿sze pliki s± czê¶ci± sk³adow± pakietów binarnych. Wiêcej informacji o "
"nich mo¿na znale¼æ w B<deb>(5)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "ZMIENNE ¦RODOWISKA"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
"zamiast usuwaæ B<dpkg> w t³o, gdy potrzeba wykonaæ co¶ w pow³oce."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr ""
"Program uruchamiany przez B<dpkg>, gdy trzeba uruchomiæ now± sesjê pow³oki."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"Ustawia liczbê kolumn u¿ywanych przez B<dpkg> w czasie wy¶wietlania "
"sformatowanego tekstu. Obecnie u¿ywane tylko przez opcjê -l."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
"konfiguracyjnego."
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
"pliku konfiguracyjnego."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "PRZYK£ADY"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietlenie wszystkich pakietów mog±cych byæ zwi±zanymi z edytorem vi:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietlenie informacji z pliku I</var/lib/dpkg/available> o dwóch pakietach:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr "Samodzielne przeszukanie informacji o pakietach:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "Wykasowanie zainstalowanego pakietu elvis:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"Aby zainstalowaæ pakiet, nale¿y wpierw znale¼æ go w archiwum lub na CDROM. "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "Aby stworzyæ kopiê lokalnie wybranych pakietów:"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>mojepakiety>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>mojepakiety>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
"Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie powoduje zainstalowania lub usuniêcia "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
"to modify the package selection states."
"mo¿liwo¶ci zmiany ich stanu."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:600
+#: dpkg.1:600
#, no-wrap
msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
msgstr "DODATKOWA FUNKCJONALNO¦Æ"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:603
+#: dpkg.1:603
msgid ""
"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
"packages: I<apt>, I<aptitude> and I<debsums>."
"nastêpuj±cych pakietów: I<apt>, I<aptitude> oraz I<debsums>."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:604
+#: dpkg.1:604
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:612
+#: dpkg.1:612
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
"oraz B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:613
+#: dpkg.1:613
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "B£ÊDY"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr "B<--no-act> podaje raczej zbyt ma³o pomocnych informacji."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTORZY"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.1:621
-#, no-wrap
+#: dpkg.1:620
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr ""
"Plik B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> zawiera listê osób, które przyczyni³y\n"
"siê do rozwoju programu B<dpkg>.\n"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG"
# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
#
msgid ""
-msgstr "Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 19:18+0100\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 19:22+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:1
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG.CFG"
-msgstr "DPKG.CFG"
+msgid "dpkg.cfg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:1
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
-msgstr "luty 2002"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:1
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:1
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:2
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:4
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:4
msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
msgstr "dpkg.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dpkg "
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:4
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:10
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:11
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
"u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:10
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "PLIKI"
# type: TP
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> ~/.dpkg.cfg"
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> ~/.dpkg.cfg"
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:13
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:16
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
-"contributed to B<dpkg> ."
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Patrz plik B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> zawieraj±cy listê osób, które "
"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B<dpkg>."
# type: SH
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:16
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dpkg.cfg.5:17
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)"
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG.CFG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG.CFG"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "February 2002"
+#~ msgstr "luty 2002"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:13+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 18:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT"
-msgstr "DSELECT"
+# type: SS
+#: dselect.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "dselect"
+msgstr "select (wybór)"
# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.1:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+#: dselect.1:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-01-26"
# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.1:1
+#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.1:1
+#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian"
msgstr "Debian"
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:2
+#: dselect.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:4
+#: dselect.1:4
msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
msgstr "dselect - konsolowe narzêdzie zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana"
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:4
+#: dselect.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:17
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence "
-"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>fileE<gt>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] "
-"[--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
+"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] "
+"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-"
+"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> "
+"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]"
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>katalogE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence | "
"--license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>plikE<gt>] [I<E<lt>akcjaE<gt>>] [--"
"colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.1:17
-#, no-wrap
+#: dselect.1:26
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dselect>\n"
"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
-"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
+"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
" - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:29
+#: dselect.1:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg(1)>, the low-level debian "
-"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
+"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
+"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:44
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
-"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
-"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
+"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
+"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
+"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
"or show additional information about the program."
msgstr ""
"programie."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:41
+#: dselect.1:51
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the configuration "
"bez pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:42
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+#: dselect.1:52
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--admindir E<lt>katalogE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Changes the directory where the dpkg `status', `available' and similar files "
-"are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there shouldn't "
-"be any need to change it."
+"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
+"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
+"shouldn't be any need to change it."
msgstr ""
"Zmienia katalog zawieraj±cy pliki `status' ,`available' i inne potrzebne "
"programowi B<dpkg>. Domy¶lnym katalogiem jest I</var/lib/dpkg> i zazwyczaj "
"nie powinno byæ potrzeby zmieniania go na inny."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:47
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--debug E<lt>fileE<gt> | -DE<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+#: dselect.1:57
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--debug E<lt>plikE<gt> | -DE<lt>plikE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Informacje debuggera s± wysy³ane do "
"I<E<lt>plikuE<gt>>."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--expert>"
msgstr "B<--expert>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
msgid ""
"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
msgstr ""
"informacji z pomoc±."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:54
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
+#: dselect.1:64
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]"
msgstr "B<--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:61
+#: dselect.1:71
msgid ""
"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). "
"jakiej¶ czê¶ci ekranu. Czê¶ci ekranu s± nastêpuj±ce (od góry do do³u):"
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:62
+#: dselect.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<title>"
msgstr "B<title>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
msgid "The screen title."
msgstr "Tytu³ ekranu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listhead>"
msgstr "B<listhead>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
msgstr "Linia nag³ówka nad list± pakietów."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr "B<list>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
msgstr "Przewijana lista pakietów (i równie¿ niektóre teksty pomocy)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listsel>"
msgstr "B<listsel>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
msgid "The selected item in the list."
msgstr "Pod¶wietlony element z listy."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstate>"
msgstr "B<pkgstate>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
"package."
msgstr "W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan ka¿dego pakietu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
"currently selected package."
"W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan pod¶wietlonego pakietu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infohead>"
msgstr "B<infohead>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
msgid ""
"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
msgstr ""
"Linia nag³ówka, w której wy¶wietlony jest stan obecnie zaznaczonego pakietu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infodesc>"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
msgid "The package's short description."
msgstr "Krótki opis pakietu."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<info>"
msgstr "B<info>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
msgstr "U¿ywane do wy¶wietlania informacji o pakiecie takich jak jego opis."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infofoot>"
msgstr "B<infofoot>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
msgstr "Ostatnia linia ekranu z wyborem pakietów."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<query>"
msgstr "B<query>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
msgid "Used to display query lines"
msgstr "U¿ywane do wy¶wietlania linii zapytañ."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<helpscreen>"
msgstr "B<helpscreen>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:100
+#: dselect.1:110
msgid "Color of help screens."
msgstr "Kolor ekranów pomocy."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:105
+#: dselect.1:115
msgid ""
"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
msgid ""
"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
"(migaj±cy), bright (jasny), dim (ciemny), bold (pogrubiony)."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
msgstr "Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê o pomocy i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:114
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--licence | --license>"
+#: dselect.1:124
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
msgstr "B<--licence | --license>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
msgid ""
"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits "
"successfully."
"koñczy dzia³anie."
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:131
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr "U¯YTKOWANIE"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
msgid ""
"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of "
"available actions:"
"akcjami:"
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "access"
msgstr "access (dostêp)"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:128
+#: dselect.1:139
msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
msgstr "Wybiera metodê dostêpu u¿ywan± do znalezienia repozytorium pakietów."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:134
+#: dselect.1:145
msgid ""
"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, "
"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:136
+#: dselect.1:147
msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
msgstr "Zalecane jest u¿ywanie metody I<apt>."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:137
+#: dselect.1:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "update"
msgstr "update (aktualizacja)"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:139
+#: dselect.1:150
msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
msgstr "Aktualizuje bazê dostêpnych pakietów."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:146
+#: dselect.1:157
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
-"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
+"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
-"
B<Packages> or B<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
-"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
+"
I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
+"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""
"¦ci±ga listê dostêpnych wersji pakietów z repozytorium pakietów, "
"skonfigurowanego za pomoc± wybranej metody dostêpu, i aktualizuje bazê "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:149
+#: dselect.1:160
msgid ""
"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
"ten proces jest bardzo prosty i nie wymaga interakcji z u¿ytkownikiem."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:150
+#: dselect.1:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "select"
msgstr "select (wybór)"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:152
+#: dselect.1:163
msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietla informacje o wyborze pakietów i zale¿no¶ciach oraz zarz±dza nimi."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:158
+#: dselect.1:169
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
-"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
+"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
+"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
-"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
+"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
"changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
msgstr ""
"Jest to g³ówna funkcja programu B<dselect>. W ekranie wyboru pakietów "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:165
+#: dselect.1:176
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
-"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
+"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
-"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
-"B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
-"that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
+"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
+"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
+"the unresolved depends or conflicts."
msgstr ""
"Je¶li zostanie wykryty konflikt lub niespe³niona zale¿no¶æ, wy¶wietlany jest "
"ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci pokazuj±cy listê pakietów, powoduj±cych "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:168
+#: dselect.1:179
msgid ""
"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
"in more detail below."
"szczegó³owo wyj±¶nione poni¿ej."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:169
+#: dselect.1:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "install"
msgstr "install (instalacja)"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:171
+#: dselect.1:182
msgid "Installs selected packages."
msgstr "Instaluje wybrane pakiety."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:177
+#: dselect.1:188
msgid ""
"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:185
+#: dselect.1:196
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
-"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
-"problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
-"investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
-"bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://"
-"bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug(1)> or B<reportbug"
-"(1)>, if these are installed."
+"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
+"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
+"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
+"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian."
+"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
+"these are installed."
msgstr ""
"Je¿eli podczas instalacji wyst±pi b³±d, poleca siê uruchomienie akcji "
"install jeszcze raz. W wiêkszo¶ci przypadków, problemy same znikn± lub "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:192
+#: dselect.1:203
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
-"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer "
-"scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf(1)> "
-"library, allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
+"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
+"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, "
+"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
msgstr ""
"Szczegó³y dotycz±ce akcji instalacji zale¿± od implementacji metody "
"dostêpu. Podczas instalacji, konfiguracji czy usuwania pakietów mo¿e byæ "
"bardziej elastyczn± lub nawet w pe³ni automatyczn± instalacjê pakietu."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:193
+#: dselect.1:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "config"
msgstr "config (konfigurowanie)"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:195
+#: dselect.1:206
msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
msgstr ""
"Konfiguruje wszystkie pakiety poprzednio zainstalowane, ale nie do koñca "
"skonfigurowane."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:196
+#: dselect.1:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "remove"
msgstr "remove (usuwanie)"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:198
+#: dselect.1:209
msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
msgstr ""
"Usuwa lub czy¶ci te zainstalowane pakiety, które s± zaznaczone do usuniêcia."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:199
+#: dselect.1:210
#, no-wrap
msgid "quit"
msgstr "quit (wyj¶cie)"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:201
+#: dselect.1:212
msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
msgstr "Wyj¶cie z B<dselect>."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:203
+#: dselect.1:214
msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
msgstr "Wychodzi z programu z zerowym kodem b³êdu (pomy¶lnie)."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:204
+#: dselect.1:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package selections management"
msgstr "Zarz±dzanie wyborem pakietów"
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:206
+#: dselect.1:218
#, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Wstêp"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:222
+#: dselect.1:234
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
-"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
+"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
-"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
-"B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
-"only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
-"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
+"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
+"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
+"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
+"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
-"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg(1)> manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
+"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
"contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> odkrywa przed administratorem niektóre z³o¿ono¶ci wi±¿±ce siê z "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:228
+#: dselect.1:240
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
-"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
+"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
"invoked with the B<'?'> key."
"wy¶wietlone w dowolnym momencie przez wybranie klawisza B<'?'>."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:229
+#: dselect.1:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "Screen layout"
msgstr "Uk³ad ekranu"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:237
+#: dselect.1:249
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
-"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
+"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
-"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
+"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
"is displayed can be varied."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:240
+#: dselect.1:252
msgid ""
"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
"dzieli ekran na po³owê."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:241
+#: dselect.1:253
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package details view"
msgstr "Widok szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.1:250
-#, no-wrap
+#: dselect.1:262
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
-"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
+"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
"alternates between:\n"
" - the extended description\n"
" - the control information for the installed version\n"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:254
+#: dselect.1:266
msgid ""
"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
"zale¿no¶ci, które spowodowa³y wylistowanie tego pakietu."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:255
+#: dselect.1:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "Packages status list"
msgstr "Lista stanów pakietów"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:260
+#: dselect.1:272
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
-"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
+"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
"and packages known from the available packages database."
msgstr ""
"W g³ównym ekranie wyboru pakietów wy¶wietlona jest lista wszystkich pakietów "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:268
+#: dselect.1:280
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
"installed and available versions, the package name and its short "
-"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of "
-"the installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
+"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
+"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:274
+#: dselect.1:286
msgid ""
"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
"zwi±zane z wyborami dokonanymi przez u¿ytkownika."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.1:292
-#, no-wrap
+#: dselect.1:304
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
-" Error flag: \n"
+" Error flag:\n"
" I<empty> no error\n"
" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
-" Installed state: \n"
+" Installed state:\n"
" I<empty> not installed;\n"
" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n"
" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
" B<n> pakiet jest nowy i jeszcze nie by³ znaczony.\n"
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:293
+#: dselect.1:305
#, no-wrap
msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
msgstr "Przesuwanie kursora i ekranu"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:298
+#: dselect.1:310
msgid ""
"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
"u¿ywaj±c poleceñ przypisanych do nastêpuj±cych klawiszy:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.1:315
-#, no-wrap
+#: dselect.1:327
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n"
-" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down \n"
+" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n"
" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n"
" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n"
" B<^f> przesuniêcie ekranu o 1 znak w prawo\n"
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:316
+#: dselect.1:328
#, no-wrap
msgid "Searching and sorting"
msgstr "Wyszukiwanie i sortowanie"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:330
+#: dselect.1:342
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
+"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the "
"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
"kontynuowane od pocz±tku listy."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.1:337
-#, no-wrap
+#: dselect.1:349
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The list sort order can be varied by pressing \n"
+"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
" alphabet available status\n"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:340
+#: dselect.1:352
msgid ""
"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
"subordering sort key."
"jest u¿ywany jako klucz podwyszukiwania."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:341
+#: dselect.1:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "Altering selections"
msgstr "Zmienianie wyboru pakietów"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.1:350
-#, no-wrap
+#: dselect.1:362
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The requested selection state of individual packages may be \n"
+"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
"altered with the following commands:\n"
" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n"
" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:354
+#: dselect.1:366
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"This will be further explained below."
msgstr ""
"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:359
+#: dselect.1:371
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
-"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
+"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
msgstr ""
"Powy¿sze polecenia mo¿na zastosowaæ równie¿ do grup pakietów - przez "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:365
+#: dselect.1:377
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
-"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
+"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
"operations are useful when applied to groups."
msgstr ""
"Nale¿y zachowaæ nale¿yt± ostro¿no¶æ, zmieniaj±c du¿e grupy pakietów, "
"w odniesieniu do grup pakietów."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:366
+#: dselect.1:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
msgstr "Rozwi±zywanie zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:371
+#: dselect.1:383
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
msgstr ""
"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:378
+#: dselect.1:390
msgid ""
"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:384
+#: dselect.1:396
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency "
-"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
+"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
"suggestions made by B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietlaj±c pocz±tkow± podlistê pakietów, B<dselect> móg³ ustawiæ ju¿ pewne "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:392
+#: dselect.1:404
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
-"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
+"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
"ustawiane na sugerowane warto¶ci."
# type: SS
-#: en/dselect.1:393
+#: dselect.1:405
#, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
msgstr "Ustanawianie ¿±danych wyborów pakietów"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:400
+#: dselect.1:412
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
-"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
-"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
-"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
-"dependency resolution screen."
+"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
+"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
+"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
+"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
+"resolution screen."
msgstr ""
"Po naci¶niêciu klawisza B<enter>, obecnie wy¶wietlony zbiór wyborów zostaje "
"zaakceptowany. Je¿eli B<dselect> nie wykryje niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:406
+#: dselect.1:418
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
-"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
-"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
+"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
+"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
"this unless you've read the fine print."
msgstr ""
"Aby zmieniæ zbiór wyborów, który powoduj powstanie nierozwi±zanych "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:413
+#: dselect.1:425
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
-"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
+"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
"the last established settings."
msgstr ""
"ostatniego dobrego ustawienia."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:414
+#: dselect.1:427
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "B£ÊDY"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:419
+#: dselect.1:432
msgid ""
"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:421
+#: dselect.1:434
msgid "The documentation is lacking."
msgstr "Dokumentacja jest wybrakowana."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:423
+#: dselect.1:436
msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
msgstr "Brak opcji \"pomoc\" w g³ównym menu."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:425
+#: dselect.1:438
msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
msgstr "Nie mo¿na ograniczyæ listy dostêpnych pakietów."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:442
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
-"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not "
-"broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
+"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
+"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
msgstr ""
"Wbudowane metody dostêpu nie s± zgodne z obecnymi standardami jako¶ci. "
"Nale¿y u¿ywaæ metody apt, która nie tylko nie jest zepsuta, ale tak¿e jest o "
"wiele bardziej elastyczna ni¿ metody wbudowane."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:443
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:448
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:438
+#: dselect.1:453
msgid ""
"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list "
"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/dselect.1:441
+#: dselect.1:456
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, "
"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij."
msgstr ""
"Podrêcznik napisali Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, Josip Rodin "
"i Joost kooij."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DSELECT"
+#~ msgstr "DSELECT"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 19:18+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 15:34+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:1
+#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT.CFG"
-msgstr "DSELECT.CFG"
+msgid "dselect.cfg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:1
+#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
-msgstr "luty 2002"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:1
+#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:1
+#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:2
+#: dselect.cfg.5:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:4
+#: dselect.cfg.5:4
msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
msgstr "dselect.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dselect "
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:4
+#: dselect.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:10
+#: dselect.cfg.5:11
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect "
"Mo¿na u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:10
+#: dselect.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "PLIKI"
# type: TP
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> ~/.dselect.cfg"
+#: dselect.cfg.5:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> ~/.dselect.cfg"
+# type: Plain text
+#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
+msgstr "B<dselect>(1)"
+
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:13
+#: dselect.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:16
+#: dselect.cfg.5:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
-"contributed to B<dselect> ."
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"Patrz plik B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> zawieraj±cy listê osób, które "
"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B<dselect>."
# type: SH
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:16
+#: dselect.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/dselect.cfg.5:17
-msgid "B<dselect>(1)"
+#: dselect.cfg.5:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr "B<dselect>(1)"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DSELECT.CFG"
+#~ msgstr "DSELECT.CFG"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "February 2002"
+#~ msgstr "luty 2002"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 19:10+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 19:10+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-# type: TH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
-msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+# type: Plain text
+#
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
+msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: TH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
-msgstr "15 marca 1997"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
# type: TH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:2
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - uruchamia i zatrzymuje demony systemowe"
# type: SH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<opcje> [B<-->] I<argumenty>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<opcje>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
"Operacja B<--stop> tak¿e powoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdza, czy "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e je¿eli nie podano opcji B<--pidfile>, to B<start-stop-"
"daemon> zachowuje siê podobnie do B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> "
"które musz± prze¿yæ operacjê B<--stop>, nale¿y okre¶liæ plik pidfile."
# type: SH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE"
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<program>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"proc/>I<pid>B</exe> )."
"opcji programu (sprawdzana jest zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe> )."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<plik-pid>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr "Sprawdzanie procesów, których pid jest podany w pliku I<plik-pid>."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<u¿ytkownik>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
msgstr ""
"I<u¿ytkownik> lub numerze I<uid>."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupa>|I<gid>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr "Podczas uruchamiania procesu zmienia grupê na I<grupê> lub I<gid>."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<nazwa-procesu>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
">I<pid>B</stat>)."
"zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<sygna³>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"(default 15)."
"zatrzymywanego procesu (domy¶lnie jest to 15)."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<plan-dzia³ania>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"W czasie operacji B<--stop> powoduje sprawdzenie przez B<start-stop-daemon>, "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
"ignorowany."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<¶cie¿ka>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
"exec>."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"no action."
"odpowiedni kod b³êdu, ale opcja ta nie powoduje ¿adnych operacji."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"Zwracany jest kod b³êdu 0, nawet gdyby operacja nie zakoñczy³a siê "
"powodzeniem (zwróci³aby 1)."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr "Nie s± wy¶wietlane ¿adne informacje oprócz komunikatów o b³êdach."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<u¿ytkownik>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"B<nobody>)."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
"tworzony po wykonaniu chroot."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<¶cie¿ka>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
"Przed uruchomieniem procesu zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<¶cie¿kê>. Robione "
"(root)."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
"u¿ywana w ostateczno¶ci, gdy dany program sam nie tworzy procesu potomnego."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:225
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<liczba> "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "Zmienia priorytet uruchamianego procesu."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
"B<--background>."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlane s± dodatkowe komunikaty."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest krótka pomoc."
# type: TP
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest informacja o wersji programu."
# type: SH
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTORZY"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
# type: Plain text
#
-#: en/start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
"Ian Jackson."
msgstr ""
"Podrêcznik napisa³ Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, a poprawi³ Ian "
"Jackson."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "15th March 1997"
+#~ msgstr "15 marca 1997"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.13.16\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-19 19:18+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 15:34+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. This man page is copyright 1997 Charles Briscoe-Smith
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:8
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
-msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "update-alternatives"
+msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:8
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
-msgid "19 January 1998"
-msgstr "19 stycznia 1998"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:8
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Projekt Debiana"
#. by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:8
+#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:9
+#: update-alternatives.8:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAZWA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:11
msgid ""
"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
msgstr ""
"domy¶lne polecenia"
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SK£ADNIA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:19
+#: update-alternatives.8:20
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."
"priorytet> [B<--slave> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink> I<altern>]..."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:24
+#: update-alternatives.8:25
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--remove> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:29
+#: update-alternatives.8:30
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:33
+#: update-alternatives.8:34
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:38
+#: update-alternatives.8:39
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--auto> I<nazwa>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:43
+#: update-alternatives.8:44
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--display> I<nazwa>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:48
+#: update-alternatives.8:49
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--list> I<nazwa>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:53
+#: update-alternatives.8:54
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--config> I<nazwa>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:59
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] B<--set> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>"
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "OPIS"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:62
+#: update-alternatives.8:64
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
"o linkach symbolicznych sk³adaj±cych siê na system alternatyw Debiana."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:70
+#: update-alternatives.8:72
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
"uruchomiæ, je¿eli u¿ytkownik nie okre¶li³ swoich preferencji co do edytora."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:92
+#: update-alternatives.8:94
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
-"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system "
-"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> "
-"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until "
-"explicitly requested to do so."
+"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
+"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
+"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
+"to do so."
msgstr ""
"Celem systemu alternatyw Debiana jest rozwi±zanie tego problemu. Ogólna "
"nazwa w systemie plików jest wspó³dzielona przez wszystkie pliki "
"zmieni, chyba ¿e administrator ka¿e mu tak zrobiæ."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:102
+#: update-alternatives.8:104
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
"standard FHS wymienia powody, aby tak zrobiæ."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:114
+#: update-alternatives.8:116
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
"B<postinst> lub B<prerm> w pakietach Debiana."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:133
+#: update-alternatives.8:135
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>"
"I<linków>."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:141
+#: update-alternatives.8:143
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
"linków i zostawi wszystkie decyzje administratorowi systemu."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:150
+#: update-alternatives.8:152
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
"grupa ta automatycznie przejdzie w tryb rêczny."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:157
+#: update-alternatives.8:159
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
"priorytet."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:174
+#: update-alternatives.8:176
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
-"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
+"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest "
"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for which of the choices to "
"use for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no "
"Aby przywróciæ tryb automatyczny, nale¿y u¿yæ opcji I<--auto>."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:180
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"instead (see below)."
"Aby skonfigurowaæ nieinteraktywnie, mo¿na u¿yæ opcji I<--set> (patrz ni¿ej)."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"specific terms will help to explain its operation."
"wprowadzimy parê terminów, które pomog± je zrozumieæ."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "generic name"
msgstr "nazwa ogólna"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"to one of a number of files of similar function."
"do jednego z kilku plików o podobnej funkcjonalno¶ci."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "symlink"
msgstr "link symboliczny"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
msgid ""
"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to "
"katalogu alternatyw: ten, który administrator systemu powinien poprawiaæ."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative"
msgstr "alternatywa"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"via a generic name using the alternatives system."
"byæ dostêpny przez nazwê ogóln±."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr "katalog alternatyw"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr "Katalog zawieraj±cy linki symboliczne, domy¶lnie I</etc/alternatives>."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr "katalog administracyjny"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"alternatives>' state information."
"I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr "grupa linków"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr "Zbiór powi±zanych linków, zarz±dzany jako grupa."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr "link g³ówny"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
msgid ""
"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group "
"are configured."
"grupy."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr "link podrzêdny"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
msgid ""
"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link."
msgstr ""
"g³ównego."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr "tryb automatyczny"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternatives "
"¿e linki tej grupy wskazuj± na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr "tryb rêczny"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:235
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"any changes to the system administrator's settings."
"ustawieniach administratora systemu."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "PRZYK£ADY"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:243
+#: update-alternatives.8:247
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
"samego programu i jego stron podrêcznika."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:249
+#: update-alternatives.8:253
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:"
"bie¿±ce ustawienie, nale¿y u¿yæ akcji I<--display>:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:252
+#: update-alternatives.8:256
msgid "update-alternatives --display vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:258
+#: update-alternatives.8:262
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"then select a number from the list:"
"jako u¿ytkownik root i wybraæ liczbê z listy:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:261
+#: update-alternatives.8:265
msgid "update-alternatives --config vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:266
+#: update-alternatives.8:270
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"as root:"
"jako u¿ytkownik root wykonaæ:"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:269
+#: update-alternatives.8:273
msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:270
+#: update-alternatives.8:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCJE"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
msgid ""
"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform "
"any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be specified "
"opcji."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "WSPÓLNE OPCJE"
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:276
+#: update-alternatives.8:281
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr ""
"Podaje wiêcej informacji o przebiegu wykonywania B<update-alternatives>."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
msgid ""
"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet "
"implemented."
"niezaimplementowana."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
msgid ""
"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not "
"yet implemented."
"niezaimplementowana."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
msgid ""
"Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-alternatives> "
"this is)."
"alternatives>)."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
msgid ""
"Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is (and give some usage "
"information)."
"o u¿yciu)."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<katalog>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"default."
msgstr "Okre¶la katalog alternatyw, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<katalog>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"the default."
msgstr "Okre¶la katalog administracyjny, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "AKCJE"
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:310
+#: update-alternatives.8:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."
msgstr "B<--install> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern priorytet> [B<--slave> I<nazwa-ogólna symlink altern>] ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:325
+#: update-alternatives.8:330
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name "
"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the "
"lub wiêcej opcji B<--slave>, po ka¿dej musz± nastêpowaæ jej trzy argumenty."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
msgid ""
"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's "
"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives "
"zaktualizowane tak, ¿eby prowadzi³y do nowo dodanej alternatywy."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--set> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
"config>."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--remove> I<nazwa ¶cie¿ka>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
-"which I<name> could be linked.
If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
+"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or "
"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will "
"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently "
"informacja o alternatywie."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
"a name in the alternatives directory."
"podrzêdne. I<nazwa> jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr "B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
msgstr "Wywo³uje B<--config> dla wszystkich alternatyw."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
msgid ""
"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this "
"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority "
"wskazywa³ na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--display> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master "
"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), "
"zainstalowan± alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--list> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr "Wy¶wietla wszystkie cele w grupie linków."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--config> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:406
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
-"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
+"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
"out of I<auto> mode."
msgstr ""
"Wy¶wietla dostêpne alternatywy w grupie linków i pozwala u¿ytkownikowi "
"zaktualizowana, a tryb I<automatyczny> zostanie wy³±czony."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:407
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "PLIKI"
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:402
+#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"option."
msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog alternatyw. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-altdir>."
# type: TP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:420
msgid ""
"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
"admindir> option."
msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog administracyjny. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-admindir>."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "KOD WYJ¦CIA"
# type: IP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:415
+#: update-alternatives.8:422
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr "Akcja zakoñczy³a siê powodzeniem."
# type: IP
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:427
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"action."
"Wyst±pi³y problemy podczas przetwarzania linii poleceñ lub wykonywania akcji."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:428
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "DIAGNOSTYKA"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:437
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its "
"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs "
"wyja¶niaæ, je¿eli nie jest taka, proszê zg³osiæ to jako b³±d."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:438
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "B£ÊDY"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:432
+#: update-alternatives.8:441
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, "
"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly."
"bezpo¶redniego e-maila do autora."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:446
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the "
"znalezienia jakichkolwiek rozbie¿no¶ci, prosimy o ich zg³oszenie."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:447
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:441
+#: update-alternatives.8:451
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
+"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
-"conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, "
"sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, "
"by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:445
+#: update-alternatives.8:455
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
-"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
+"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"Tê stronê podrêcznika napisa³ w 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Niniejsza "
"dokumentacja jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê "
"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji."
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:457
msgid ""
"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
"system."
"licenses/GPL."
# type: SH
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:458
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
# type: Plain text
-#: en/update-alternatives.8:449
+#: update-alternatives.8:460
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plików."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "19 January 1998"
+#~ msgstr "19 stycznia 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
-msgstr "DPKG"
+msgid "dpkg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"Ele I<não> deve ser usado por mantenedores de pacotes que desejam "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"O B<dpkg> mantém algumas informações sobre os pacotes disponíveis. As "
"informações são divididas em três grupos: B<estados>, B<estados de seleção> "
#: dpkg.1:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"Reconfigura um pacote descompactado. Se for especificada a opção B<-a> ou "
#: dpkg.1:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"Procura por pacotes que foram apenas parcialmente instalados em seu sistema. "
"O B<dpkg> sugerirá o que fazer com eles para que funcionem."
#: dpkg.1:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr "Configura as seleções de pacotes usando o arquivo lido de stdin."
#: dpkg.1:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
" Exibe detalhes sobre o I<pacote>, como encontrados em I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPÇÕES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr "Altera o número de erros após os quais o dpkg abortará. O padrão é 50."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"que depende do que foi removido será automaticamente desconfigurado."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"Ativa a depuração. I<octal> é formado por uma operação \"or\" bit-a-bit "
"entre os valores desejados da lista abaixo (note que esses valores podem ser "
"valores."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
" 2000 Quantidades insanas de saída.\n"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<coisas> | B<--no-force->I<coisas> | B<--refuse->I<coisas>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"sistema.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>: Liga (ou desliga) todas as opções de força."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"de pacotes a serem removidos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"instalada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"pacote atual dependa."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr "B<hold>: Processa pacotes mesmo quando marcados com \"hold\"."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove um pacote, mesmo se estiver quebrado e marcado "
"como requer reinstalação. Isso pode, por exemplo, fazer com que partes do "
"pacote permaneçam em seu sistema, que serão então esquecidas pelo B<dpkg>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"cuidado."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr "B<depends>: Converte todos os problemas de dependência em avisos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr ""
"B<depends-version>: Não verifica versões quando verificando dependências."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
"pois geralmente causará a regravação de alguns arquivos."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"será preservada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobrescreve um arquivo do pacote com arquivo de outro."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite-dir> Sobrescreve um diretório do pacote com arquivo de outro."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
"desviada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
msgstr ""
"problemas."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pacote>,..."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"mais)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
"B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"pacote. Isto é uma opção do B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"é usado para ver o que acontece com a ação especificada, sem modificar nada."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"no-act, apesar de que você esperava que nada fosse feito)"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"B<--unpack> e B<--avail>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"instalada. Isso é um apelido de B<--refuse-downgrade.>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"B<admindir> para I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"Somente processa os pacotes selecionados para instalação. A marcação atual é "
"instalação."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
msgstr "Não instala o pacote se a mesma versão dele já estiver instalada."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
"Envia a informação do estado do pacote para o descritor de arquivo "
"I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Isso pode ser dado múltiplas vezes. As atualizações de "
"estado são da forma `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "ARQUIVOS"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"opção B<--admindir> para ver como alterar a localização desses arquivos."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"Veja a seção B<INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES> para maiores informações."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"Os seguintes arquivos são componentes de um pacote binário. Veja B<deb>(5) "
"para mais informações sobre eles:"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"shell ao invés de suspender a si próprio, quando fazendo um escape de shell."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr ""
"O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"Ajusta o número de colunas que o B<dpkg> deve usar quando estiver exibindo "
"texto formatado. Atualmente só usado por -l."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de configuração modificado."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"modificado."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr "Para listar os pacotes relacionados com o editor vi:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr "Para ver as entradas em I</var/lib/dpkg/available> em dois pacotes:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "Para remover um pacote instalado elvis:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"Para instalar um pacote, você primeiro precisa encontrá-lo em um repositório "
"\"editors\":"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "Para fazer uma cópia local dos estados de seleção dos pacotes:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
msgstr ""
"Você pode transferir esse arquivo para outro computador e instalá-lo com:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
"Note que isso não instalará nem removerá nada, mas apenas irá configurar o "
"aplicação para baixar e instalar os pacotes requisitados."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
"reconfigure>(8)"
msgstr "BUGS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr "B<--no-act> normalmente dá menos informação do que seria útil."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "AUTORES"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:621
-#, no-wrap
+#: dpkg.1:620
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr ""
"Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n"
"contribuíram para o B<dpkg> .\n"
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG"
+
# type: TH
#~ msgid "April 12, 1998"
#~ msgstr "April 12, 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. This man page is copyright 1997 Charles Briscoe-Smith
#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#. (at your option) any later version. There is NO WARRANTY. You can
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
-msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "update-alternatives"
+msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
#. find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system.
#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
-msgid "19 January 1998"
-msgstr "19 de Janeiro de 1998"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. update\-alternatives.8
"padrões"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:11
+#: update-alternatives.8:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "RESUMO"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:19
+#: update-alternatives.8:20
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
"priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."
"prioridade> [B<--slave> I<ligação nome> I<caminho>]..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:24
+#: update-alternatives.8:25
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:29
+#: update-alternatives.8:30
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nome>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:33
+#: update-alternatives.8:34
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:38
+#: update-alternatives.8:39
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:43
+#: update-alternatives.8:44
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--display> I<nome>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:48
+#: update-alternatives.8:49
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:53
+#: update-alternatives.8:54
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--config> I<nome>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:59
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:58
+#: update-alternatives.8:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:62
+#: update-alternatives.8:64
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
"as ligações simbólicas que englobam o sistema de alternativas Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:70
+#: update-alternatives.8:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"preferência."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:92
+#: update-alternatives.8:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
-"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system "
-"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> "
-"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until "
-"explicitly requested to do so."
+"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
+"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
+"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
+"to do so."
msgstr ""
"O sistema de alternativas Debian pretende solucinar este problema. Um nome "
"genérico no sistema de arquivos é compartilhado por todos os arquivos "
"esta configuração até que explicitamente requisitado a fazê-lo."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:102
+#: update-alternatives.8:104
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
"a FHS (q.v.) dá razões de porquê isto é um Boa Coisa."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:114
+#: update-alternatives.8:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"B<postinst> ou B<prerm> em pacotes Debian."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:133
+#: update-alternatives.8:135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>. (ou ligação em grupo)."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:141
+#: update-alternatives.8:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"deixará todas as decisões para o administrador do sistema."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:150
+#: update-alternatives.8:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"grupo irá automaticamente ser modificado para o modo manual."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:157
+#: update-alternatives.8:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
"apontadas por membros do grupo serão aquelas que possuem a maior prioridade."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:174
+#: update-alternatives.8:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
-"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
+"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. "
"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest "
"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for which of the choices to "
"use for the link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no "
"retornar ao estado automático."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"instead (see below)."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:178
+#: update-alternatives.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"specific terms will help to explain its operation."
"alguns termos específicos ajudarão a explicar sua operação."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:183
+#: update-alternatives.8:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "generic name"
msgstr "nome genérico"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"sistema de alternativas, a um ou a diversos arquivos de função similar."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:189
+#: update-alternatives.8:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "symlink"
msgstr "ligação simbólica (symlink)"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
"ajuste."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:194
+#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative"
msgstr "alternativa"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"acessado através de um nome genérico usando o sistema de alternativas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:198
+#: update-alternatives.8:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr "diretório de alternativas"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr ""
"simbólicas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:203
+#: update-alternatives.8:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr "diretório administrativo"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"de estado de B<update-alternatives>."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:210
+#: update-alternatives.8:213
#, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr "ligação em grupo"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr ""
"atualizadas em grupos."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:213
+#: update-alternatives.8:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr "ligação mestre (master link)"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group "
"grupo são configuradas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:217
+#: update-alternatives.8:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr "ligação escravo (slave link)"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link."
"uma ligação mestre."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:221
+#: update-alternatives.8:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr "modo automático"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"alternativas de mais alta prioridade apropriadas para o grupo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:227
+#: update-alternatives.8:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr "modo manual"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"não fará qualquer modificação nas configurações do administrador do sistema."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:232
+#: update-alternatives.8:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:243
+#: update-alternatives.8:247
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:249
+#: update-alternatives.8:253
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:252
+#: update-alternatives.8:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "update-alternatives --display vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:258
+#: update-alternatives.8:262
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"then select a number from the list:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:261
+#: update-alternatives.8:265
msgid "update-alternatives --config vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:266
+#: update-alternatives.8:270
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:269
+#: update-alternatives.8:273
msgid "update-alternatives --auto vi"
msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:270
+#: update-alternatives.8:275
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPÇÕES"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to perform "
"comuns podem ser especificadas juntas com qualquer ação."
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:275
+#: update-alternatives.8:280
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:276
+#: update-alternatives.8:281
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:281
+#: update-alternatives.8:286
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet "
"está implementada."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:285
+#: update-alternatives.8:290
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not "
"implementada."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:289
+#: update-alternatives.8:294
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-alternatives> "
"Exibe informação de uso (e diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é essa)."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:294
+#: update-alternatives.8:299
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is (and give some usage "
"sobre o uso)."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:299
+#: update-alternatives.8:304
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"algo diferente do padrão."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:303
+#: update-alternatives.8:308
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"diferente do padrão."
# type: SS
-#: update-alternatives.8:307
+#: update-alternatives.8:312
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "AÇÕES"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:310
+#: update-alternatives.8:315
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."
msgstr "B<--install> I<ligação genérico caminho pri> [B<--slave> I<sligação sgenérico scaminho>] ..."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:325
+#: update-alternatives.8:330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name "
"slave> , cada uma seguda por três argumentos, podem ser especificadas."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's "
"instaladas."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:336
+#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:345
+#: update-alternatives.8:350
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
-"which I<name> could be linked.
If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
+"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or "
"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will "
"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently "
"modificada; somente a informação sobre a alternativa é removida."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:365
+#: update-alternatives.8:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
"a name in the alternatives directory."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:370
+#: update-alternatives.8:375
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr "B<--all>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:373
+#: update-alternatives.8:378
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this "
"as alternativas instaladas de maior prioridade."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:380
+#: update-alternatives.8:385
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master "
"correspondentes) e a alternativa de maior prioridade instalada atualmente."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:391
+#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr "Exibe todos os alvos de uma ligação em grupo."
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:394
+#: update-alternatives.8:399
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<link>"
msgstr "B<--config> I<link>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:406
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
-"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
+"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken "
"out of I<auto> mode."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:401
+#: update-alternatives.8:407
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "ARQUIVOS"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:402
+#: update-alternatives.8:408
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"altdir>"
# type: TP
-#: update-alternatives.8:408
+#: update-alternatives.8:414
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
"admindir>"
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:414
+#: update-alternatives.8:421
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "STATUS DE SAÍDA"
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:415
+#: update-alternatives.8:422
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
# type: IP
-#: update-alternatives.8:417
+#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"executando a ação."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:420
+#: update-alternatives.8:428
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:437
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its "
"assim, por favor reporte isso com um bug."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:429
+#: update-alternatives.8:438
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BUGS"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:432
+#: update-alternatives.8:441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, "
"mensagem diretamente para o autor."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:446
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"na documentação; por favor reporte isso."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:437
+#: update-alternatives.8:447
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:441
+#: update-alternatives.8:451
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
+"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
-"conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software "
"livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as "
"condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:445
+#: update-alternatives.8:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free "
"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
-"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
+"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"Esta página de manual é copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Isto é "
"documentação livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior "
"para condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia."
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
"sistema Debian."
# type: SH
-#: update-alternatives.8:447
+#: update-alternatives.8:458
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM"
# type: Plain text
-#: update-alternatives.8:449
+#: update-alternatives.8:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, o Padrão da Hierarquia do Sistema de Arquivos."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+#~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "19 January 1998"
+#~ msgstr "19 de Janeiro de 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=KOI8-R\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "822-DATE"
-msgstr "822-DATE"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "822-date"
+msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "14th August 1996"
-msgstr "14 Á×ÇÕÓÔÁ 1996"
+msgid "2008-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
msgstr "822-date - ÐÅÞÁÔÁÅÔ ÄÁÔÕ É ×ÒÅÍÑ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ RFC822"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:6
+#: 822-date.1:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "óéîôáëóéó"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:9
msgid "B<822-date>"
msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ïðéóáîéå"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:14
msgid ""
"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in "
"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123."
"RFC1123."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "ðáòáíåôòù"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:18
msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options."
msgstr "B<822-date> ÎÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÁÒÇÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÉÌÉ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "ïûéâëé òåáìéúáãéé"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:18
-msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1),"
+#: 822-date.1:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)."
msgstr ""
"îÁ ÓÁÍÏÍ ÄÅÌÅ ÜÔÁ ÆÕÎËÃÉÏÎÁÌØÎÏÓÔØ ÄÏÌÖÎÁ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔØÓÑ × ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÅ B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "óíïôòé ôáëöå"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:21
+#: 822-date.1:26
msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:24
+#: 822-date.1:29
msgid ""
"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) "
"section 5.2.14,"
"section 5.2.14,"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:31
msgid "B<date>(1)."
msgstr "B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "á÷ôïò"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:29
+#: 822-date.1:35
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
+"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
"placed by him into the public domain."
msgstr ""
"B<822-date> É ÜÔÕ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌ É ÐÅÒÅÄÁÌ × ÏÂÝÅÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏÅ "
"ÄÏÓÔÏÑÎÉÅ Ian Jackson."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "822-DATE"
+#~ msgstr "822-DATE"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "14th August 1996"
+#~ msgstr "14 Á×ÇÕÓÔÁ 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=KOI8-R\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
-msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+msgid "deb-control"
+msgstr "control"
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "ñÎ×ÁÒØ 2000"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "Debian GNU/Linux"
+msgid "Debian"
+msgstr "ðÒÏÅËÔ Debian"
# type: SH
#: deb-control.5:4
"GNU/Linux"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:7
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "ïâúïò"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "control"
msgstr "control"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:10
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ïðéóáîéå"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields.
Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
+"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
+"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
"B<Description> field, see below)."
"ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÅ ÐÏÌÑ (ËÒÏÍÅ ÐÏÌÑ B<Description>, ÏÐÉÓÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÎÉÖÅ)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "ïâñúáôåìøîùå ðïìñ"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:22
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Package: >E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>ÉÍÑ ÐÁËÅÔÁE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"ÉÍÅÎ ÆÁÊÌÏ× ÍÎÏÇÉÍÉ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁÍÉ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Version: >E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>×ÅÒÓÉÑE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"×ÅÒÓÉÉ ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔØ × ÓÅÂÅ ÄÅÆÉÓ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>ÐÏÌÎÏÅ ÉÍÑ É emailE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ×ÈÏÄÉÔ × ÐÁËÅÔ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Description: >E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>ËÏÒÏÔËÏÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>ÄÌÉÎÎÏÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔØ ÏÄÎÕ ÔÏÞËÕ '.', ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÕÀ ÚÁ ÏÚÎÁÞÅÎÎÙÍ ÐÒÏÂÅÌÏÍ."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "îåïâñúáôåìøîùå ðïìñ"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:48
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>ÓÅËÃÉÑE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"`text', `x11' É Ô.\\~Ä."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Priority: >E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>ÐÒÉÏÒÉÔÅÔE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"`extra' É Ô.\\~Ä."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ ÐÁËÅÔÁ B<debian-policy>."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"ÆÌÁÇÏ×)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Source: >E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>ÉÍÑ ÁÒÈÉ×Ï× Ó ÉÓÈÏÄÎÉËÁÍÉE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÔ ÉÍÅÎÉ ÓÁÍÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
-"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
+"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will "
"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those "
"ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ ÓËÒÉÐÔÙ prerm ÂÕÄÕÔ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÙ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÓËÒÉÐÔÁ prerm ÄÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"preinst."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Recommends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
-"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
+"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""
"óÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ×ÍÅÓÔÅ Ó ÄÁÎÎÙÍ ÐÁËÅÔÏÍ. "
"ÐÁËÅÔ ÂÅÚ ÔÅÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÐÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÙ × ÐÏÌÅ B<Recommends>."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:115
+#: deb-control.5:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"ÎÏ ÂÅÚ ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÐÁËÅÔ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÒÅËÒÁÓÎÏ ÏÂÏÊÔÉÓØ."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:127
+#: deb-control.5:131
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
-"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
-"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
-"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', "
-"with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally "
-"followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
+"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
+"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
+"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
+"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
+"pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed "
+"by a version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""
"óÉÎÔÁËÓÉÓ ÐÏÌÅÊ B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> É B<Suggests> "
"ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÏÐÉÓÁÔØ ÇÒÕÐÐÕ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×. ëÁÖÄÁÑ ÔÁËÁÑ ÇÒÕÐÐÁ - ÜÔÏ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, "
"×ÅÒÓÉÀ."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"ÔÁË ×ÅÒÓÉÑ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÕËÁÚÁÎÁ\"."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"ËÏÎÆÌÉËÔÕÀÝÉÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ × ÓÔÒÏËÅ B<Conflicts> ÉÍÑ ÄÒÕÇÏÇÏ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Replaces: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"ÕÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÅÍÙÊ."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>ÓÐÉÓÏË\\ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:159
+#: deb-control.5:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"ÐÏÞÔÏ×ÏÇÏ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ, ÓÐÉÓÏË ÞÅÒÅÚ `|' ×ÓÅÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× Ó ÐÏÞÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁÍÉ."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
-"package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
-"B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
-"can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
-"B<Replaces> fields."
+"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
+"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
+"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be "
+"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> "
+"fields."
msgstr ""
"óÉÎÔÁËÓÉÓ B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> É B<Provides> ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÐÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÉÔØ "
"ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÞÅÒÅÚ ÚÁÐÑÔÕÀ (É ÐÒÏÂÅÌÙ). ÷ ÐÏÌÅ B<Conflicts> ÚÁÐÑÔÁÑ ÞÉÔÁÅÔÓÑ ËÁË "
"×ÅÒÓÉÉ ÐÁËÅÔÁ (ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ×ÙÛÅÏÐÉÓÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÉÎÔÁËÓÉÓ)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "ðòéíåò"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:196
+#: deb-control.5:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: grep\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
-" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
+" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" however.)\n"
# type: SH
-#. .RE
-#: deb-control.5:198
+#: deb-control.5:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "óíïôòé ôáëöå"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "ñÎ×ÁÒØ 2000"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "Debian GNU/Linux"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=KOI8-R\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
-msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
+msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<ÆÁÊÌ control>]"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2001"
-msgstr "æÅ×ÒÁÌØ 2001"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "Debian project"
+msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "ðÒÏÅËÔ Debian"
# type: TH
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÑÅÔ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ É ËÏÎÆÌÉËÔÙ ÐÒÉ ÓÂÏÒËÅ"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "óéîôáëóéó"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:7
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<control-file>]"
+msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<control-file>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B [I<ÆÁÊÌ control>]"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:6
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ïðéóáîéå"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:12
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
-"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
+"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
msgstr ""
"üÔÁ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÑÅÔ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÅ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÎÁ ÐÒÅÄÍÅÔ ÓÂÏÒÏÞÎÙÈ "
"ÓÏÏÂÝÁÅÔÓÑ É ÐÒÏÉÓÈÏÄÉÔ ×ÙÈÏÄ Ó ÎÅÎÕÌÅ×ÙÍ ËÏÄÏÍ ×ÏÚ×ÒÁÔÁ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:15
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
+"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
"be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
"ðÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÞÉÔÁÅÔÓÑ B<debian/control>, ÎÏ × ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÚÁÄÁÔØ "
"ÄÒÕÇÏÅ ÉÍÑ ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÑÀÝÅÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:13
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "ðáòáíåôòù"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "I<-B>"
+msgid "B<-B>"
msgstr "I<-B>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ignore Build-Depends-Indep lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
+"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
"built."
msgstr ""
"éÇÎÏÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÓÔÒÏËÉ Build-Depends-Indep. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ, ÅÓÌÉ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, "
"ÎÅÚÁ×ÉÓÑÝÉÅ ÏÔ ÁÒÈÉÔÅËÔÕÒÙ, ÎÅ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÓÏÂÉÒÁÔØÓÑ."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "á÷ôïò"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"
# type: UR
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:22
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:26
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
+msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:25
+#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"üÔÏ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÁÑ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ; ÓÍ. õÎÉ×ÅÒÓÁÌØÎÕÀ ïÂÝÅÓÔ×ÅÎÎÕÀ ìÉÃÅÎÚÉÉ GNU ×ÅÒÓÉÉ"
"\\~2 ÉÌÉ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÚÄÎÀÀ, ÇÄÅ ÉÚÌÏÖÅÎÙ ÕÓÌÏ×ÉÑ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÅÎÉÑ. îéëáëéè "
"ÇÁÒÁÎÔÉÊ."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-CHECKBUILDDEPS"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "February 2001"
+#~ msgstr "æÅ×ÒÁÌØ 2001"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
-msgstr "DPKG"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "dpkg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"üÔÏ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï I<ÎÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ> ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ Á×ÔÏÒÁÍ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÈÏÔÑÔ "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÕÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÁÈ. üÔÁ "
"ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ ÄÅÌÉÔÓÑ ÎÁ ÔÒÉ ËÌÁÓÓÁ: B<ÓÏÓÔÏÑÎÉÑ>, B<ÓÏÓÔÏÑÎÉÑ ×ÙÂÏÒÁ> É "
#: dpkg.1:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"ðÅÒÅËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÒÁÓÐÁËÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÐÁËÅÔ. åÓÌÉ ×ÍÅÓÔÏ I<ÉÍÅÎÉ ÐÁËÅÔÁ> ÚÁÄÁÎ "
#: dpkg.1:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"ïÂÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ B<dpkg> É B<dselect> Ï ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÁÈ. äÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"ïÂÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ B<dpkg> É B<dselect> Ï ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÁÈ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÅÊ "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"éÝÅÔ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÂÙÌÉ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÙ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÞÁÓÔÉÞÎÏ. "
"B<dpkg> ÐÏÓÏ×ÅÔÕÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÔØ Ó ÎÉÍÉ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÉÈ "
#: dpkg.1:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr ""
"úÁÄÁÅÔ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÓÏÓÔÏÑÎÉÊ ×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ÐÒÉÎÉÍÁÑ ÅÇÏ ÓÏ ÓÔÁÎÄÁÒÔÎÏÇÏ ××ÏÄÁ."
#: dpkg.1:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
" ÷Ù×ÏÄÉÔ ÄÅÔÁÌØÎÕÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï I<ÐÁËÅÔÅ>, ËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÉÚ×ÌÅËÁÅÔ ÉÚ ÆÁÊÌÁ I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "ëìàþé"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÙÈ ÄÅÆÉÓÏ×), ÉÌÉ ÖÅ ËÏÍÍÅÎÔÁÒÉÅÍ (ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔÓÑ Ó B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<E<lt>ÞÉÓÌÏE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr ""
"ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ\\~--\\~50."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"ÄÅËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ ÐÁËÅÔÁ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÔ ÏÔ ÕÄÁÌÑÅÍÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"÷ËÌÀÞÅÎÉÅ ÏÔÌÁÄËÉ. B<octal>\\~-- ÜÔÏ ×ÏÓØÍÅÒÉÞÎÏÅ ÞÉÓÌÏ, ÓÆÏÒÍÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÅ "
"ÐÏÂÉÔÎÏ ÉÚ ÎÉÖÅÕËÁÚÁÎÎÙÈ ÂÉÔÏ×ÙÈ ÍÁÓÏË, (ÚÁÍÅÔÉÍ, ÞÔÏ ÜÔÉ ×ÅÌÉÞÉÎÙ ÍÏÇÕÔ "
"ÜÔÉ ÏÔÌÁÄÏÞÎÙÅ ÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÑ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
" 2000 îÅ×ÅÒÏÑÔÎÏÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÅÒÕÎÄÙ\n"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"Ú×ÅÚÄÏÞËÏÊ (*), ÐÒÉÎÕÄÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÀÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"ÎÁÒÕÛÉÔØ ÒÁÂÏÔÏÓÐÏÓÏÂÎÏÓÔØ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>: ÷ËÌÀÞÁÅÔ (ÉÌÉ ×ÙËÌÀÞÁÅÔ) ×ÓÅ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÙ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ ÉÈ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"×ÅÒÓÉÑ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"ÏÔ ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÔ ÔÅËÕÝÉÊ ÐÁËÅÔ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr "B<hold>: ïÂÒÁÂÁÔÙ×ÁÔØ ÄÁÖÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ÐÏÍÅÞÅÎÎÙÅ ËÁË \"hold\"."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: õÄÁÌÉÔØ ÐÁËÅÔ, ÄÁÖÅ ÅÓÌÉ ÏÎ ÐÏÂÉÔ É ÏÔÍÅÞÅÎ ËÁË "
"ÔÒÅÂÕÀÝÉÊ ÐÅÒÅÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ. üÔÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÐÒÉ×ÅÓÔÉ Ë ÔÏÍÕ, ÞÔÏ ÞÁÓÔÉ "
"ÐÁËÅÔÁ ÏÓÔÁÎÕÔÓÑ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ, Á B<dpkg> ÐÒÏ ÎÉÈ ÚÁÂÕÄÅÔ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ËÌÀÞ Ó ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÏÓÔØÀ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr ""
"ÏÛÉÂËÉ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
"B<depends-version>: îÅ ÂÅÓÐÏËÏÉÔØÓÑ Ï ×ÅÒÓÉÑÈ ÐÒÉ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÅ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÅÊ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"ÏÐÁÓÎÏ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÔ Ë ÐÅÒÅÚÁÐÉÓÉ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ×."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"ÎÏ×ÕÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ ÂÅÚ ÚÁÐÒÏÓÁ ÐÏÄÔ×ÅÒÖÄÅÎÉÑ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"×ÅÒÓÉÀ ÂÅÚ ÚÁÐÒÏÓÁ ÐÏÄÔ×ÅÒÖÄÅÎÉÑ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÊ ËÌÀÞ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ×ÙÑÓÎÅÎÉÑ, ÞÔÏ ÉÍÅÎÎÏ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÄÅÌÁÔØ)."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite>: ðÅÒÅÚÁÐÉÓÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌ ÉÚ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ ÆÁÊÌÏÍ ÉÚ ÄÒÕÇÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite-dir>: ðÅÒÅÚÁÐÉÓÁÔØ ËÁÔÁÌÏÇ ÉÚ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ ÆÁÊÌÏÍ ÉÚ ÄÒÕÇÏÇÏ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
"ÅÇÏ ÎÅÐÅÒÅÎÁÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÎÏÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÅÊ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr "B<architecture>: ïÂÒÁÂÁÔÙ×ÁÔØ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÎÅ Ó ÔÏÊ ÁÒÈÉÔÅËÔÕÒÏÊ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
"×ÁÖÎÙÅ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ, ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÍÏÇÕÔ ×ÏÚÎÉËÎÕÔØ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr ""
"ÓÕÐÅÒÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<E<lt>ÐÁËÅÔE<gt>>,..."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÂÏÌÅÅ)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
"ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"ËÌÀÞ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"ÕËÁÚÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÑ, ÎÏ ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÎÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÑÔØ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ ÐÁËÅÔ --no-act, ÎÅÓÍÏÔÒÑ ÎÁ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÏÖÉÄÁÌÉ)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"unpack>, B<--avail>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"üÔÏ ÓÉÎÏÎÉÍ ÆÌÁÇÁ B<--refuse-downgrade>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"dpkg>I<\\P.>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"ïÂÒÁÂÁÔÙ×ÁÔØ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÙÅ ÄÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ. ôÁËÏÊ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÄÅÌÁÅÔÓÑ "
"ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏÍÅÞÅÎ ÄÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"îÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÔØ ÐÁËÅÔ, ÅÓÌÉ ÔÁ ÖÅ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ ÕÖÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÁ."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
"÷ÙÄÁÅÔ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï ÓÔÁÔÕÓÅ ÐÁËÅÔÁ ÎÁ ÆÁÊÌÏ×ÙÊ ÄÅÓËÒÉÐÔÏÒ I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. "
"üÔÏÔ ÆÌÁÇ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÚÁÄÁÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÒÁÚ. üÔÁ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ ×ÙÄÁÅÔÓÑ × ×ÉÄÅ "
"`status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "æáêìù"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "æÁÊÌ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ Ó ËÌÀÞÁÍÉ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"B<admindir>, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÚÎÁÔØ, ËÁË ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÍÅÓÔÏÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÉÅ ÜÔÉÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ×."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "óÐÉÓÏË ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"B<éîæïòíáãéñ ï ðáëåôáè>, ÇÄÅ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄÅÎÁ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"îÉÖÅÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ Ñ×ÌÑÀÔÓÑ ËÏÍÐÏÎÅÎÔÁÍÉ ÂÉÎÁÒÎÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ. óÍ. B<deb>(5), "
"ÔÁÍ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄÅÎÁ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ Ï ÎÉÈ:"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "ðåòåíåîîùå ïëòõöåîéñ"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓ."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr ""
"ðÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ, ËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔ B<dpkg> ÐÒÉ ÓÔÁÒÔÅ ÎÏ×ÏÊ ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÏÂÏÌÏÞËÉ."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"úÁÄÁÅÔ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ËÏÌÏÎÏË ÔÅËÓÔÁ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÈ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÏÊ B<dpkg> ÄÌÑ "
"ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. ÷ ÎÁÓÔÏÑÝÉÊ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÔÏÌØËÏ "
"ËÌÀÞÏÍ B<-l>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "ðòéíåòù"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr "þÔÏÂÙ ÐÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÉÔØ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ÏÔÎÏÓÑÝÉÅÓÑ Ë ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÕ vi:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr ""
"þÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ ÎÁ ÚÁÐÉÓÉ Ï Ä×ÕÈ ÐÁËÅÔÁÈ × ÆÁÊÌÅ B</var/lib/dpkg/available>:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
#, fuzzy
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr "÷ÒÕÞÎÕÀ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "õÄÁÌÉÔØ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÊ ÐÁËÅÔ elvis:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"þÔÏÂÙ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÐÁËÅÔ, ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÎÁÊÔÉ ÅÇÏ × ÁÒÈÉ×Å ÉÌÉ ÎÁ CDROM. æÁÊÌ "
"\" (\"ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÙ\"):"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "äÌÑ ÐÏÌÕÞÅÎÉÑ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÏÊ ËÏÐÉÉ ÓÏÓÔÏÑÎÉÊ ×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
"Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
"úÁÍÅÔØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÉ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÏ, ÎÉ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÏ, ÐÒÏÓÔÏ "
"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÚÁÐÒÏÛÅÎÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ×ÁÍ ÐÏÎÁÄÏÂÉÔÓÑ ÄÒÕÇÁÑ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5) É B<deb-control>(5)."
# type: SH
msgstr "ïûéâëé òåáìéúáãéé"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr "B<--no-act> ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÄÁÅÔ ÍÅÎØÛÅ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ, ÞÅÍ ÍÏÇÌÏ ÂÙ ÂÙÔØ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÙÍ."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "á÷ôïòù"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:621
+#: dpkg.1:620
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr "óÍ. B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS>, ÇÄÅ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄÅÎ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÔÅÈ, ËÔÏ ÕÞÁÓÔ×Ï×ÁÌ × ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔËÅ B<dpkg>."
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DPKG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "April 12, 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=KOI8-R\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
-msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
+msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H|--help>"
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
-msgstr "15 ÍÁÒÔÁ 1997"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - ÚÁÐÕÓË É ÏÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÁ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÎÙÈ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍ-ÄÅÍÏÎÏ×"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "ïâúïò"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S|--start> I<ÆÌÁÇÉ> [B<-->] I<ÁÒÇÕÍÅÎÔÙ>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K|--stop> I<ÆÌÁÇÉ ...>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H|--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V|--version>"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ïðéóáîéå"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"ÚÁÐÕÝÅÎÎÙÈ ÜËÚÅÍÐÌÑÒÏ× ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÁ."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"retry>, ÔÏ B<start-stop-daemon> ÓÔÁÎÅÔ ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÔØ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÅÎÉÅ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÁ(Ï×)."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> Ó ÆÌÁÇÏÍ B<--stop> ÔÁËÖÅ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÑÅÔ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×Ï×ÁÎÉÅ "
"B<--oknodo>)."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "æìáçé"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<ÉÓÐÏÌÎÑÅÍÙÊ_ÆÁÊÌ>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"(ÓÏÇÌÁÓÎÏ B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-ÆÁÊÌ>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr ""
"ðÒÏ×ÅÒÑÅÔ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÙ, ÞØÉ ÉÄÅÎÔÉÆÉËÁÔÏÒÙ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÁ ÚÁÐÉÓÁÎÙ × I<pid-ÆÁÊÌ>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<ÉÍÑ_ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
"I<ÉÍÅÎÉ_ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ> ÉÌÉ I<uid>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
"stat>)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"ÐÏÓÌÁÎ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÁÍ ÄÌÑ ÉÈ ÏÓÔÁÎÏ×Á (ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ\\~15)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<ÔÁÊÍ-ÁÕÔ>|I<ÚÁÔÅÍ>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"ðÒÉ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÉ ×ÍÅÓÔÅ Ó ÆÌÁÇÏÍ B<--stop> ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ B<start-stop-"
"ÐÒÅÄÐÒÉÎÑÔÏ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ, ÚÁÄÁÎÎÏÅ × ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÅ I<ÚÁÔÅÍ>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"I<signal>\\~-- ÜÔÏ ÓÉÇÎÁÌ, ÚÁÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÆÌÁÇÏÍ B<--signal>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"ÐÏÓÌÅÄÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÎÏÓÔÉ ÄÏ ÐÒÅÄÅÌÁ, ÅÓÌÉ ÎÕÖÎÏ."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"signal>, ÉÇÎÏÒÉÒÕÅÔÓÑ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<ÐÏÌÎÏÅ_ÉÍÑ>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"ÚÁÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÆÌÁÇÏÍ B<--exec>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÊ ËÏÄ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÅÎÉÑ, ÎÏ ÎÅ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ÜÔÉ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÑ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"ÂÙÔØ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÏ) ÎÉËÁËÉÈ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÊ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr "îÅ ×ÙÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÈ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÊ; ÔÏÌØËÏ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÑ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<ÉÍÑ-ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ>|I<uid>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"(ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, × ÓÌÕÞÁÅ Ó ÓÉÓÔÅÍÎÙÍ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÍ `nobody')."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot >I<root>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ ËÏÒÎÅ×ÏÇÏ ËÁÔÁÌÏÇÁ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"ËÏÄ ÄÌÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "üÔÏÔ ÆÌÁÇ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÚÁÐÕÓËÏÍ ÉÚÍÅÎÑÅÔ ÐÒÉÏÒÉÔÅÔ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÁ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"×ÍÅÓÔÅ Ó ÆÌÁÇÏÍ B<--background>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "÷ÙÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÙÅ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÅ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÑ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr "÷ÙÄÁÔØ ÐÏÄÓËÁÚËÕ É ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÉÔØÓÑ."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr "÷ÙÄÁÔØ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï ×ÅÒÓÉÉ É ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÉÔØÓÑ."
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "á÷ôïòù"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"ÎÁ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ, ÓÄÅÌÁÎÎÏÊ by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
msgstr ""
"óÔÒÁÎÉÃÁ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, ÞÁÓÔÉÞÎÏ "
"ÐÅÒÅÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÏ by Ian Jackson."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "15th March 1997"
+#~ msgstr "15 ÍÁÒÔÁ 1997"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "822-DATE"
-msgstr "822-DATE"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "822-date"
+msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: 822-date.1:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "14th August 1996"
-msgstr "14 augusti 1996"
+msgid "2008-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Hey, Emacs! This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.
msgstr "822-date - Skriv datum och tid i RFC822-format"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:6
+#: 822-date.1:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPS"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:9
msgid "B<822-date>"
msgstr "B<822-date>"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:8
+#: 822-date.1:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:14
msgid ""
"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in "
"RFC822, using a numeric timezone offset as recommended in RFC1123."
"RFC1123."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:12
+#: 822-date.1:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "FLAGGOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:18
msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options."
msgstr "B<822-date> tar inga flaggor eller parametrar."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:15
+#: 822-date.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "PROGRAMFEL"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:18
-msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1),"
+#: 822-date.1:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)."
msgstr "Denna funktion borde finnas i B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:18
+#: 822-date.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SE ÄVEN"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:21
+#: 822-date.1:26
msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:24
+#: 822-date.1:29
msgid ""
"I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) "
"section 5.2.14,"
"section 5.2.14,"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:31
msgid "B<date>(1)."
msgstr "B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:26
+#: 822-date.1:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: 822-date.1:29
+#: 822-date.1:35
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
+"B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
"placed by him into the public domain."
msgstr ""
"B<822-date> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. De är härmed av "
"honom släppta som allmängods (public domain)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "822-DATE"
+#~ msgstr "822-DATE"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "14th August 1996"
+#~ msgstr "14 augusti 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
-msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "deb-control"
+msgstr "control"
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "Januari 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Author: Raul Miller
#. Includes text from the debian Guidelines by Ian Jackson, Ian Murdock
#: deb-control.5:3
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "dpkg utilities"
-msgstr "dpkg-verktygen"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian"
+msgstr "Debianprojektet"
# type: SH
#: deb-control.5:4
msgstr "deb-control - Debians filformat för paketstyrfiler"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:6
+#: deb-control.5:7
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:9
msgid "control"
msgstr "control"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:8
+#: deb-control.5:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields.
Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
+"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
+"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
"B<Description> field, see below)."
"B<Description>-fältet, se nedan)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:21
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "KRÄVDA FÄLT"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:22
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Package: >E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:25
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>paketnamnE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:26
+#: deb-control.5:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"installationsverktygen för att generera filnamnen."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:26
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Version: >E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>versionssträngE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:33
+#: deb-control.5:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"\"), varför det ursprungliga versionsnumret inte får innehålla bindestreck."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:33
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:36
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>fullt-namn e-postE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:38
+#: deb-control.5:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"av den programvara som paketerades."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:38
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Description: >E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:41
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>kort beskrivningE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:44
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>lång beskrivningE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"blanksteget."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:47
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "VALFRIA FÄLT"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:48
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Section: >E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:52
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>sektionE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:53
+#: deb-control.5:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"\", \"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\" etc."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:53
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Priority: >E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:57
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>prioritetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"\" (valfritt), \"extra\" (extra) osv."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:67
+#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"versionen av B<debian-policy>-paketet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:67
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:71
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:74
+#: deb-control.5:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"flaggorna)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:74
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:78
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arkitektur|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:82
+#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"dokumentation."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:82
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Source: >E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:86
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>källkodsnamnE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"sig från namnet på själva paketet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:90
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:96
+#: deb-control.5:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
-"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
+"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will "
"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those "
"Depends:-fältet före de paket som beror på det, och kör prerm-skript före."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:96
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:100
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:103
+#: deb-control.5:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"ett annat paket är installerat för sitt preinst-skript."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:103
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Recommends: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:107
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:110
+#: deb-control.5:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
-"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
+"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""
"Lista över paket som bör installeras tillsammans med detta i de allra flesta "
"installerar ett paket utan de som listas i B<Recommends>-fältet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Suggests:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:114
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:115
+#: deb-control.5:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"detta paket."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:127
+#: deb-control.5:131
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Depends ,> B<Pre-Depends ,> B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
-"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
-"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
-"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', "
-"with pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally "
-"followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
+"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
+"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
+"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
+"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
+"pipes binding more tightly. Each item is a package name optionally followed "
+"by a version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""
"Syntaxen för B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> och B<Suggests>-"
"fälten är en lista över grupper av alternativa paket. Varje grupp "
"parenteser."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:133
+#: deb-control.5:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"\" för lika med."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:133
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:137
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:141
+#: deb-control.5:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"konflikt bör innehålla en B<Conflicts>-rad med varandras namn."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Replaces: >E<lt>package listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:145
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:149
+#: deb-control.5:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"konflikt med."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:149
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "B<Provides:>\\ E<lt>package\\ listE<gt>"
+#: deb-control.5:153
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides: >E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:159
+#: deb-control.5:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"och använda \"|\" för att dela av listan."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The syntax of B<Conflicts ,> B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
-"package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
-"B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
-"can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
-"B<Replaces> fields."
+"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
+"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
+"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be "
+"given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> "
+"fields."
msgstr ""
"Syntaxen för B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> och B<Provides> är en lista över "
"paketnamn avdelade med komman (och eventuella blanktecken). I B<Conflicts>-"
"fälten."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:174
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPEL"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:196
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:201
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
-" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
+" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
# type: SH
-#. .RE
-#: deb-control.5:198
+#: deb-control.5:204
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SE ÄVEN"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DEB-CONTROL"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-CONTROL"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "Januari 2000"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
+#~ msgstr "dpkg-verktygen"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB-OLD"
-msgstr "DEB-OLD"
+msgid "deb-old"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "Januari 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
msgstr "deb-old - Debians gamla binärpaketformat"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:4
+#: deb-old.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:7
msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
msgstr "I<filnamn>B<.deb>"
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:6
+#: deb-old.5:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
-"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
+"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
+"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
"(5) for details of the new format."
msgstr ""
"B<.deb>-formatet är Debians binära paketformat. Denna manualsida beskriver "
"detaljerad information om det nya formatet."
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:15
+#: deb-old.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT"
msgstr "FORMAT"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:18
+#: deb-old.5:21
msgid ""
"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
"concatenated gzipped ustar files."
"sammaslagna gzip-packade ustar-filer."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:22
+#: deb-old.5:25
msgid ""
"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
"och är B<0.939000> för alla arkiv i det gamla formatet."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:25
+#: deb-old.5:28
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
"den första gzip-packade tar-filen."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:27
+#: deb-old.5:30
msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
msgstr "Båda dessa rader avslutas med ett ensamt radbrytningstecken."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:32
+#: deb-old.5:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
-"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
+"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Den första tar-filen innehåller kontrollinformationen, lagrade som ett antal "
"kontrollinformation."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:43
+#: deb-old.5:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
-"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
-"entry for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
+"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
+"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
msgstr ""
"I vissa väldigt gamla arkiv kan filerna i kontroll-tarfilen eventuellt ligga "
"i en underkatalog vid namn B<DEBIAN>. Om så är fallet kommer underkatalogen "
"innehålla en post för . B<,> det vill säga aktuell katalog."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
-"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
+"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
"pathnames do not have leading slashes."
msgstr ""
"Den andra gzip-packade tar-filen är filsystemsarkivet, vilken innehåller "
"Sökvägarna innehåller inte inledande snedstreck."
# type: SH
-#: deb-old.5:47
+#: deb-old.5:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SE ÄVEN"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-old.5:50
+#: deb-old.5:54
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DEB-OLD"
+#~ msgstr "DEB-OLD"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "Januari 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DEB"
-msgstr "DEB"
+msgid "deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "January 2000"
-msgstr "Januari 2000"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
-"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
+"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz .> It is a gzipped tar "
"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain "
"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core "
-"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry "
-"for `B<.>', the current directory."
+"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for "
+"`B<.>', the current directory."
msgstr ""
"Den andra krävda posten heter B<control.tar.gz .> Det är ett gzip-packat tar-"
"arkiv som innehåller paketets kontrollinformation, lagrade som ett antal "
#: deb.5:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
-"should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members "
-"may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
-"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar."
-"gz> and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
+"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
+"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar.gz>. Further members may be "
+"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
+"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar.gz> "
+"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names "
"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'."
msgstr ""
"Dessa poster måste ligga i exakt denna ordning. Nuvarande implementationer "
#: deb.5:70
msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "January 2000"
+#~ msgstr "Januari 2000"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG-DEB"
-msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+msgid "dpkg-deb"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "1st June 1996"
-msgstr "1 juni 1996"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
-"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
+"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
-"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and "
-"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
-"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
-"B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
+"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
+"the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
+"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
+"control information directory."
msgstr ""
"Såvida du inte anger B<--nocheck> kommer dpkg-deb att läsa B<DEBIAN/control> "
"och tolka den. Den kommer leta efter syntaxfel och andra problem, och visa "
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
-"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
+"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
-"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
+"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
-"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
+"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""
"Visar innehåller i filsystemsträdsarkivsdelen av paketarkivet. Det visas "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
-"correct installation ! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
+"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""
"Observera att en extrahering av ett paket till rotkatalogen I<inte> "
"resulterar i en korrekt installation! Använd B<dpkg> för att installera "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
-"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
+"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
msgstr ""
"Extraherar filsystemsträdsdata från ett binärt paket och sänder det till "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
msgstr ""
"Visar information om B<dpkg-deb>s upphovsrätt, licensinformation och "
"avsaknad av garanti. (Den amerikanska stavningen B<--license> stöds också.)"
#: dpkg-deb.1:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
+"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Försäkrar att B<dpkg-deb> bygger ett arkiv i \"nytt\" format. Detta är "
"förval."
#: dpkg-deb.1:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive "
-"format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its "
-"only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older "
-"than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
+"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
+"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
+"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
+"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
msgstr ""
"Tvingar B<dpkg-deb> att bygga ett arkiv i \"gammalt\" format. Det gamla "
"arkivformatet är mer svårtolkat av icke-Debianverktyg och är nu utgånget; "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
-"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
+"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""
"Förhindrar B<dpkg-deb --build s> normala kontroller på det föreslagna "
"innehållet i arkivet. Du kan bygga vilket arkiv du än vill, oavsett hur "
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:240
-msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr "Aktiverar felsökningsutdata. Denna är inte speciellt intressant."
# type: SH
#: dpkg-deb.1:256
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software ! You must use "
+"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-deb.1:270
+#: dpkg-deb.1:269
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
-"Copyright (C)1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and B</"
+"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> and I</"
"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. De är "
"upphovsrättsskyddade 1995-1996 av honom och släppta under GNU General Public "
"Licence; det finns INGEN garanti. Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> och "
"B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> för detaljer."
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG-DEB"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG-DEB"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "1st June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "1 juni 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
-"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
+"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>. Normal shell wildchars "
"are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have "
"to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing "
"filename expansion. For example this will list all package names starting "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars "
-"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
+"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives."
msgstr ""
"Sök efter filnamnet bland de installerade paketen. Alla skalets vanliga "
#: dpkg-query.1:102
msgid ""
"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
-"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
+"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
-"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
+"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
msgstr ""
"Detta är fri programvara; se GNU General Public License version 2 eller "
"senare för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti."
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
#: dpkg-split.1:2
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "23rd June 1996"
-msgstr "23 juni 1996"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#. Authors: Ian Jackson
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:13
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part part >..."
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-j>|B<--join> I<del del >..."
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:17
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part part >..."
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<part> ..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-I>|B<--info> I<del del >..."
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:28
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package package >...]"
+msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-split> B<-d>|B<--discard> [I<paket paket >...]"
# type: SH
msgid ""
"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
-"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
+"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
"discard> options allow the management of the queue."
msgstr ""
"Det har även ett automatiskt läge, vilket aktiveras med flaggan B<--auto>. "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
-"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
+"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
msgstr ""
"Delfilerna som ges som parameter måste alla vara delar av exakt samma "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
-"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
+"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
"saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
msgstr ""
"Skriver ut information, i människoläsbar form, om de(n) delfil(er) som "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
-"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
+"warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
msgstr ""
"Visar information om B<dpkg-split>s upphovsrättsliga licensiering och "
"avsaknad av garanti. (Den amerikanskengelska stavningen B<--license> stöds "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
-"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
+"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Anger en alternativ katalog för kön av delar som väntar på automatisk "
"sammanslagning. Förvalet är B</var/lib/dpkg>."
#: dpkg-split.1:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
+"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). "
"The default is 450Kb."
msgstr ""
"Anger maximal storlek vid delning, i kilobyte (1024 byte). Förval är 450 "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
-"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
+"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:236
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
+msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
msgstr "B</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:250
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)"
+msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(8)"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg-split.1:250
+#: dpkg-split.1:251
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg-split.1:259
+#: dpkg-split.1:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
+"B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
-"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/"
+"Licence; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/"
"share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-split> och denna manualsida skrevs av Ian Jackson. Upphovsrätten © "
"1995-1996 ligger hos honom och de är släppta under GNU General Public "
"Licence; det finns INGEN GARANTI. Se B</usr/share/dpkg/copyright> och B</"
"usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> för ytterligare detaljer."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "23rd June 1996"
+#~ msgstr "23 juni 1996"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG"
-msgstr "DPKG"
+msgid "dpkg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-02-11"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
-"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
+"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"Den bör I<inte> användas av paketansvariga som vill lära sig hur B<dpkg> "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
-"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
+"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<dselect>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells dpkg what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some "
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
-"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
+"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> upprätthåller viss användbar information om tillgängliga paket. "
"Informationen delas in i tre klasser: B<tillstånd>, B<markeringstillstånd> "
#: dpkg.1:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
+"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead "
"of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"Konfigurera ett uppackat paket. Om B<-a> eller B<--pending> anges istället "
#: dpkg.1:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
-"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
-"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
-"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
-"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
+"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
+"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it "
+"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the "
+"I<debian/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
+"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of "
"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or "
"purged in file I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
-"With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
-"from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
-"
replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
-"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
+"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
+"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
+"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
+"
with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
+"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"Uppdatera B<dpkg>s och B<dselect>s lista över vilka paket som finns "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
-"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
+"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"Uppdatera B<dpkg>s och B<dselect>s lista över vilka paket som finns "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
-"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
+"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"Söker efter paket som endast installerats delvis på ditt system. B<dpkg> "
"kommer att föreslå vad som behöver göras för att få dem att fungera."
#: dpkg.1:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
+"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
-"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
+"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr "Sätt paketvalslistan med den fil som läses från standard in."
#: dpkg.1:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
+"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
-"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
-"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
-"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
-"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
+"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
+"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
+"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
+"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
#: dpkg.1:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
+"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, "
"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run."
msgstr ""
" Visa detaljer om I<paket>, som i I</var/lib/dpkg/available/>.\n"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:289
+#: dpkg.1:287
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "FLAGGOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:294
+#: dpkg.1:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"bindestreck) eller en kommentar (om den börjar med ett B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:295
+#: dpkg.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<antal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change after how many errors dpkg will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr "Ställer in efter hur många fel dpkg skall avbryta. Förvalet är 50."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:298
+#: dpkg.1:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"det borttagna paketet automatiskt att avkonfigureras."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:304
+#: dpkg.1:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<oktalvärde>B< | --debug=>I<oktalvärde>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:310
+#: dpkg.1:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
+"Set debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
-"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
+"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"Aktiverar felsökning. I<oktalvärde>t skapas genom att utföra bitvis logisk "
"\"eller\" av de önskade värdena från listan nedan (observera att dessa "
"dessa felsökningsvärden."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" number description\n"
" 2000 Knäppa mängder pladder\n"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:322
+#: dpkg.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<nånting> | B<--no-force->I<nånting> | B<--refuse->I<nånting>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:329
+#: dpkg.1:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
-"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
+"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"markeras med (*) är som förval tvingande."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:333
+#: dpkg.1:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"du förstöra din systeminstallation.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:336
+#: dpkg.1:334
msgid "B<all>: Turns on(or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>: Slår på (eller av) alla tvingande parametrar."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:339
+#: dpkg.1:337
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages to "
"för att ta bort."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:342
+#: dpkg.1:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"installerad."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:349
+#: dpkg.1:347
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
-"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
-"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
+"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
+"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
"I<Varning: För närvarande undersöker inte dpkg beroenden vid nedgradering "
"instabilt. Använd med tillförsikt.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:353
+#: dpkg.1:351
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"på vilka det aktuella paketet beror."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:356
+#: dpkg.1:354
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr "B<hold>: Hantera även \"håll\"-markerade paket."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:361
+#: dpkg.1:359
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
-"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
-"to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
+"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
+"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Ta bort ett paket även om det är trasigt och markerat "
"att vara i behov av ominstallation. Detta kan, till exempel, göra så att "
"delar av paketet blir kvar på systemet, men glöms bort av B<dpkg>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:366
+#: dpkg.1:364
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"fungera, så använd med tillförsikt."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:369
+#: dpkg.1:367
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr "B<depends>: Gör alla beroendeproblem till varningar."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:372
+#: dpkg.1:370
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr ""
"B<depends-version>: Ignorera versionsnummer när beroenden kontrolleras."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:376
+#: dpkg.1:374
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"filer skrivs över."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:381
+#: dpkg.1:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, "
"farligt, eftersom det inte bibehåller ändringar (raderingar) av filer."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:386
+#: dpkg.1:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"det förvalda alternativet kommer att utföras."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:391
+#: dpkg.1:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"det förvalda alternativet kommer att utföras."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:397
+#: dpkg.1:395
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"också angetts, i så fall används den för att bestämma vad som skall utföras."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:400
+#: dpkg.1:398
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr "B<overwrite>: Skriv över ett pakets filer med ett annats."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:403
+#: dpkg.1:401
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr "B<overwrite-dir> Skriv över ett pakets kataloger med ett annats filer."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:406
+#: dpkg.1:404
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
msgstr ""
"version."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:409
+#: dpkg.1:407
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr "B<architecture>: Hantera även paket med fel maskinvaruarkitektur."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:412
+#: dpkg.1:410
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
msgstr ""
"troliga."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:415
+#: dpkg.1:413
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr "B<not-root>: Försök (av)installera saker även utan att vara root."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:418
+#: dpkg.1:416
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr ""
"B<bad-verify>: Installera ett paket även om det inte går att verifiera dess "
"äkthet."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:419
+#: dpkg.1:417
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paket>,..."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"kontrollen, men det ges endast varningar, ingenting annat)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:423
+#: dpkg.1:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new> | B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
msgstr ""
"deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:427
+#: dpkg.1:425
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This "
"Detta är en flagga till B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:431
+#: dpkg.1:429
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:436
+#: dpkg.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"ändra något."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
-"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
+"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"att du troligen förväntade dig att ingenting skulle utföras)"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:441
+#: dpkg.1:439
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"avail>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:447
+#: dpkg.1:445
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"installerat. Detta är ett alias för B<--refuse-downgrade.>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:451
+#: dpkg.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--root=>I<kat> | B<--admindir=>I<kat> | B<--instdir=>I<kat>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Change default directories.
B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
+"Change default directories. B<admindir> defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and "
"contains many files that give information about status of installed or "
-"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
-"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
+"uninstalled packages, etc. B<instdir> defaults to I</> and refers to the "
+"directory where packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the "
"directory passed to B<chroot>(2) before running I<package>'s installation "
"scripts, which means that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. "
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"B<admindir> till I<kat>B</var/lib/dpkg>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:462
+#: dpkg.1:460
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
-"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
-"For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
+"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
+"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"Hantera endast paket som markerats för installation. Själva markeringen "
"kommer paket som tas bort att markeras för installation."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:468
+#: dpkg.1:466
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"Installera inte paketet om samma version av paketet redan är installerat."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:472
+#: dpkg.1:470
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
-"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
-"E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts "
-"are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-"
-"conffile' useredited distedited'"
+"Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
+"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: "
+"error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as "
+"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' "
+"useredited distedited'"
msgstr ""
"Sänder paketstatusinformation till filhandtag I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Denna flagga "
"kan ges flera gånger. Statusuppdateringar ges på formen \"status: "
"E<lt>paketE<gt>: E<lt>paket qstatusE<gt>\"."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:479
+#: dpkg.1:477
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:491
+#: dpkg.1:489
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:492
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:494
+#: dpkg.1:493
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FILER"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:495
+#: dpkg.1:494
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "Konfigurationsfil med förvalda inställningar."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:498
+#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:502
+#: dpkg.1:501
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"admindir> för information om hur du ändrar placeringen av dessa filer."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:505
+#: dpkg.1:504
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "Lista över tillgängliga paket."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:508
+#: dpkg.1:507
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:514
+#: dpkg.1:513
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"ej, osv. Se sektionen B<INFORMATION OM PAKET> för ytterligare information."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
+"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"Följande filer är komponenter i det binära paketet. Se B<deb>(5) för "
"ytterligare information om dem:"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:517
+#: dpkg.1:516
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:519
+#: dpkg.1:518
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:521
+#: dpkg.1:520
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:523
+#: dpkg.1:522
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:525
+#: dpkg.1:524
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:527
+#: dpkg.1:526
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:530
+#: dpkg.1:529
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "MILJÖVARIABLER"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:531
+#: dpkg.1:530
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell rather "
"skal istället för att lägga sig i bakgrunden när ett skal startas."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:535
+#: dpkg.1:534
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute while starting a new shell."
msgstr "Programmet B<dpkg> kommer att exekvera när ett nytt skal startas."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:538
+#: dpkg.1:537
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
-"text. Currently only used by -l."
+"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"Sätter antalet kolumner B<dpkg> skall använda när formaterad text visas. "
"Används för närvarande enbart av -l."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:542
+#: dpkg.1:541
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you start "
"startar ett skal för att undersöka en ändrad konfigurationsfil."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg.1:547
+#: dpkg.1:546
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:552
+#: dpkg.1:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
"startar ett skal för att undersöka en ändrad konfigurationsfil."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:553
+#: dpkg.1:552
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPEL"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:555
+#: dpkg.1:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "To list packages related to the editor vi:"
msgstr "För att lista paket relaterade till textredigeringsprogrammet vi:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:557
+#: dpkg.1:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:560
+#: dpkg.1:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> on two packages:"
msgstr "För att se posterna i I</var/lib/dpkg/available> för två paket:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:562
+#: dpkg.1:561
msgid "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:565
+#: dpkg.1:564
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr "För att själv söka i paketlistan:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:567
+#: dpkg.1:566
msgid "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:570
+#: dpkg.1:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "För att ta bort det installerade paketet elvis:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:572
+#: dpkg.1:571
msgid "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:577
+#: dpkg.1:576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
+"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"För att installera ett paket måste du först leta på det i ett arkiv eller på "
"\"editors\":"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:580
+#: dpkg.1:579
msgid "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:583
+#: dpkg.1:582
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "För att göra en lokal kopia av paketmarkeringarna:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:585
+#: dpkg.1:584
msgid "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>minamarkeringar>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:589
+#: dpkg.1:588
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
"att skriva:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:591
+#: dpkg.1:590
msgid "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>minamarkeringar>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:596
+#: dpkg.1:595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
-"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
-"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
+"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
+"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<dselect> and choose \"Install\"."
msgstr ""
"Observera att detta faktiskt inte kommer installera eller ta bort något, "
"paketen. Till exempel kan du köra B<dselect> och välja \"Installera\"."
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:599
+#: dpkg.1:598
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), "
-"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
+"and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), och B<dpkg-"
"reconfigure>(8)"
msgstr "PROGRAMFEL"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:616
+#: dpkg.1:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr "B<--no-act> ger oftast mindre information än vad som vore hjälpsamt."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.1:617
+#: dpkg.1:616
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.1:621
-#, no-wrap
+#: dpkg.1:620
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> for the list of people who have\n"
"contributed to B<dpkg> .\n"
msgstr ""
"Se filen B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS.gz> för en lista över personer som\n"
"bidragit till B<dpkg> .\n"
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG"
+
# type: TH
#~ msgid "April 12, 1998"
#~ msgstr "12 april 1998"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DPKG.CFG"
-msgstr "DPKG.CFG"
+msgid "dpkg.cfg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
-msgstr "Februari 2002"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
msgstr "dpkg.cfg - inställningsfil för dpkg"
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:4
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:10
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
"Kommentarer är tillåtna genom att inleda en rad med nummertecken (\"B<#>\")."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:10
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FILER"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> ~/.dpkg.cfg"
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> ~/.dpkg.cfg"
+# type: Plain text
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:13
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
-"contributed to B<dpkg> ."
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för listan över personer som har bidragit "
"till B<dpkg> ."
# type: SH
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:16
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SE ÄVEN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dpkg.cfg.5:17
+#: dpkg.cfg.5:22
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dpkg>(1)"
+msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(8)"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DPKG.CFG"
+#~ msgstr "DPKG.CFG"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "February 2002"
+#~ msgstr "Februari 2002"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: SS
#: dselect.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT"
-msgstr "DSELECT"
+msgid "dselect"
+msgstr "Select (Välj)"
# type: TH
#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "2006-01-26"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
msgstr "dselect - Debians pakethanteringssystem"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:4
+#: dselect.1:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPS"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence "
-"| --license] [--expert] [--debug | -D E<lt>fileE<gt>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] "
-"[--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]]"
+"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] "
+"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-"
+"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> "
+"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]"
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> [--admindir E<lt>katalogE<gt>] [--help] [--version] [--licence | "
"--license] [--expert] [--debug E<lt>filE<gt> | -D E<lt>filE<gt>] "
"attr[+attr+..]]]"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:9
+#: dselect.1:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:17
+#: dselect.1:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dselect>\n"
"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
-"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
+"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
" - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
" - Installera nya paket eller uppgradera till nyare versioner.\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:29
+#: dselect.1:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg(1)>, the low-level debian "
-"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
+"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
+"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
"åtkomstmetoden är I<apt>, vilken tillhandahålls av paketet B<apt>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
-"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
-"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
+"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
+"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
+"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
"or show additional information about the program."
msgstr ""
"visa ytterligare information om programmet."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:35
+#: dselect.1:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "FLAGGOR"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:41
+#: dselect.1:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> "
"bindestreck) eller en kommentar (om den börjar med ett B<#>)."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:42
+#: dselect.1:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--admindir E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--admindir E<lt>katalogE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Changes the directory where the dpkg `status', `available' and similar files "
-"are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there shouldn't "
-"be any need to change it."
+"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
+"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
+"shouldn't be any need to change it."
msgstr ""
"Ändrar namnet på katalogen där dpkg letar efter filerna \"status\", "
"\"available\" m.fl. Förval är I</var/lib/dpkg> och du bör normalt sett inte "
"behöva ändra det."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:47
+#: dselect.1:57
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--debug E<lt>fileE<gt> | -DE<lt>fileE<gt>>"
+msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--debug E<lt>filE<gt> | -DE<lt>filE<gt>>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"Slå på felsökningsläge. Felsökningsinformation lagras i I<E<lt>filE<gt>>."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:50
+#: dselect.1:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--expert>"
msgstr "B<--expert>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
"irriterande."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:54
+#: dselect.1:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--colour | --color screenpart:[foreground],[background][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
+msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]"
msgstr "B<--colour | --color skärmdel:[förgrund],[bakgrund][:attr[+attr+..]]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:61
+#: dselect.1:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
"skärmen. Skärmdelarna är, uppifrån och ner:"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:62
+#: dselect.1:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<title>"
msgstr "B<title>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "The screen title."
msgstr "Skärmtiteln."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:65
+#: dselect.1:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<listhead>"
msgstr "B<listhead>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
msgstr "Huvudraden ovanför paketlistan."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:68
+#: dselect.1:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr "B<list>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
msgstr "Den rullande paketlistan (och även viss hjälptext)."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:71
+#: dselect.1:81
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<listsel>"
msgstr "B<listsel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selected item in the list."
msgstr "Den valda posten i listan."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:74
+#: dselect.1:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstate>"
msgstr "B<pkgstate>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
"paket."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:78
+#: dselect.1:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
"markerade paketet."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:82
+#: dselect.1:92
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infohead>"
msgstr "B<infohead>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
"Huvudraden som visar information om tillståndet för det nu markerade paketet."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:85
+#: dselect.1:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infodesc>"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package's short description."
msgstr "Paketets korta beskrivning."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:88
+#: dselect.1:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<info>"
msgstr "B<info>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
msgstr "Används för att visa paketinformation, såsom paketets beskrivning."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:91
+#: dselect.1:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<infofoot>"
msgstr "B<infofoot>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
msgstr "Den sista raden på skärmen när paket väljs."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:94
+#: dselect.1:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<query>"
msgstr "B<query>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used to display query lines"
msgstr "Används för att visa frågor."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:97
+#: dselect.1:107
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<helpscreen>"
msgstr "B<helpscreen>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:100
+#: dselect.1:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Color of help screens."
msgstr "Färg på hjälpskärmar."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:105
+#: dselect.1:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
"inkompilerade färgerna. Använd de normala curses-namnen för färgerna."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
"(omvänd), blink, bright (ljus), dim (mörk), bold (fet)"
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:111
+#: dselect.1:121
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
msgstr "Visar en kort hjälptext och ger lyckat avslut."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:114
+#: dselect.1:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<--licence | --license>"
+msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
msgstr "B<--licence | --license>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits "
"avslut."
# type: TP
-#: dselect.1:118
+#: dselect.1:128
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr "Visar versionsinformation och ger lyckat avslut."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:121
+#: dselect.1:132
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr "ANVÄNDNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of "
"tillgängliga handlingar:"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:126
+#: dselect.1:137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "access"
msgstr "Access (Åtkomst)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:128
+#: dselect.1:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
msgstr "Väljer en \"åtkomstmetod\" för att komma åt paketsamlingen."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:134
+#: dselect.1:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, "
"paketet B<apt> och I<multi_cd> av B<dpkg-multicd>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:136
+#: dselect.1:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
msgstr "Åtkomstmetoden I<apt> rekommenderas starkt."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:137
+#: dselect.1:148
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "update"
msgstr "Update (Uppdatera)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:139
+#: dselect.1:150
msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:146
+#: dselect.1:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
-"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
+"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
-"
B<Packages> or B<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
-"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
+"
I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
+"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""
"Hämtar en lista över tillgängliga paket från paketsamlingen som "
"konfigurerats för den aktuella åtkomstmetoden, och uppdaterar dpkgs "
"underhåller samlingarna genom att använda programmet B<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:149
+#: dselect.1:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"interaktion med användaren."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:150
+#: dselect.1:161
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "select"
msgstr "Select (Välj)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:152
+#: dselect.1:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
msgstr "Visar eller väljer paketval och beroenden."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:158
+#: dselect.1:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
-"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
+"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
+"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
-"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
+"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
"changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
msgstr ""
"Detta är B<dselect>s huvudfunktion. På valskärmen kan användaren titta på "
"på beroende eller motstridiga paket."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:165
+#: dselect.1:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
-"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
+"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
-"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
-"B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
-"that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
+"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
+"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
+"the unresolved depends or conflicts."
msgstr ""
"När en konflikt eller ett misslyckat beroende upptäcks visas en delskärm med "
"möjlighet att lösa beroendet. På denna skärm visas en lista över "
"börja med."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:168
+#: dselect.1:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
"ytterligare detalj nedan."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:169
+#: dselect.1:180
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "install"
msgstr "Install (Installera)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:171
+#: dselect.1:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installs selected packages."
msgstr "Installerar valda paket."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:177
+#: dselect.1:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
"åtkomstmetoder kommer även ta bort paket som markerades för borttagning."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:185
+#: dselect.1:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
-"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
-"problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
-"investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
-"bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://"
-"bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug(1)> or B<reportbug"
-"(1)>, if these are installed."
+"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
+"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
+"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
+"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian."
+"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
+"these are installed."
msgstr ""
"Om ett fel uppstod under installationen är rekommenderas det vanligen att "
"köra installationen på nytt. I de flesta fall kommer problemet försvinna "
"installerade."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:192
+#: dselect.1:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. "
"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
-"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer "
-"scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf(1)> "
-"library, allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
+"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
+"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, "
+"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
msgstr ""
"Detaljerna för hur installationen genomförs beror på hur åtkomstmetoden är "
"installerad. Uppmärksamhet och indata från användaren kan behövas under "
"automatiserad, installation och inställning."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:193
+#: dselect.1:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "config"
msgstr "Config (Konfigurera)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:195
+#: dselect.1:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
msgstr ""
"Konfigurera paket som tidigare installerats, men ej till fullo konfigurerats."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:196
+#: dselect.1:207
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "remove"
msgstr "Remove (Radera)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:198
+#: dselect.1:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
msgstr ""
"Tar bort eller helt raderar installerade paket som markerats för borttagning."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:199
+#: dselect.1:210
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "quit"
msgstr "Quit (Avsluta)"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:201
+#: dselect.1:212
msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:203
+#: dselect.1:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
msgstr "Avslutar dselect med felkod noll (lyckat)."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:204
+#: dselect.1:216
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Package selections management"
msgstr "Paketvalshantering"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:206
+#: dselect.1:218
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduktion"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:222
+#: dselect.1:234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
-"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
+"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
-"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
-"B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
-"only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
-"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
+"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
+"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
+"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
+"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
-"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg(1)> manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
+"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
"contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> utsätter direkt administratören för delar av den komplexitet det "
"policymanual."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:228
+#: dselect.1:240
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
-"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
+"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
"invoked with the B<'?'> key."
"Direkthjälpskärmarna kan när som helst nås via tangenten B<\"?\">."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:229
+#: dselect.1:241
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Screen layout"
msgstr "Skärmutseende"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:237
+#: dselect.1:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
-"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
+"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
-"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
+"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
"is displayed can be varied."
msgstr ""
"halvan. Vilken sorts detaljer som visas kan varieras."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:240
+#: dselect.1:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
"stora delar."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:241
+#: dselect.1:253
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Package details view"
msgstr "Paketdetaljvy"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:250
+#: dselect.1:262
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
-"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
+"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
"alternates between:\n"
" - the extended description\n"
" - the control information for the installed version\n"
" - kontrollinformationen för den tillgängliga versionen\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:254
+#: dselect.1:266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
"otillfredsställda beroenden eller konflikter för paketet."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:255
+#: dselect.1:267
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Packages status list"
msgstr "Paketstatuslista"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:260
+#: dselect.1:272
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
-"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
+"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
"and packages known from the available packages database."
msgstr ""
"Huvudvalskärmen visar en lista över samtliga paket som är kända för Debians "
"paket kända från databasen över tillgängliga paket."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:268
+#: dselect.1:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
"installed and available versions, the package name and its short "
-"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of "
-"the installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
+"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
+"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
msgstr ""
"förkortad, med den förkortade visningen som förval."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:274
+#: dselect.1:286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
"beskriver valet som gjorts av användaren."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:292
+#: dselect.1:304
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
-" Error flag: \n"
+" Error flag:\n"
" I<empty> no error\n"
" B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
-" Installed state: \n"
+" Installed state:\n"
" I<empty> not installed;\n"
" B<*> fully installed and configured;\n"
" B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
" B<n> paketet är nytt och har ännu inte markerats\n"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:293
+#: dselect.1:305
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
msgstr "Markör- och skärmrörelser"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:298
+#: dselect.1:310
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
"att använda rörelsekommandon kopplade till följande tangenter:"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:315
+#: dselect.1:327
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n"
-" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down \n"
+" B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n"
" B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
" B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n"
" B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n"
" B<^f> panorera vy 1 tecken höger\n"
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:316
+#: dselect.1:328
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Searching and sorting"
msgstr "Sökning och sortering"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:330
+#: dselect.1:342
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
+"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the "
"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
"fortsätter sökningen därifrån."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:337
+#: dselect.1:349
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The list sort order can be varied by pressing \n"
+"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
" alphabet available status\n"
" sektion+prioritet tillgänglig+sektion status+sektion\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:340
+#: dselect.1:352
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
"sorteringsnyckeln."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:341
+#: dselect.1:353
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Altering selections"
msgstr "Ändra val"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:350
+#: dselect.1:362
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"The requested selection state of individual packages may be \n"
+"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
"altered with the following commands:\n"
" B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n"
" B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n"
" B<_> ta bort och radera konfiguration\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:354
+#: dselect.1:366
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"This will be further explained below."
msgstr ""
"När ändringar som får en eller flera otillfredsställda beroenden eller "
"beroendelösningsskärm, vilken beskrivs ytterligare nedan."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:359
+#: dselect.1:371
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
-"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
+"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
msgstr ""
"Det är även möjligt att applicera dessa kommandon på grupper av paketval, "
"grupperas beror på vilken listordning som för tillfället används."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:365
+#: dselect.1:377
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
-"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
+"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
"operations are useful when applied to groups."
msgstr ""
"Nödvändiga försiktighetsåtgärder skall tas när ändringar görs på stora "
"praktiken är bara håll-kommandot och dess motsats användbara på grupper."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:366
+#: dselect.1:378
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
msgstr "Lösa beroenden och konflikter"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:371
+#: dselect.1:383
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
-"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
+"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
msgstr ""
"När ändringar som får en eller flera otillfredsställda beroenden eller "
"beroendelösningsskärm. Först visas dock en informativ hjälpskärm."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:378
+#: dselect.1:390
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
"paketet listas."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:384
+#: dselect.1:396
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency "
-"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
+"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
"suggestions made by B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"När paketunderlistan visas kan B<dselect> redan ha satt efterfrågad "
"bäst att följa upp de förslag som görs av B<dselect>."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:392
+#: dselect.1:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
-"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
+"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
"återställs valen återigen till de automatiskt föreslagna värdena."
# type: SS
-#: dselect.1:393
+#: dselect.1:405
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
msgstr "Bekräfta de efterfrågade valen"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:400
+#: dselect.1:412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
-"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
-"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
-"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
-"dependency resolution screen."
+"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
+"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
+"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
+"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
+"resolution screen."
msgstr ""
"Genom att trycka B<Enter> godtas den vid tillfället inställda uppsättningen "
"val. Om B<dselect> inte upptäcker några otillfredsställda beroenden som "
"gå till beroendelösningsskärmen."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:406
+#: dselect.1:418
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
-"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
-"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
+"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
+"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
"this unless you've read the fine print."
msgstr ""
"För att ändra en uppsättning val som skapar otillfredsställda beroenden "
"vanligtvis inte bör göras såvida man inte har läst det finstilta."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:413
+#: dselect.1:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
-"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
+"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
"the last established settings."
msgstr ""
"inställningar."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:414
+#: dselect.1:427
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "PROGRAMFEL"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:419
+#: dselect.1:432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
"kärnan att gråta."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:421
+#: dselect.1:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "The documentation is lacking."
msgstr "Dokumentationen har brister."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:423
+#: dselect.1:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
msgstr "Det finns inget hjälpalternativ i huvudmenyn."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:425
+#: dselect.1:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
msgstr "Den synliga listan med tillgängliga paket kan inte förminskas."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:442
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
-"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not "
-"broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
+"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
+"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
msgstr ""
"De inbyggda åtkomstmetoderna kan inte längre nå nuvarande "
"kvalitetsstandard. Använd åtkomstmetoden som ges av apt, den är inte bara "
"inte trasig, utan även mycket flexiblare än de inbyggda åtkomstmetoderna."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:429
+#: dselect.1:443
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SE ÄVEN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
msgstr ""
"policymanual."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.1:434
+#: dselect.1:449
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:438
+#: dselect.1:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list "
"bidragslämnare får du med \"dselect --license\"."
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.1:441
+#: dselect.1:456
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, "
"Denna manualsida skrevs av Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, "
"Josip Rodin och Joost Kooij."
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DSELECT"
+#~ msgstr "DSELECT"
+
# type: TH
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "July 2001"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-17 16:48+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "DSELECT.CFG"
-msgstr "DSELECT.CFG"
+msgid "dselect.cfg"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
-msgid "February 2002"
-msgstr "Februari 2002"
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
msgstr "dselect.cfg - inställningsfil för dselect"
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:4
+#: dselect.cfg.5:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:10
+#: dselect.cfg.5:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
"Kommentarer är tillåtna genom att inleda en rad med nummertecken (\"B<#>\")."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:10
+#: dselect.cfg.5:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FILER"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:13
-msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> ~/.dselect.cfg"
+#: dselect.cfg.5:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> ~/.dselect.cfg"
+# type: Plain text
+#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
+msgstr "B<dselect>(8)"
+
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:13
+#: dselect.cfg.5:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#: dselect.cfg.5:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"See B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
-"contributed to B<dselect> ."
+"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
+"contributed to B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"Se B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> för listan över personer som har bidragit "
"till B<dselect> ."
# type: SH
-#: dselect.cfg.5:16
+#: dselect.cfg.5:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SE ÄVEN"
# type: Plain text
-#: dselect.cfg.5:17
+#: dselect.cfg.5:22
#, fuzzy
-msgid "B<dselect>(1)"
+msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr "B<dselect>(8)"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "DSELECT.CFG"
+#~ msgstr "DSELECT.CFG"
+
+# type: TH
+#~ msgid "February 2002"
+#~ msgstr "Februari 2002"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-18 12:51+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-02-28 1:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-# type: TH
+# type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
-msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+msgid "start-stop-daemon"
+msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "15th March 1997"
-msgstr "15 mars 1997"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2006-02-28"
+msgstr ""
# type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - startar och stoppar bakgrundsprocesser"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPS"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:10
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<flaggor> [B<-->] I<parametrar>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:14
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<flaggor>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:17
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:20
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:27
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"existerande instanser av en körande process."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:46
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, B<start-stop-daemon> checks for the existence of a "
"startas."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:66
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> also checks for the existence of a "
"specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it "
"the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such "
"a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 "
-"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
+"if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-"
"daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated."
msgstr ""
"Med B<--stop> testar B<start-stop-daemon> också om den angivna processen "
"att processen har avslutats."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:85
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that unless B<--pidfile>, is specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> "
"behaves similarly to B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, "
-"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> "
-"from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL "
-"signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived "
-"children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
+"and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from "
+"starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if "
+"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which "
+"need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
"Observera att om inte B<--pidfile> anges kommer B<start-stop-daemon> att "
"jobba på ett sätt som liknar B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> kommer att "
"stop> måste du ange en pidfil."
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:86
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "FLAGGOR"
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:88
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<programfil>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
">I<pid>B</exe> )."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pidfil>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr "Sök efter processer vars process-id anges i I<pidfil>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:97
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<användarnamn>|I<användar-id>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
"eller I<användar-id>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:103
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:105
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<grupp>|I<grupp-id>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr "Byt till I<grupp> eller I<grupp-id> när processen startas."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:106
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<processnamn>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
"stat>)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:112
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:114
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"processen som stoppas (förval är 15)."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:117
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<tidsgräns>|I<schema>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:127
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
-"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
-"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
+"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
+"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"Tillsammans med B<--stop> anger detta att B<start-stop-daemon> skall "
"avslutar kommer programmet utföra ytterligare kommandon enligt schemat."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:138
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule "
"anges med B<--signal>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:154
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"så behövs."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"angiven med B<--signal> att ignoreras."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:166
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<sökväg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
"skall startas. Om den inte anges används parametern som gavs till B<--exec>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:172
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"ingenting."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:176
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:178
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"Returnerar felstatus 0 i stället för 1 om ingen åtgärd utförs/skulle utförts."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:179
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:181
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr "Skriv inte informationsmeddelanden; visa endast felmeddelanden."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:182
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:184
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<användarnamn>|I<användar-id>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this "
"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as "
-"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
+"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option "
"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per/"
"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"\")."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:199
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:201
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<rot>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"pidfilen skrivs efter chroot har utförts."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:205
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:207
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr "+B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<sökväg>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
-"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
+"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
"Byt katalog till I<sökväg> innan processen startas. Detta görs efter byte "
"start-stop-daemon byta till rotkatalogen innan processen startas."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:213
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:215
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>|B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"koden för detta på egen hand."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:225
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int> "
+msgid "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<heltal>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "Detta ändrar prioriteten på processen innan den startas."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:228
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:230
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"background>."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:243
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:245
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "Skriv ut pratsamma informationsmeddelanden."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:246
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:248
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print help information; then exit."
msgstr "Skriv ut hjälpinformation och avsluta sedan."
# type: TP
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:249
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:251
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>|B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information; then exit."
msgstr "Skriv ut versionsinformation och avsluta sedan."
# type: SH
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:253
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "FÖRFATTARE"
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:256
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"en tidigare version av Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
# type: Plain text
-#: start-stop-daemon.8:258
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
msgstr ""
"Manualsida av Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, delvis omformaterad av Ian "
"Jackson, översatt av Peter Karlsson E<lt>peterk@debian.orgE<gt>."
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+#~ msgstr "START-STOP-DAEMON"
+
+# type: TH
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "15th March 1997"
+#~ msgstr "15 mars 1997"
projects / dpkg / commitdiff